Policy Title - Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District



DALLAS CENTER-GRIMES BOARD OF DIRECTORS POLICIESHYPERLINK \l "P100"100Educational Philosophy200Board of Directors300Administration400Staff Personnel500Students600Educational Program700Non-Instructional Operation and Business Services800Buildings and Sites1000School – Community RelationsEDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHYI.Educational PhilosophyA. Legal Status of the School District----------------------------------------100B. Educational Philosophy ----------------------------------------------------101C. Equal Educational Opportunity -------------------------------------------102 Administrative Regs – Grievance Procedure -------------------------- 102R1 Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination-----------------------------------102E1 Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination------------------------------102E2 Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights------------------102E3 Complaint Form-----------------------------------------------------------102E4 Witness Disclosure Form------------------------------------------------102E5 Disposition of Complaint Form----------------------------------------102E6D. Long Range Needs Assessment ------------------------------------------103 Administrative Regs -----------------------------------------------------103R1E. Anti-Bullying/Harassment ------------------------------------------------104 Administrative Regs------------------------------------------------------104R1 Bully/Harassment Incident Report-------------------------------------104E1 Bully/Harassment Investigation Form---------------------------------104E2 Bullying Incident Follow-up--------------------------------------------104E3F.Assistance Animals--------------------------------------------------------105E. Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex -------------------------106DCG Sexual Harassment Procedure Manual---------------------------106RDCG Title IX Form Bank-------------------------------------------------106R2BOARD OF DIRECTORSGeneral OrganizationA. Name of School District -----------------------------------------------------201.1B. Legal Status of the Board ----------------------------------------------------201.2C. General Powers and Duties of the Board ----------------------------------201.3D. Elections to the Board --------------------------------------------------------201.4E. Membership of the Board ----------------------------------------------------201.5F. Term of Office of Board Members ------------------------------------------201.6G. Vacancies-----------------------------------------------------------------------201.7Specific Duties of the BoardA. Code of Ethics of the Board -------------------------------------------------202.1B. President of the Board --------------------------------------------------------202.2C. Vice-President of the Board -------------------------------------------------202.3D. Secretary-Treasurer of the Board--------------------------------------------202.4E. Individual Board Members --------------------------------------------------202.7Procedures of OperationA. Development of Policy ------------------------------------------------------203.1B. Adoption of Policy -----------------------------------------------------------203.2C. Dissemination of Policy -----------------------------------------------------203.3D. Administration in Absence of Policy --------------------------------------203.4E. Review and Revision of Policy ---------------------------------------------203.5F. Review of Administrative Regulations ------------------------------------203.6G. Legal Counsel -----------------------------------------------------------------203.7H. Board of Directors’ Conflict of Interest -----------------------------------203.8I. Gifts to Board of Directors ---------------------------------------------------203.9J. Ad Hoc Committees-----------------------------------------------------------203.10Meetings of the BoardA. Meetings of the Board --------------------------------------------------------204B. Organizational Meeting of the Board --------------------------------------204.1C. Annual Meeting of the Board -----------------------------------------------204.2D. Regular Board Meetings -----------------------------------------------------204.3E. Special Board Meetings ------------------------------------------------------204.4F. Open Meetings -----------------------------------------------------------------204.5G. Closed Sessions of the Board -----------------------------------------------204.6H. Work Sessions ----------------------------------------------------------------204.7I. Consent Agendas--------------------------------------------------------------204.8J. Quorum for Board Meetings -------------------------------------------------204.9K. Rules of Order -----------------------------------------------------------------204.10 Admin Regs--------------------------------------------------------------- 204.10RL. Agenda for Board Meetings --------------------------------------------------204.11 Admin Regs--------------------------------------------------------------- 204.11RM. Order of Regular Business Meeting----------------------------------------204.12N. Public Hearings----------------------------------------------------------------- 204.16O. Public Participation in Board Meetings------------------------------------- 204.17Miscellaneous A. Board Member Liability -----------------------------------------------------205B. Compensation and Expenses of Board Members ------------------------205.1C. Board of Directors and Elected Officials ----------------------------------205.3Board Member ServicesA. Board Member Insurance ----------------------------------------------------206.3B. Board of Directors’ Records-------------------------------------------------206.4 Admin Regs---------------------------------------------------------------206.4RC. Board of Directors’ Member Development and Training----------------206.5ADMINISTRATIONStatement of Guiding Principles for AdministrationA. Statement of Guiding Principles --------------------------------------------300SuperintendentA. Superintendent of Schools-Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment301.1B. Superintendent of Schools – Appointment --------------------------------301.2C. Superintendent of Schools – Functions ------------------------------------301.3D. Superintendent Evaluation ---------------------------------------------------301.4E. Superintendent Professional Development --------------------------------301.5Building PrincipalsA. Building Principal – Qualifications ----------------------------------------303.1B. Building Principal – Appointments ----------------------------------------303.2Administrator Duties --------------------------------------------------------303.3Principal Evaluation ---------------------------------------------------------303.4Administrator’s Professional Development ------------------------------303.5Administrator Code of Ethics -----------------------------------------------304Administrative CabinetA. Administrative Cabinet ------------------------------------------------------306B. Central Administration & Supervisory Personnel ------------------------306.1C. Board Secretary ---------------------------------------------------------------306.2Administrative Organization PlanA. Administrative Structure -----------------------------------------------------310.3B. Organization Chart ------------------------------------------------------------310.4Administrative Personnel EmploymentA. Administrative Personnel Employment – Individual Contracts --------312.1B. Leave to Run for Public Office ---------------------------------------------312.2Administrative Personnel Contract TerminationA. Resignation --------------------------------------------------------------------314.2B. Dismissal -----------------------------------------------------------------------314.3C. Administrative & Management Reduction in Force-----------------------314.5 STAFF PERSONNELI. Statement Guiding Principles for Staff PersonnelA. Statement of Guiding Principles -------------------------------------------400B. Board Rights-------------------------------------------------------------------400.1Employees and Internal RelationsA. Employee Records -----------------------------------------------------------401.1 Administrative Regs --------------------------------------------------------401.1RB. Equal Opportunity employment/Affirmative Action---------------------401.2C. Employee Conflict of Interest-----------------------------------------------401.3D. Employee Travel Compensation-------------------------------------------- 401.4 Administrative Regs--------------------------------------------------------401.4RE. Service Awards ---------------------------------------------------------------401.5F. Employee Political Activity -------------------------------------------------401.6G. Use of Internet, Telecommunications and Digital Devices by Staff---401.7 Administrative Regs--------------------------------------------------------401.7RH. Credit Cards--------------------------------------------------------------------401.8 Administrative Regs------------------------------------------------------401.8RIII. Employees and Outside RelationsA. Release of Credit Information ---------------------------------------------402.1B. Child Abuse Reporting -----------------------------------------------------402.2C. Abuse of Students By a School District Employee ---------------------402.3D. Gifts to Employees ----------------------------------------------------------402.4IV. Employees Health and Well-BeingA. Physical Examinations ------------------------------------------------------403.1B. Worker’s Compensation ----------------------------------------------------403.2C. Communicable Diseases - Employees------------------------------------403.3D. Hazardous Chemical Disclosures------------------------------------------403.4 Administrative Regs-------------------------------------------------------403.4RE. Substance-free Workplace--------------------------------------------------403.5 Administrative Regs403.5RF. Employment Related Accommodations----------------------------------403.6Employees Leave of AbsenceA. Employee Leaves of Absence-----------------------------------------------404.0B. Personal Illness ---------------------------------------------------------------404.1C. Extended Illness Leave for All Staff ---------------------------------------404.2D. Military Service of Certified Personnel -----------------------------------404.3E. Jury Duty ----------------------------------------------------------------------404.4F. Employee Suspension/Administrative Leave -----------------------------404.5G. Family and Medical Leave--------------------------------------------------404.6 Employee and Medical Leave Notice--------------------------------------404.6E Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form-------------------404.6E1 Emergency Paid Sick Leave Request Form------------------------------404.6E2 Expanded Family and Medical Leave Request Form-------------------404.6E3 Administrative Regs---------------------------------------------------------404.6RDefinitions--------------------------------------------------------------------404.6R2H. Military Service Leave-------------------------------------------------------404.7VI. Employee GeneralA. Tax Sheltered Annuities ----------------------------------------------------405.1B. Vacations and Holidays -----------------------------------------------------405.2C. Evaluation Criteria -----------------------------------------------------------405.3D. Professional Development --------------------------------------------------- HYPERLINK \l "C4054" 405.4E. Personnel Early Retirement Incentive -------------------------------------405.5F. Substitutes ---------------------------------------------------------------------405.6VII. Certified Employees – Personnel EmploymentA. Recruitment, Qualifications, and Selection -------------------------------406.1B. Certification -------------------------------------------------------------------406.2C. Licensed Employee Probationary Status-----------------------------------406.2AD. Truancy Officer----------------------------------------------------------------406.3E. Extracurricular Assignment--------------------------------------------------406.4F. Sabbatical Leave---------------------------------------------------------------406.5VIII Certified Personnel Contract TerminationsA. Resignation of Certified Personnel -----------------------------------------407.1B. Discharge/ Dismissal of Certified-------------------------------------------407.2IX.Certified Personnel Related ConsiderationsA. Complimentary Passes ------------------------------------------------------408.1B. Employee Conduct and Appearance---------------------------------------408.2C. Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials --------------408.3D. Licensed Employee Tutoring -----------------------------------------------408.4X. Part-time Certified Personnel A. Replacement (Interim) Teachers--------------------------------------------- 409.1 B. Student Teachers ---------------------------------------------------------------409.2 Administrative Regs----------------------------------------------------------409.2RXI. Classified Personnel SelectionA. Education Associates ---------------------------------------------------------410.1B. Recruitment, Qualifications and Selection --------------------------------410.2 Administrative Regs---------------------------------------------------------- 410.2RXII. Classified Personnel EmploymentA. Classified Employee Professional Leave-----------------------------------411.0 B. Classified Employee Contracts-----------------------------------------------411.1C. Resignation of Classified Personnel-----------------------------------------411.2D. Discharge------------------------------------------------------------------------411.3E. Reduction in Force of Classified Staff---------------------------------------411.4STUDENTSI. Student AttendanceA. Student Attendance Philosophy ---------------------------------------------501B. Resident Students--------------------------------------------------------------501.01C. Nonresident Students ---------------------------------------------------------501.02D. Open Enrollment Transfers Procedures as a Sending District----------501.03E. Open Enrollment Transfers Procedures as a Receiving District--------501.04F. Student Transfers In----------------------------------------------------------501.05G. Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals------------------------------------501.06H. Entrance – Admissions------------------------------------------------------501.07I. Elementary Students’ Building Assignment------------------------------501.08 Administrative Regs------------------------------------------------------501.08RJ. Compulsory Attendance ------------------------------------------------------ 501.1 Administrative Regs-------------------------------------------------------501.1RK. Student Absences-------------------------------------------------------------501.15L. Homeless Children and Youth ---------------------------------------------501.2M. School Attendance Areas-----------------------------------------------501.3N. Attendance Records ---------------------------------------------------------501.4O. International Students -------------------------------------------------------501.7 Administrative Regs-------------------------------------------------------501.7R P. Students of Legal Age-------------------------------------------------------501.13Q. Student Absences - Excused -----------------------------------------------501.15 Administrative Regs-------------------------------------------------------501.15RR. Request for Remote Learning----------------------------------------------501.9E1II. Student Behavior and DisciplineA. Student Code - Discipline Policy -----------------------------------------502.1B. Student Expulsion ----------------------------------------------------------502.3C. Tobacco-Drinking-Drugs -------------------------------------------------502.4D. Search and Seizure --------------------------------------------------------502.5 Administrative Regs-----------------------------------------------------502.5RE. Vandalism (Elementary & Secondary) ----------------------------------502.7F. Transfer Eligibility ---------------------------------------------------------502.9AG. Corporal Punishment ------------------------------------------------------502.11 Administrative Regs ----------------------------------------------------502.11RH. Weapons --------------------------------------------------------------------502.13 Administrative Regs ----------------------------------------------------502.13RI. Use and/or Possession of Electronic Communication Devices --------502.14 Administrative Regs-----------------------------------------------------502.14R J. Student Complaints and Grievances Devices -----------------------------502.15 III. Student ActivitiesA. Secondary School Student Organizations --------------------------------- 503.2B. Student Publications/Annual Sales----------------------------------------- 503.3C. Student Social Events -------------------------------------------------------503.4D. Transportation (Activities) -------------------------------------------------503.5Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------503.5RE. Student Policies for Special Trips -----------------------------------------503.75F. Student Honors and Awards ------------------------------------------------503.8G. Student Activity Program ---------------------------------------------------503.9Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------503.9RH. Good Conduct Code---------------------------------------------------------503.10Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------503.10RI. Student Fundraising ---------------------------------------------------------503.11 Administrative Regs---------------------------------------------------- 503.11R J. Class Parties--------------------------------------------------------------------- 503.12IV. D. Student Use of Bicycles ----------------------------------------------------504.4E. Student Use of Motor Vehicles --------------------------------------------504.5F. Student Work Permits -------------------------------------------------------504.6 V. Scholastic AchievementA. Graduation Requirements ---------------------------------------------------505.1Administrative Regs----------------------------------------------------505.1RB. Early Graduation -------------------------------------------------------------505.2C. Commencement School ---------------------------------------------------- HYPERLINK \l "C5053" 505.3D. Student Honors and Awards ------------------------------------------------505.4Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------505.4RE. Grading------------------------------------------------------------------------505.5F. Promotion/Retention--------------------------------------------------------505.6G. Student Progress Reports and Conferences------------------------------505.7 H. Testing Program--------------------------------------------------------------505.8I. Accountability Test Integrity/Test Preparation----------------------------505.9VI. Miscellaneous Student-Related MattersA. Student Records Access-----------------------------------------------------506.1B. Student Directory Information----------------------------------------------506.2C. Class or Group Gifts to School----------------------------------------------506.3D. Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies------------------------------506.4E. Cooperation with Law Enforcement Officials-----------------------------506.5F. Family Night and Sunday-----------------------------------------------------506.6G. Student Library Circulation Records---------------------------------------506.7Administrative Regs-------------------------------------------506.7RVII.Student Health and Safety RegulationsStudent Health and Immunization Certificates---------------------------507.1Life-Threatening Allergy Policy--------------------------------------------507.16Administration of Medication to Students -------------------------------507.2Administrative Regs----------------------------------------------------507.2RAuthorization Medication Self-Admin. Form---------------------------507.2E1Parental Authorization for Administration of Meds. -------------------507.2E2Communicable Diseases-----------------------------------------------------507.3Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------507.3RInjury or Illness at School ---------------------------------------------------507.4Administrative Regs----------------------------------------------------507.4REmergency Plans and Drills ------------------------------------------------507.5Student Special Health Services -------------------------------------------507.8Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------507.8RWellness Policy--------------------------------------------------------------507.9Monitoring and Evaluation of policy --------------------------------507.9R1EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMI. General OrganizationA. School Calendar -------------------------------------------------------------601.2B. School Day -------------------------------------------------------------------601.3Programs of Instruction A. Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans Disabilities ACT (ADA) 2008----------602.2Administrative Regs --------------------------------------------------602.2RB. Basic Instruction Program -------------------------------------------------602.3C. Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms-------------------------602.31D. Summer School Instruction -----------------------------------------------602.5E. Special Education -----------------------------------------------------------602.6Administrative Regs --------------------------------------------------602.6RF. Talented and Gifted Program ----------------------------------------------602.7 Administrative Regs --------------------------------------------------602.7RG. Career Education -----------------------------------------------------------602.8H. Curriculum Development ------------------------------------------------ 602.14I. Curriculum Implementation ---------------------------------------------- 602.15J. Curriculum Evaluation -----------------------------------------------------602.16K. Citizenship ------------------------------------------------------------------602.17L. Physical Education ---------------------------------------------------------602.18M. Multi-cultural and Non-sexist Equity Education Opportunity ------602.19Administrative Regs -------------------------------------------------609.19RN. Global Education ----------------------------------------------------------602.20O. Health Education ----------------------------------------------------------602.21P. Program for Students at Risk ---------------------------------------------602.22Q. Use of the Internet and Digital Devices by Students ------------------602.26Administrative Regs --------------------------------------------------602.26RR. Instruction at a Post Secondary Educational Institution --------------- 602.27S. Private Instruction ----------------------------------------------------------- 602.28T. Dual Enrollment -------------------------------------------------------------602.29U. Virtual/On-Line Courses --------------------------------------------------- 602.30III. Instructional ArrangementsA. Field Trips and Excursions --------------------------------------------------603.2B. Objection to Instruction Materials -----------------------------------------603.5Administrative Regs ----------------------------------------------------603.5RC. Instruction Materials Selection ---------------------------------------------603.8Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------603.8RD. Instructional Materials Inspection -----------------------------------------603.10Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------603.10RE. Religion Based Exclusion from School Program ------------------------603.11F. Technology and Instructional Materials -----------------------------------603.12G. School Library -----------------------------------------------------------------603.13Administrative Regs ----------------------------------------------------603.13RH. Weeding of Instructional and Library Materials -------------------------603.14I. Academic Freedom ----------------------------------------------------------603.15Administrative Regs---------------------------------------------------603.15RJ. Use of Information Resources ----------------------------------------------603.16Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------603.16RIV. ServicesA. Student Health Services ----------------------------------------------------604.2B. Supervision After School Events ------------------------------------------604.5C. Student Guidance and Counseling Program -----------------------------604.6 D. Guidelines for The Use of Professional Therapy Dogs-----------------604.11E. Animals in the Classroom--------------------------------------------------606.3V. Open EnrollmentA. Insufficient Classroom Space ---------------------------------------------607.3B. Class Size-Class Grouping -------------------------------------------------607.4 Administrative Regs------------------------------------------------------- 607.4RNON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATION AND BUSINESS SERVICESI. School Lunch ProgramA. School Food Program --------------------------------------------------------701B. Nutrition Program Sales and Account Balances---------------------------701.1C. Financial Support --------------------------------------------------------------701.3 D. Free or Reduced-Cost Meals Eligibility ------------------------------------701.4 Administrative Regs------------------------------------------------------701.4RII. TransportationA. Local and State Transportation Regulations ------------------------------702.1B. Student School Transportation Eligibility ---------------------------------702.2C. Transportation of Non-School Groups -------------------------------------702.5D. Transportation Insurance Program ------------------------------------------702.6E. Student Conduct on School Transportation --------------------------------702.7 Administrative Regs------------------------------------------------------- 702.7RF. Drug and Alcohol Testing Program -----------------------------------------702.8 Administrative Regs ------------------------------------------------------702.8RG. Special Convenience Bus Stops ---------------------------------------------702.9H. School Bus Safety Instruction -----------------------------------------------702.10 Administrative Regs -------------------------------------------------------702.10RI. Inclement Weather -------------------------------------------------------------702.11III. BudgetA. Planning the Budget ---------------------------------------------------------703.1B. Governmental Accounting Practices and Regulations------------------ 703.2C. Classification of Accounts---------------------------------------------------703.3IV. RevenueA. Fiscal Monitoring ------------------------------------------------------------704.1 Administrative Regs ----------------------------------------------------704.1RB. Tuition Fees -------------------------------------------------------------------704.2C. Sale of Bonds -----------------------------------------------------------------704.3 Administrative Regs ----------------------------------------------------704.3RD. Investments -------------------------------------------------------------------704.4E. Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures --------------------------704.5 Administrative Regs ----------------------------------------------------704.5RF. Funds Management (Depository) ------------------------------------------704.6G. Materials Fees – Students ---------------------------------------------------704.7H. Solicitation Projects by Groups or Individuals ---------------------------704.8I. Cash in School Buildings ---------------------------------------------------704.9 Administrative Regs ---------------------------------------------------704.9RJ. Student Activity Funds-------------------------------------------------------704.14V. ExpendituresA. Purchasing – Bidding - Procurement--------------------------------------705.1B. Advertisements ---------------------------------------------------------------705.2C. Payment of Goods and Services -------------------------------------------705.3 Administrative Regs ----------------------------------------------------705.3RD. Requisitions/Purchase Orders ----------------------------------------------705.4 Administrative Regs -----------------------------------------------------705.4RE. Private Purchases ------------------------------------------------------------705.5F. District Provided Electronic Communication Devices------------------705.6 VI.PayrollA. Payroll Periods ---------------------------------------------------------------706.1B. Payroll Deductions -----------------------------------------------------------706.2VII. Fiscal ReportsA. Debt Management Policy --------------------------------------------------707.1 Administrative Regs---------------------------------------------------707.1R B. Internal Controls ------------------------------------------------------------707.2C. Audits ------------------------------------------------------------------------707.3D. Secretary’s Reports----------------------------------------------------------707.4E. Treasurer’s Annual Report-------------------------------------------------707.5F. Publication of Financial Reports-------------------------------------------707.6G. Fraud Reporting-------------------------------------------------------------707.7H. Personal Identity Protection-----------------------------------------------707.8VIII. RecordsA. Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records-----------708.1B. Fixed Assets Management System -----------------------------------------708.2 Administrative Regs --------------------------------------------------708.2R IX. Insurance ProgramA. Insurance Program --------------------------------------------------------------709.0BUILDINGS AND SITESSite Acquisition and Building ConstructionA. Site Acquisition and Building Construction -----------------------------801.1 B. School Facilities Surveys ---------------------------------------------------801.2C. Educational Specifications for Buildings & Sites -----------------------801.3D. Site Acquisition --------------------------------------------------------------801.4E. Selection of an Architect ----------------------------------------------------801.5F. Preliminary Building Specifications ---------------------------------------801.6G. Bids and Awards for Construction Contracts -----------------------------801.7H. Final Building Specifications ------------------------------------------------801.8II. Maintenance and Operation A. Maintenance Schedule -------------------------------------------------------802.1B. Requests for Improvements -------------------------------------------------802.2C. Emergency Repairs -----------------------------------------------------------802.3D. Buildings & Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities ------------802.4E. Vandalism ----------------------------------------------------------------------802.5F. Energy Conservation ---------------------------------------------------------802.6III.Selling and LeasingA. Lease, Sale or Disposal of School Buildings & Sites --------------------803.1B. Sales and Disposal of Books, Equipment and Supplies -----------------803.2C. Public Conduct on School Premises----------------------------------------803.3IV. Safety ProgramsA. Facilities Inspections --------------------------------------------------------804.1B. Warning System and Emergency Plans -----------------------------------804.2 Administrative Regs------------------------------------------------------ 804.2RC. District Operation During Public Emergencies---------------------------804.21D. District Operation During Public Health Emergencies------------------804.22D. Asbestos Containing Material ---------------------------------------------- 804.3E. Bomb Threats ----------------------------------------------------------------- 804.4COMMUNITY RELATIONSCommunications With PublicA. Responsibilities of Board of Directors ------------------------------------- 1001.1 B. Examination of School District Public Records --------------------------1001.6 Participation by the PublicA. Citizen’s Advisory Committee ----------------------------------------------1002.1 B. Citizens’ Concerns ----------------------------------------------------------1003.3 C. Public Conduct on School Premises ---------------------------------------- 1003.4 D. School-Community Groups -------------------------------------------------1003.5 E. Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites ------------------------------1003.6 F. Passes for Senior Citizens ----------------------------------------------------1003.8 G. Gifts/Grants/Bequests/Memorials to School -------------------------------1003.9 H. Posting Announcements ------------------------------------------------------1003.10 I. Public Performance by Students ---------------------------------------------1003.11 Administrative Regs--------------------------------------------------------1003.11R J. Distribution of Materials ------------------------------------------------------1003.12 Administrative Regs---------------------------------------------------------1003.12RK. Outside Resource People -----------------------------------------------------1003.13 Public Activities A. Use of Facilities ----------------------------------------------------------------1004.1 Administrative Regs -----------------------------------------------------1004.1RB. Camps, Clinics, and Tournaments -------------------------------------------1004.2C. Naming School Facilities -----------------------------------------------------1004.3D. Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment ---------------------------------------1004.4E. Retiring Athletic Jerseys-------------------------------------------------------1004.5 Administrative Regs-------------------------------------------------------1004.5RCode No. 100 LEGAL STATUS OF THE SCHOOL DISTRICT Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System. As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law. This school district is known as the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District. This school corporation is located in Dallas and Polk Counties, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District Board of Directors. This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district. Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 274.1, .2, .6, .7; 279.8; 594A.Cross Reference:200 Legal Status of the Board of DirectorsApproved: Sept. 2020 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Policy Title EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY Code No. 101 As a school corporation of Iowa, the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students. The board’s ability may be limited by the District's ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with student’s parents and District community. The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to, and encourages critical thinking in, the students for a lifetime. The board endeavors, through the dedication of the District's resources, to encourage students, who come to the District from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the District community, and attain recognition as individuals. In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity. Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education. Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life is instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum. The District strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning. The support and involvement of the home and the District community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the District. The District strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the District community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority. Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.11 (2013). Cross Reference: 102 Equal Educational Opportunity 103 Long-Range Needs Assessment 209 Board of Directors' Management Procedures 600 Goals and Objectives of the Education Program 602 Curriculum Development Legal Reference: Approved: September 1989 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised:Sept. 2020 Policy Title EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY Code No. 102 It is the policy of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, or socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact: Michelle Wearmouth, 2405 W 1st St PO Box 680, Grimes, Iowa 50111, telephone: 515-992-3866, email: michelle.wearmouth@. The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the District to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity. Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq. (1994). 20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq. (1994). 20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq. (1994). 29 U.S.C. § 794 (1994). 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (1994). 34 C.F.R. Pt. 100 (2002). 34 C.F.R. Pt. 104 (2002). Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11, .11A; 280.3 (2005). 281 I.A.C. 12 Cross Reference: 101 Educational Philosophy of the School District401.1 Equal Employment pportunity 500 Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students 506.1 Student Records Approved: May 2006 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE Code No. 102.R1 It is the policy of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Michelle Wearmouth, 2405 W 1st St. PO Box 680, Grimes, Iowa 50111, telephone: 515-992-3866, email: michelle.wearmouth@ Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination. The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination. If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others. A Complainant may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor. However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below. Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies. Please note that informal processes and procedures are not to be used in certain circumstances (e.g., sexual harassment and sexual assault). Filing a Complaint A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s). An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within 30 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The equity coordinator(s) shall assist the Complainant as needed. Investigation Within fifteen (15) working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”). If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved. The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following: ? A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint; ? A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement; ? A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; ? Interviews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses; ? An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and ? Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation. Within 60 working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings. The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision within 5 working days of completing the written report. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class. Decision and Appeal The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless within 10 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered. The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. Within 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision within 5 working days of the decision. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class. Appeal to Board If the grievant is not satisfied with the superintendent's decision, the grievant can file an appeal with the board within five working days of the decision. It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether it will hear the appeal. The decision in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by in law. This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available. If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible. Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited. Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures. Approved: September 2020 Reviewed: September 2020 Revised: September 2020 Code No. 102.E1 ANNUAL NOTICE OF NONDISCRIMINATION The Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District offers career and technical programs in the following areas of study: ● Agricultural, Food, and Natural Resources ● Applied Science, Technology, Engineering, and Manufacturing ● Arts, Communication, and Information Systems ● Business, Finance, Marketing and Management ● Human Services It is the policy of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Michelle Wearmouth, 2405 W 1st St. PO Box 680, Grimes, Iowa 50063, telephone: 515-992-3866, email: michelle.wearmouth@.Approved : Sept. 2020 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 Code No. 102.E2 CONTINUOUS NOTICE OF NONDISCRIMINATION It is the policy of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Michelle Wearmouth, 2405 W 1st St, PO Box 680, Grimes, Iowa 50111, telephone: 515-992-3866, email: michelle.wearmouth@ . Approved: Sept. 2020 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 Code No. 102.E3 NOTICE OF SECTION 504 STUDENT AND PARENTAL RIGHTSThe Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student's disability. It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students. As a parent, you have the right to the following: ● Participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student's disability and at the same level as students without disabilities; ● Receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities: ● Receipt of information about your child and your child's educational programs and activities in your native language; ● Notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request a re-evaluation of your child; ● Inspect and review your child's educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child's educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child's file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate; and ● Hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child's evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed. It is the policy of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Michelle Wearmouth, 1205 13th Street, Dallas Center, Iowa 50063, telephone: 515-992-3866, email: michelle.wearmouth@ . Approved: Sept. 2020 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 Code No. 102.E4 COMPLAINT FORM (Discrimination, Anti-Bullying, and Anti-Harassment) Date of Complaint: ___________________________________________ Name of Complainant: ___________________________________________ Are you filling out this form for yourself or someone else (please identify the individual if you are submitting on behalf of someone else): ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Who or what entity do you believe discriminated against, harassed, or bullied you (or someone else)?__________________________________________________________________________Date and place of alleged incident(s): _______________________________________________________________________________Names of any witnesses (if any): _______________________________________________________________________________ Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):AgePhysical AttributeSexDisabilityPhysical/Mental AbilitySexual OrientationFamilial StatusPolitical BeliefSocio-economic BackgroundGender IdentityPolitical Party PreferenceOther - Please Specify:Marital StatusRace/ColorNational Origin/Ethnic Background/AncestryReligion/CreedIn the space below, please describe what happened and why you believe that you or someone else has been discriminated against, harassed, or bullied. Please be as specific as possible and attach additional pages if necessary. ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge. Signature: _____________________________________ Date: __________________________ Approved: Sept. 2020 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 Code No. 102.E5WITNESS DISCLOSURE FORMName of Witness: ____________________________________________________________________ Date of interview: ____________________________________________________________________ Date of initial complaint: _______________________________________________________________ Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee): ___________________________________________________________________________________Date and place of alleged incident(s): __________________________________________________________________________________Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply): Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):AgePhysical AttributeSexDisabilityPhysical/Mental AbilitySexual OrientationFamilial StatusPolitical BeliefSocio-economic BackgroundGender IdentityPolitical Party PreferenceOther - Please Specify:Marital StatusRace/ColorNational Origin/Ethnic Background/AncestryReligion/CreedDescription of incident witnessed: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Additional information: _________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge. Signature: _____________________________________ Date: __________________________ Approved: Sept. 2020 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised : Sept. 2020 Code No. 102.E6 DISPOSITION OF COMPLAINT FORM Date: _____________________________________________________ Date of initial complaint: _____________________________________________________ Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee): _____________________________________________________________________________Date and place of alleged incident(s): Name of Respondent (include whether the Respondent is a student or employee): _____________________________________________________________________________Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):AgePhysical AttributeSexDisabilityPhysical/Mental AbilitySexual OrientationFamilial StatusPolitical BeliefSocio-economic BackgroundGender IdentityPolitical Party PreferenceOther - Please Specify:Marital StatusRace/ColorNational Origin/Ethnic Background/AncestryReligion/CreedSummary of Investigation: _______________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge. Signature: _____________________________________ Date: _________________________ Approved: Sept. 2020 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 Policy Title LONG-RANGE NEEDS ASSESSMENT Code No. 103 Long-range needs assessment enables the District to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectations of students and determines how well students are meeting student learning goals. The Board shall conduct an ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation as responsible citizens and successful wage earners. In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the District, the Board shall authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the Board in determining the priorities of the District in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program. In addition to a District committee to provide recommendations to the Board regarding priorities for the District, the administration will gather input from other District committees, staff, and patrons as a means of providing feedback to the Board. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to ensure the District community is informed of students’ progress on state and locally determined indicators. The Superintendent shall report annually to the Board about the means used to keep the community informed. As a result of the Board and committee’s work, the Board shall determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs; establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the District’s progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education. Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 256.7; 280.12, .18 (1997) (2013) 281 I.A.C. 12.3930 12.8910b Cross Reference: 101 Educational Philosophy of the School District 200 Legal Status of the Board of Directors 208 Committees of the Board of Directors 603.1 Basic Instruction Program 801.1 Buildings and Sites Long Range Planning 801.2 Buildings and Sites Surveys Approved: September 1999 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 Code No. 103.R1 LONG-RANGE NEEDS ASSESSMENT The school district's long range needs assessment process includes these items: ? provisions for collecting, analyzing and reporting information derived from local, state and national sources; ? provisions for reviewing information acquired on the following: o state indicators and other locally determined indicators, o locally established student learning goals, o specific data collection required by state and federal programs; ? provisions for collecting and analyzing assessment data on the following: o state indicators, o locally determined indicators, o locally established student learning goals. Approved: Sept. 2020 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 Policy Title ANTI-BULLYING/ANTI-HARASSMENT Code 104 The Dallas Center-Grimes School District is committed to providing all students with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect. Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, staff, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board. Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed. Therefore, it is the policy of the state and the school district that school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior in school, on school property, or at any school function or school-sponsored activity, and while away from school grounds if the misconduct directly affects the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school or District. Definitions For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning: ● “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means. “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging. ● “Harassment” and “bullying” shall mean any electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or conduct toward a student based on the individual’s actual or perceived age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status, and which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions: 1. Places the student in reasonable fear of harm to the student’s person or property. 2. Has a substantial detrimental effect on the student’s physical or mental health. 3. Has the effect of substantially interfering with a student’s academic performance. 4. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school. ? “Trait or characteristic of the student” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status. ? “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students. Filing a Complaint: A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee. An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within 30 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed. School employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in reprisal, retaliation, or false accusation against a victim, witness, or an individual who has reliable information about an act of bullying or harassment. Investigation: The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment. The building principal or person(s) designated by the principal (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment. The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment. The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee shall also be responsible for developing procedures regarding this policy. Decision: If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of this policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion. If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination. If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds. A school employee, volunteer, or student, or a student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the policy adopted pursuant to this section, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report. Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy. Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion. Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment. Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds. Publication of Policy: The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means: ? Inclusion in the student handbook, ? Inclusion in the employee handbook ? Inclusion in the Registration materials ? Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site. All complaints of harassment and bullying against students, except discriminatory harassment, shall be processed pursuant to the complaint procedures for this policy. Complaints of discrimination against students (including discriminatory harassment) shall be processed pursuant to Policy 102. In addition, if there is a more specific procedure relating to a complaint, such as those for disability grievances, then the complaint shall be processed under such procedure. Legal References: 20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i. 29 U.S.C. § 794. 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7. 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 2et. seq. Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.28; 280.3. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6). Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007) Cross References: 102 Equal Educational Opportunity Approved: Sept. 2007 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 Code No. 104.R1 ANTI-BULLYING/ANTI-HARASSMENT INVESTIGATION PROCEDURES Filing a Complaint An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied may file a complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee. The complaint form is available at or at the district and building offices. An alternate investigator will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged bullying or harassment or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within 30 of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed. Investigation The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment upon receipt of a written complaint. The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following: ● Interviews with the Complainant and the individual named in the complaint (“Respondent”) ● A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint; ● A request for the Respondent to provide a written statement; ● Interviews with witnesses identified during the course of the investigation; ● A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; and ● Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation. The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment as defined in Board policy. Upon completion of the investigation, the Investigator shall issue a report with respect to the findings, and provide a copy of the report to the appropriate building principal or Superintendent if the investigation involved the building principal The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. Similarly, evidence uncovered in the investigation shall be kept confidential to the extent reasonably possible. Decision The investigator, building principal or superintendent, depending on the individuals involved, shall inform the Complainant and the accused about the outcome of the investigation. If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of the policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion. If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination. If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds. Individuals who knowingly file false bullying and/or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy. Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion. Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment. Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds. Approved: Sept. 2020 Reviewed: Sept. 2020 Revised: Sept. 2020 Code No. 104.E1 Policy Title ANTI-BULLYING/ANTI-HARASSMENTBULLY/HARASSMENT INCIDENT REPORT Name of person completing report/investigating: ____________________________________Incident date: ___________________________Report date: __________________________List the name(s) and the role(s) of all person(s) involved Roles: Student allegedly bullied, student who allegedly bullied, Witness/bystander) Name Role Specifics: What exactly happened, when (date and time), to whom, how, where (location)? Identify each of the following 18 categories for which the student is reported to have been bullied/harassed. Check all that apply. □Age□Color □Race□Creed □Sex □National Origin □Ancestry □Marital Status □Religion□Gender Identity □Physical Attributes □Physical/Mental Abilities □Political Belief □Political Party Preference □Socioeconomic Status□Sexual Orientation □Familial Status □Other (Specify): What is the relationship between the people involved? Have there been previous incidents of which you are aware? Have any previous incidents been reported? If so, to whom/how? What has the student who was allegedly bullied done to deal with the issue? What was the response of this person? Were there any bystanders/witnesses who would have information? If so, what are their names? How were they involved? What would be a positive outcome to this situation? ___________________________________ _______________________ Signature Date Approved February 2016 Reviewed Sept. 2020 Revised Sept. 2020 Code No. 104.E2 Policy Title ANTI-BULLYING/HARASSMENT BULLY/HARASSMENT INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FORM Name of person completing report/investigating:______________________________________ Incident date:______________________ Report date: ________________________________ Name of person being interviewed:________________________________________________ Role: □ Student allegedly bullied □ Student who allegedly bullied □ Witness/bystander Parent Notified: □ Yes Date: ___________Time:__________ Person contacting:____________________ □ No The following items were addressed: □ Confidentiality □ Review of school policy □ Review of non-retaliation □ Safety plan (including possible involvement of law enforcement □ Consequences for false information □ Investigation procedures Specifics: What exactly happened, when (date and time), to whom, how, where (location)? What is the relationship between the people involved? Have there been previous incidents of which you are aware? Have any previous incidents been reported? If so, to whom/how? What has the student who was allegedly bullied done to deal with the issue? What was the response of this person? Were there any bystanders/witnesses who would have information? If so, what are their names? How were they involved? What would be a positive outcome to this situation? Plans for the future: (as needed for both alleged bully and bullied) ___________________________________ _______________________ Investigator’s Signature Date __________________________________ ________________________ Interviewee’s Signature Date (note) Page 1 will be filled out for each interview. One copy of page 3 will be filled out after all interviews are completed Identify each of the following 18 categories (real or perceived) for which the student is reported to have been bullied/harassed. Check all that apply. □Age □Color □Race □Creed □Sex □National Origin□Ancestry □Marital Status □Religion□Gender Identity □Physical Attributes □Physical/Mental Abilities □Political Belief□Political Party Preference □Socioeconomic Status □Sexual Orientation □Familial Status□Other (Specify): Method of bullying/harassment (check all that apply). □ Electronic Communication □ Written Communication □ Verbal □ Physical □ Social/Relational (ostracizing, exclusion) □ Other (Please Specify): Location of incident (check all that apply). □ Bus □ Hallway □ Classroom □ Locker room □ Gym □ Cafeteria □ Extra curricular activity ( on/off campus) □ Bathroom □ At Lockers □ Playground □ Other (Please Specify): Person(s) reported to have bullied/harassed: ____________________________________If district student, enter student’s state ID: _________Building:____________Grade: _________If the person is a school staff member or volunteer the administrator investigating must enter data into Iowa Department of Education Ed info site, entry may not be completed by an administrative assistant. Identify where the person(s) reported to have bullied/harassed from. □ District Student □ Student from another district □ School Staff Member □ Volunteer TO BE COMPLETED BY SCHOOL COUNSELORS AND ADMINISTRATORS ONLY If the Iowa Anti-Bullying/harassment law was violated, check all of the reasons that apply. □ Was violated because conduct places the student in reasonable fear of harm to the student’s person or property. □ Was violated because conduct has a substantially detrimental effect on the student’s physical or mental health. □ Was violated because conduct has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s academic performance. □ Was violated because conduct has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school. Provide an explanation and/or additional information as to why one or more of the conditions were met: If the Iowa Anti-Bullying/harassment law was not violated, check the box indicating that another law, school policy, or rule was violated or check the box indicating that no law, school policy, or rule was violated. □ Was NOT violated, nor was any other law/school policy/rule violated. □ Was NOT violated, but another law/school policy/rule violated. Check all of the following consequences/remedial actions that apply. □ Verbal warning □ Written warning □ Parent(s) or guardian(s) notified □ Parent(s) or guardian(s) conference □ Signed agreement □ Counselor follow up □ Restricted privileges □ Specialized-seating assignment □ Individual Behavior Plan □ Suspension or expulsion- days □ Bus Suspension- days □ Law enforcement □ Community Service □ Student Conference □ Referral to Internal Team □ No consequences warranted □ Other(Please Specify): Investigation Completed by ____________________________________Date_____________ Data entered in to the Department of Education ED info site by _________________________ Date______________ Approved February 2016 Reviewed Sept. 2020 Revised Sept. 2020 Policy Title ANTI-BULLYING/HARASSMENT Code 104E3 BULLYING INCIDENT FOLLOW-UP This is used to formally follow up with a founded bully incident. Name of person conducting follow-up: People present: Date of follow-up: Time: According to the student, the situation is: □ Better □ Worse □ No difference Parent contacted: Date: Time: Person contacting: Summary of follow-up: Additional action needed: □ No □ Yes, action to be taken: Approved February 2016 Reviewed Sept. 2020 Revised Sept. 2020 Code 105 Page 1 of 2 ASSISTANCE ANIMALS It is the policy of Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District to foster an equal education environment for all students, employees and community members within the district. The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to the district on the proper use of assistance animals while on district property. The district shall allow the use of qualified service animals and assistive animals to accompany individuals with disabilities in all areas of district buildings where the public is normally allowed to go. This can include classrooms, cafeteria and school buses. Individuals with disabilities are people who have a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities. Service animals are dogs and in some instances miniature horses trained to do work or perform tasks for individuals with disabilities. Assistive animals are simians or any other animal specially trained or in the process of being trained to assist a person with a disability. Service animals and assistive animals must be current on all required vaccinations. Service animals and assistive animals also must be under control while on district grounds. The animal may be under control by either the individual with a disability, or a handler of the service or assistive animal. Under control means harnessed, leashed or tethered, unless these devices interfere with the animal’s work, in which case under voice or other directive control. Miniature Horses as Service Animals Miniature horses shall be allowed as service animals within the district whenever it is reasonable to allow them. Factors to consider when determining reasonableness include: whether the miniature horse is house broken; whether the miniature horse is under the owner’s control; whether the facility can accommodate the miniature horse’s type, size and weight; and whether the miniature horse’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility. Establishing the Need for a Service Animal When no prior notice is given to the district of the use of a service or assistive animal, the Superintendent and/or school administrators are permitted to ask the following questions: “Do you need/require this animal because of a disability?” If the animal’s trained tasks are not readily apparent, the administrator may ask: “What work or task has the animal been trained to perform?” Service and Assistive Animals in training Assuming the handler and animal are otherwise allowed, individuals who train service and/or assistive animals will also be allowed access with their service animal in training to public areas of district buildings and property. The service or assistive animal in training is expected to abide by the same requirements as a service or assistive animal. Code 105 Page 2 of 2 Exclusion of Service and Assistive Animals In certain limited circumstances, it may be reasonable to exclude the use of a service or assistive animal from district property. The Superintendent is permitted to exclude service and assistive animals from district buildings and property in the following circumstances: the presence of the animal poses a direct threat to the health and safety of others; the owner or handler is unable to control the animal; the animal is not house broken; the presence of the animal significantly disrupts or interferes with the educational process; or the presence of the animal would require a fundamental alteration to the program. If a service animal is properly excluded from district property, the district shall provide the student served by the animal the opportunity to participate in the program, service or activity without having the service animal on district property. Legal References:29 U.S.C. §794 42 U.S.C. §12132 28 C.F.R. 35 Iowa Code §216C Cross References: 606.3 Animals in the Classroom Approved March 2020 Reviewed Sept. 2020 Revised Sept. 2020 Code No. 106DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT BASED ON SEX PROHIBITEDIn accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Dallas Center–Grimes Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District. This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment.The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator, for the provision of supportive measures to anyone who has been subjected to sexual harassment whether or not they proceed with a formal complaint under those procedures, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints, as required by Title IX. This Title IX grievance process shall be used to respond to all complaints of sexual harassment that fall within the scope of Title IX. For complaints of sexual harassment that do not fall within the scope of Title IX, the District may still offer supportive measures to the subject of such conduct and shall apply any other policy or procedure applicable to the alleged conduct.Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator, Michelle Wearmouth, Business Manager, michelle.wearmouth@, 2405 W. 1st Street, PO Box 680, Grimes, Iowa 50111, 515-992-3866Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited.Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education. Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.Legal References:20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.34 C.F.R. § 106 et seq.Approved 9/28/2020Reviewed 9/28/2020Revised Code No. 106RDALLAS CENTER-GRIMES COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT SEXUAL HARASSMENT PROCEDURES MANUALTHE POLICYDEFINITIONSPOLICY SCOPECONFIDENTIALITYTABLE OF CONTENTS2244REPORTING SEXUAL MISCONDUCT, INCLUDING SEXUAL ASSAULT AND SEXUAL HARASSMENT4Employee Reporting Obligations4Reporting to Law Enforcement4Reporting to the District5Amnesty for Complainants and Participants in Investigations5Retaliation Prohibited5Time Frames for Reporting and Response6PROCESS FOR RESPONDING TO REPORTS OF SEXUAL HARASSMENT6Initial Meeting with the Complainant6Formal Resolution7Complainant Does Not Wish to Pursue Resolution or Requests Confidentiality11Advisors12Supportive Measures12RESOURCES AND SERVICES FOR STUDENTS AND EMPLOYEES13PREVENTION, TRAINING, AND POLICY COMMUNICATION14RECORDKEEPING14I. THE POLICYIn accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Dallas Center Grimes Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment, against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District. This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment. The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sex discrimination or sexual harassment, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints. Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator, Michelle Wearmouth, Business Manager, michelle.wearmouth@, 2405 W. 1st Street, PO Box 680, Grimes, Iowa 50111, 515-992-3866.The District will utilize this Policy and Procedure to respond to all claims of sex discrimination or sexual harassment as defined in Section II of this policy. If the District determines that a report or complaint does not allege conduct within the scope of Title IX, it may still proceed to investigate or respond to that report or complaint under any other applicable District policy or procedure.DEFINITIONSSexual harassment means unwelcome behavior or conduct (physical, verbal, written, electronic) that is directed at someone because of that person's sex or gender, and that meets any of the following definitions:“Quid Pro Quo” Harassment. A District employee explicitly or implicitly conditions the provision of an aid, benefit, or service of the District on an individual’s participation in unwelcome sexual conduct; ORHostile Educational/Work Environment. Unwelcome conduct determined by a reasonable person to be so severe, pervasive, and objectively offensive that it effectively denies a person equal access to the District’s education program or activity; ORSexual assault. An offense that meets the definition any one of the following offenses:Rape: the penetration, no matter how slight, of the vagina or anus, with any body part or object, or oral penetration by a sex organ of another person without consent of the victim;Fondling: the touching of the private body parts of another person for the purpose of sexual gratification without consent of the victim;Incest: sexual intercourse between persons who are related to each other within the degrees wherein marriage is prohibited by law; orStatutory rape: sexual intercourse with a person who is under the statutory age of consent; ORStalking:Purposefully engaging in a course of conduct directed at a specific person ("target") that would cause a reasonable person to fear bodily injury to, or the death of, the target or a member of the target’s immediate family;when the person ("stalker") knows or should know that the target will be placed in reasonable fear of bodily injury to, or the death of, the target or a member of the target’s immediate family by the course of conduct; andthe stalker’s course of conduct induces fear in the target of bodily injury to, or the death of, the target or a member of the target’s immediate family; ORDating Violence: violence committed by a person who is or has been in a social relationship of a romantic or intimate nature with the victim. The existence of such a relationship shall be determined based on a consideration of:The length of the relationship.The type of relationship.The frequency of interaction between the persons involved in the relationship; ORDomestic Violence: any felony or misdemeanor crime of violence committed:By a current or former spouse or intimate partner of the victim;By a person with whom the victim shares a child in common;By a person who is cohabiting with, or has cohabited with, the victim as a spouse or intimate partner;By a person similarly situated to a spouse of the victim under the domestic or family violence laws of the State of Iowa; orBy any other person against an adult or youth victim who is protected from that person’s acts under the domestic or family violence laws of the State of Iowa.Consent means knowing and voluntary agreement to engage in conduct or an activity with another individual. Silence or an absence of resistance does not imply consent. Past consent to engage in conduct or an activity does not imply future consent; consent can be revoked at any time. An individual who is incapacitated (e.g., when a person is asleep, unconsciousness, under the influence of drugs or alcohol, or disability) cannot give consent. Coercion, force, or the threat of either invalidates consent. Under no circumstances can a student give consent to engage in any sexual conduct or activity with an employee of the plainant means any person who alleges that they have been subjected to sexual harassment as defined by this Policy. At the time of filing a formal complaint, a complainant must be participating in or attempting to participate in the District’s education program or activity.Respondent means any person who has been reported to be the perpetrator of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment under this Policy, and over whom the District is able to exercise substantial control.POLICY SCOPEThis Policy applies to all persons participating in the District’s education program or activity, including students and employees and applicants for employment. Under Title IX, the District has jurisdiction over locations, events or circumstances over which it substantially controls the Respondent and the context in which the harassment occurs. The District’s jurisdiction is limited to conduct against a person that occurs in the United States.Any person may make a report of sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator.CONFIDENTIALITYThe District is committed to creating an environment that encourages individuals to come forward if they have experienced or witnessed sexual harassment. However, the District cannot promise absolute confidentiality to any party. District employees cannot promise confidentiality to any student who reports possible sexual harassment to them.The District will keep confidential the identity of any individual who has made a report or complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment, or has been identified as the perpetrator or respondent to any such report or complaint, or is a witness to any complaint or investigation, except as required to carry out the purposes of this Policy (including the conduct of any complaint resolution process), applicable law, or as permitted by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (“FERPA”), 20 U.S.C. § 1232g.REPORTING SEXUAL MISCONDUCT, INCLUDING SEXUAL ASSAULT AND SEXUAL HARASSMENTEmployee Reporting ObligationsAny District employee who witnesses or becomes aware of sexual harassment has an affirmative obligation to report immediately to the District’s Title IX Coordinator or to their building principal or immediate supervisor. Failure to do so may result in disciplinary action against the employee, up to and including termination of employment.Reporting to Law EnforcementBecause sexual misconduct may constitute both a violation of District policy and criminal activity, individuals who have been subject to criminal sexual misconduct may wish to report their concerns to law enforcement. An individual may proceed under this Policy whether or not they elect to report to law enforcement.Reporting to the DistrictAny individual who wishes to make a report or file a formal complaint of sexual harassment may contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator Michelle Wearmouth, Business Manager, michelle.wearmouth@, 2405 W. 1st Street, PO Box 680, Grimes, Iowa 50111, 515-992-3866.Allegations that an employee of the District has engaged in sexual harassment toward a student must be immediately reported or referred to the District’s designated Level 1 Investigator, and must be handled in accordance with 281 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 102 (Procedures for Charging and Investigating Incidents of Abuse of Students by School Employees). The Level 1 Investigator shall be responsible for complying with the requirements of Chapter 102, including with respect to reporting the alleged conduct to law enforcement or other appropriate state agencies. The Level 1 Investigator shall work with the District’s Title IX Coordinator to determine how to preserve or restore the student’s access to the District’s education program and activities.Amnesty for Complainants and Participants in InvestigationsThe District will not pursue disciplinary action for improper possession or use of alcohol or other drugs against a student who reports in good faith an incident of sexual misconduct, or who participates in good faith in an investigation into an incident of sexual misconduct. The District may still notify the parent/guardian of the student(s) involved in such possession/use to promote the student safety and well-being or otherwise report such possession or use as required by law.Retaliation ProhibitedRetaliation against a person who makes a report or complaint of sexual harassment, or who assists, or participates in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education. Any individual who believes they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.This Policy’s antiretaliation protections do not apply to any individual who makes a materially false statement in bad faith in the course of any complaint, investigation, hearing, or other proceeding under this Policy. However, a determination that an individual made a materially false statement in bad faith must be supported by some evidence other than the determination of whether the Respondent violated this Policy alone. An individual who makes a materially false statement in bad faith may be subject to discipline up to and including suspension or expulsion of a student or termination of an employee’s employment.Time Frames for Reporting and ResponseThe District strongly encourages prompt reporting of complaints and information. While there is no time limit in invoking this Policy in responding to complaints of alleged sexual harassment, a complaint should be submitted as soon as possible after the event takes place in order to maximize the District’s ability to respond promptly and equitably.The District may not be able to fully investigate a formal complaint against an individual who is no longer affiliated with the District. Under those circumstances, the District will still consider whether it can offer supportive measures to the Complainant or proceed under another applicable law, policy, procedure, handbook provision, or rule.In all cases, the District will conduct a prompt and equitable investigation of allegations of sexual misconduct. Generally the District will attempt to complete the investigation and make a determination regarding responsibility within forty-five (45) calendar days of receipt of a formal complaint. However, the District may alter or extend this time with notice to both parties. The time it takes to complete the resolution of a sexual harassment complaint may vary based on the complexity of the investigation and the severity and extent of the alleged conduct, as well as on whether there is a parallel criminal investigation, or if school breaks occur during the process.PROCESS FOR RESPONDING TO REPORTS OF SEXUAL HARASSMENTInitial Meeting with the ComplainantUpon receipt of any report of sexual harassment occurring in the District’s educational program or activity, the Title IX Coordinator or designee will schedule a meeting with the Complainant in order to provide the Complainant a general understanding of this Policy and to identify forms of supportive measures available to the Complainant with or without the filing of a formal complaint, and to explain the process for filing a formal complaint. The intake meeting may also involve a discussion of any specific supportive measures that may be appropriate.At the initial intake meeting with the Complainant, the Title IX Coordinator or designee will seek to determine how the Complainant wishes to proceed. The Complainant may opt for: (1) informal resolution; (2) formal resolution; or (3) not proceeding. Supportive measures may still be offered whether or not the Complainant chooses any of these options.If the Complainant wishes to proceed with either informal or formal resolution, a written document must be filed by the Complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator alleging harassment against a respondent (the “formal complaint”). Where the Title IX Coordinator signs a formal complaint, the Title IX Coordinator is not the complainant or otherwise a party to a complaint proceeding under this Policy.Formal ResolutionUpon submission of a formal complaint, Complainant may elect to pursue a formal resolution, which is described more specifically in this section.Consolidation of ComplaintsThe District may consolidate formal complaints of sexual harassment against more than one respondent, or by more than one complainant against one or more respondents, or by one party against another party, where the allegations arise out of the same facts or circumstances.Required NoticesNotice of Investigation. If a Complainant elects to pursue a formal complaint, the Title IX Coordinator or designee will provide a written Notice of Investigation simultaneously to both parties notifying the parties of:the identities of the parties involved in the incident;the conduct alleged;the date and location of the incident;Respondent’s entitlement to a presumption of innocence;The parties’ rights to have an advisor of their choice at the party’s expense, who may be an attorney;The parties’ rights to review and comment on investigative evidence; andThe effect of making materially false statements in bad faith during this process.If, during the course of investigation, the District determines that additional allegations will be investigated as part of the pending complaint, the Title IX Coordinator or designee will provide written notice of the additional allegations to any identified Complainant(s) or Respondent(s).Notice of Interviews, Hearings, or Other Meetings. The Title IX Coordinator shall provide to Complainant and Respondent a written notice of the date, time, location, participants, and purpose of any interview, hearing, or meeting with sufficient time for the party to prepare.DismissalThe District shall dismiss any formal complaint made under this Policy if at any time it determines that it lacks jurisdiction under Title IX because the conduct alleged in the formal complaint:Would not constitute sexual harassment as defined in Section II of this policy, even if proved,Did not occur in the District’s education program or activity; orDid not occur against a person in the United States.The District, in its sole discretion, may dismiss any formal complaint under this Policy if at any time:The Complainant notifies the Title IX Coordinator in writing that the Complainant would like to withdraw the formal complaint or any allegations;The Respondent is no longer enrolled in or employed by the District; orSpecific circumstances exist that prevent the District from gathering evidence sufficient to reach a determination as to the formal complaint or allegations. Examples include, but are not limited to, a significant passage of time from the date of the allegation(s) in the complaint to the date the complaint is filed that makes investigation impracticable, or where the Complainant has stopped participating in the process.Dismissal of a complaint from proceeding under this Policy does not preclude the District from offering supportive measures to any party or from proceeding under any other applicable policy, procedure, rule, or handbook provision applicable to students and/or employees of the District.Upon dismissal of any formal complaint under this section, written notice of this dismissal and the reason(s) therefor will be provided simultaneously to Complainant and Respondent.InvestigationThe Title IX Coordinator shall designate an Investigator to conduct an investigation into any formal complaint. The Investigator must be appropriately trained in conducting Title IX investigations, unbiased, and have no conflict of interest in the present case. The Investigator serves as a neutral fact-finder, and shall interview both parties, relevant witnesses, and gather and review evidence relevant to the outcome of the complaint.The burden of proof and the burden of gathering sufficient evidence to reach a determination of responsibility rests with the District and not with the parties. Both parties will have an equal opportunity to present witnesses and other evidence (both inculpatory and exculpatory) to the Investigator. Neither party will be restricted in their ability to discuss the allegations or to gather and present relevant evidence; provided, however, that such communications shall not constitute harassment or retaliation against any party other otherwise violate applicable law, rule, or regulation.The Investigator will evaluate all relevant evidence, both inculpatory and exculpatory, and will not make credibility determinations based solely on a person’s status as complainant, respondent or witness.The Investigator will only access, consider, disclose, or otherwise use a party’s treatment records made or maintained by a health care provider, or other records protected under a legally recognized privilege, with that party’s voluntary, written consent.Prior to completion of the Investigative Report, the Investigator will provide each party with copies of any evidence obtained by the Investigator that is directly related to the allegations in the complaint. Both parties will have ten (10) calendar days to submit a written response to the evidence to the Investigator. By accepting receipt of this information, the parties and their representatives, if any, agree that the use or dissemination of evidence for any purpose other than those directly related to the parties’ participation in the Title IX grievance process is prohibited and may result in appropriate discipline in accordance with District policy.Investigative ReportAfter conducting the investigation, the Investigator will complete an investigative report that summarizes all relevant evidence, including statements and interviews with the parties and any witnesses, and any documents, records, photographs, recordings, or other evidence obtained by the investigator.The investigative report will be distributed simultaneously to both of the parties at least ten (10) calendar days prior to a Determination of Responsibility being made.Determination of ResponsibilityThe Decision-Maker is responsible for determining whether the conduct alleged in the complaint constitutes a violation of this Policy and any other applicable District policies, procedures, handbook provisions, or rules. The Decision-Maker shall not be the Title IX Coordinator or Investigator, and must be impartial and unbiased, have no conflict of interest in the particular case, and have training required by Title IX and this policy.After receipt of the investigative report and prior to reaching a decision, each party shall be permitted to submit to the Decision-Maker relevant questions to be asked of the other party and/or any witnesses, including those challenging the credibility of the party or witness. The Decision-Maker shall review the questions with the party or witness to whom the questions are directed, but shall not ask any questions that are irrelevant or improperly inquire about the Complainant’s sexual predisposition or past sexual conduct (other than where the incidents occurred between the Complainant and Respondent and are asked for purposes of demonstrating consent, where applicable). The Decision-Maker will provide a written explanation to the party of why any question was excluded. The Decision-Maker shall provide the responses of the party or witness in writing to both parties. The parties shall be provided with an opportunity for limited additional follow-up questioning.If any party or witness does not cooperate with responding to these questions, the Decision- Maker will not rely on any statement of that party or witness in reaching a determination of responsibility. The Decision-maker cannot draw an inference about responsibility based solely on a party’s or witness’s refusal to answer questions.Standard of Proof and DeterminationThe determination of whether or not a violation of this Policy occurred will be made on the preponderance of the evidence, or whether it is more likely than not that the Respondent violated this Policy.SanctionSanctions and remedies will be determined on a case-by-case basis by the Decision-Maker, where authorized to do so. Where applicable federal or state law, Board policy, contract, handbook provision, or other rule gives authority for issuing of a particular sanction to a different District decision-making body (e.g., school board, IEP team) the Decision-Maker will recommend sanctions to that decision-making body or official, or the Board for further action.Sanctions may include, but are not limited to a written warning, suspension or expulsion of a student, or suspension or termination of an employee’s employment with the District. The Decision-Maker may impose or recommend any sanction that it finds to be fair and proportionate to the violation and in accordance with Board Policy.Remedies may include, but are not limited to, offers of counseling, training, changes or modifications to class or work schedules or assignments, provision of additional supervision, and other actions as deemed appropriate under the circumstances present in the case. The Title IX Coordinator shall be responsible for implementing any proposed remedies.Written Determination Regarding ResponsibilityThe Decision-Maker will issue a written determination regarding responsibility, which shall be determined by a preponderance of the evidence. The written determination will include:Identification of the allegations;A description of the procedural steps taken from the receipt of the formal complaint through the determination, including notifications to the parties, interviews, site visits, methods used to gather other evidence, and hearings held (if applicable);Findings of fact;Conclusions regarding the application of this Policy and any other relevant District policy, procedure, handbook provision, or rule to the facts;A statement of and rationale for the Decision-Maker(s) determination regarding responsibility for each allegation;A statement of and rationale for any disciplinary sanctions that will be imposed on Respondent, if applicable;A statement of and rationale for any remedies the District will provide to restore or preserve Complainant’s access to the District’s educational program or activity, if applicable; andA statement of the District’s appeal policy and procedures.The Decision-Maker will provide the written determination to the parties simultaneously. The written determination shall be final, subject to the parties’ right to appeal in Section 10, below.AppealsWithin five (5) calendar days of delivery of the written determination to them, either party may appeal the dismissal of a formal complaint, or the Decision-Maker’s written determination and/or any sanction imposed by the Decision-Maker to the Title IX Coordinator or her/his designee.Such appeals will be in writing and will be delivered to The Title IX Coordinator or her/his designee, who will deliver the appeal to the Appeal Decision-Maker. The Appeal Decision- Maker or her/his designee will determine if the written determination will be stayed pending the outcome of the appellate decision. Appeals will be limited to any of the following bases:A procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the written determination was issued that could affect the outcome of the matter; orThe Title IX Coordinator, Investigator(s), or Decision-Maker(s) had a conflict of interest or bias that affected the outcome of the matter.The Title IX Coordinator or her/his designee will notify both parties in writing if an appeal is received alleging one of the bases for appeal above. Both parties will be given an opportunity to submit a written statement in support of, or challenging, the written determination. The parties’ written statements must be submitted within five (5) calendar days of notice of the appeal.Except as required to explain the basis of new information, an appeal will be limited to a review of the written record of the investigation, the written determination, and the parties’ written statements on appeal.The Appeal Decision-Maker or her/his designee may affirm, reverse, or modify the written determination and/or sanctions imposed, or may remand to the Investigator or Decision-Maker for further action. A written appeal decision will be issued simultaneously to the parties describing the result of the appeal and the rationale therefor. The written appeal decision of the Appeal Decision-Maker or her/his designee is the final decision of the District, and no further appeals are permitted under this plainant Does Not Wish to Pursue Resolution or Requests ConfidentialityIf the Complainant does not wish to pursue formal or informal resolution and/or requests that his or her report remain confidential, the Title IX Coordinator or designee will inform the Complainant that the District’s ability to respond to the alleged sexual harassment may be limited. The Title IX Coordinator or designee may weigh the Complainant’s request against the following factors:The seriousness of the alleged sexual misconduct,Whether there have been other complainants of sexual misconduct against the same Respondent, andThe Respondent’s right to receive information about the allegations, including the name of the complainant.The Title IX Coordinator will only initiate a formal complaint under these procedures against the wishes of the Complainant where required by federal or state law, regulation, or rule, or where doing so is not clearly unreasonable based on known circumstances, based on the potential impact to the District community if the allegations were true.The Title IX Coordinator or designee will inform the Complainant if the District cannot ensure confidentiality. Even if the District cannot take disciplinary action against the Respondent because the Complainant insists on confidentiality or that the complaint not be resolved, the District reserves the authority to implement supportive measures or other appropriate actions to promote a safe learning environment for the complainant and/or the entire District community.AdvisorsComplainants and Respondents have equivalent rights to be accompanied at any stage of the process by an advisor of their choice, who may be a parent or guardian, union representative (where applicable), other support person, or an attorney at the party’s sole expense. Advisors may not answer questions on behalf of any party or otherwise participate in any interview or meeting, other than to confer with the party they are supporting/representing.Supportive MeasuresThe District may implement supportive measures to preserve or restore the Complainant’s access to the District’s education program or activity. Supportive measures will be individualized, provided at no cost to the parties, and are non-disciplinary in nature.Supportive measures may include, but are not limited to:Counseling,Extension of deadlines or other course-related adjustments,Modifications of work or class schedules,Mutual restrictions on contact between the parties,Leaves of absence,Increased security and monitoring,Increased supervision and/or escort services, and/orOther similar measures.The District may temporarily remove a student accused of violation this policy on an emergency basis, following an individualized safety and risk analysis that finds an immediate threat to the physical safety of any individual. Any student so removed will be provided with notice and an opportunity to challenge this action immediately following the removal, and any other rights conferred by law. Emergency removals must be consistent with other applicable laws. The District, in its sole discretion, may place an employee accused of violating this policy on administrative leave pending the outcome of the informal or formal complaint process.RESOURCES AND SERVICES FOR STUDENTS AND EMPLOYEESThere are resources available to individuals regardless of whether or not they choose to report a violation of this Policy to the District or local law enforcement. Any person may obtain information about services and supports offered to students and employees by contacting the District’s Title IX Coordinator.External Reporting ResourcesA Complainant may choose to file a complaint with the state and federal agencies listed below.Office for Civil Rights (OCR) – Chicago OfficeU.S. Department of Education Citigroup Center500 W. Madison Street, Suite 1475Chicago, IL 60661Phone: (312) 730-1560Fax: (312) 730-1576 TDD: (877) 521-2172Email: OCR.Chicago@ed. govWeb: ocr Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC)Reuss Federal Plaza 310 W. Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800Milwaukee, WI 53203-2292Phone: (800) 669-4000Fax: (414) 297-4133TTY: (800) 669-6820Web: Iowa Civil Rights Commission (ICRC) Grimes State Office Building400 E. 14th StreetDes Moines, IA 50319 Toll free: (800) 457-4416Phone: (515) 281-4121Fax: (515) 242-5840TDD: (877) 521-2172Web: , TRAINING, AND POLICY COMMUNICATIONThe District is committed to education, communication, and training of students and employees in order to prevent sexual harassment and to assure an appropriate response when incidents occur. The District will provide information to students and employees on:The definitions of sexual harassment;District procedures for responding to incidents of sexual harassment; andEmployee obligation to report any sexual harassment of which the employee becomes aware.The District will also ensure that individuals who serve as Title IX Coordinators, Title IX Investigators, Decision-Makers, Appeal Decision-Makers, and facilitators of the informal resolution process have adequate training as required by Title IX.RECORDKEEPINGThe District will maintain the following records for seven years:Each sexual harassment investigation, including determinations, audio or video recordings, disciplinary sanctions, and any remedies provided to the Complainant;Any appeal and the result therefrom;Any informal resolution; andMaterials used by the District to train Title IX Coordinators, investigators, decision- makers, and those who facilitate informal resolution under this Policy.Additionally, the District will create and maintain for seven years:Any actions, including supportive measures, taken in response to a report or formal complaint of sexual harassment;Documentation of the basis for the District’s conclusion that its response to any such report or complaint was not deliberately indifferent;Documentation that the District has taken measures designed to restore or preserve access to the District’s educational program or activity;Where no supportive measures are provided to Complainant, documentation of why it was not clearly unreasonable to do so.Code 106R-2Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District Title IX Form BankFormal Complaint of Sexual Harassment2Reporting Form for Individuals to Report Sexual Harassment3Notice of Investigation to Complainant4Notice of Investigation to Respondent6Notice of Interview8Title IX Investigation Report Form9Decision on Formal Complaint11Notice of Appeal14Determination on Appeal15Notice of Dismissal16Documentation of District Response17Formal Complaint of Sexual HarassmentName: Date: Name of individual(s) who engaged in the conduct alleged below:Describe the conduct that led to this complaint (attach additional pages if needed):Date(s) of each incident:Location(s) of each incident:Names of possible witnesses:I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge. Signature: Date: Reporting Form for Individuals to Report Sexual HarassmentName of individual filing this report: Date: Were you the target of the conduct alleged in this report?If no, who was the target of the conduct alleged in this report? Name of individual who engaged in the conduct alleged below:Describe the conduct that led to this complaint (attach additional pages if needed):Date(s) of each incident:Location(s) of each incident:Names of possible witnesses:I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge. Signature: Date: Notice of Investigation to Complainant[To be provided by Title IX Coordinator to Complainant at the initiation of an investigation] [Date]Dear [Complainant’s Name],The Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District received your complaint alleging that [Respondent’s name] (the “Respondent”) engaged in conduct that may constitute sexual misconduct under District Policy. Specifically, you submitted a complaint alleging that the Respondent [description of alleged conduct in complaint including time, date, location, and specific acts of respondent alleged in complaint].The policy Respondent is alleged to have violated is [insert all applicable policy names/numbers– including Title IX and others as applicable], and specifically its prohibition on [specific type of sexual harassment alleged – e.g., hostile environment, stalking, etc.]. A complete copy of the District’s Title IX procedures is [insert link or attach to this letter]. Please review these procedures carefully and let me know if you have any questions.The District must investigate formal complaints of potential sexual misconduct as required by policy and law, to the extent of the information available. We have assigned [NAME(s)] as the Investigator(s) who will gather information and make factual findings in this case. If you have any concerns about the impartiality of the Investigator(s), please let me know immediately.The Respondent is entitled to a presumption of innocence, which will be maintained throughout the process until a determination of responsibility is made. The Investigator(s) will be in contact with you to schedule a time to formally interview you for the investigation. You may be accompanied by a support person, advisor, or advocate of your choice to the investigation interview, including a lawyer, at your own expense. This person should not be someone who you will also identify as a witness.As part of this process, you will have a right to provide evidence and witnesses for the Investigator’s consideration, and to review and comment on evidence gathered by the Investigator(s) from the other party and witnesses. The District will objectively evaluate all relevant evidence, including inculpatory (proves a violation) and exculpatory (proves no violation) evidence to reach a determination of responsibility.Consistent with the Policy, you are hereby directed not to delete any potentially relevant evidence, including electronic files, records, or data in your possession. You are further directed not to sell, give away, destroy, or otherwise surrender possession of any personal or District- issued devices. Do not wipe or reformat any personal or District-issued devices. Do not delete any social media or email accounts that you currently have or delete any content or data from the same. These directives are effective immediately and remain in effect until further notice. If you have any questions about this directive, please contact me.The District works to maintain confidentiality in the resolution process, and we ask for your discretion in minimizing the sharing of information to respect the sensitivity of this matter to all parties. You are directed to refrain from contacting the Respondent throughout this process.Additionally, you are reminded about the District’s policy against retaliation, either by you or by someone acting on your behalf. Any individual who believes they have been retaliated against for participation in this process should immediately report it to .You are expected to cooperate in an honest and forthright manner with this investigation. Making false statements or knowingly submitting false information during the grievance process is prohibited by the District and may constitute an independent basis for disciplinary sanctionsagainst any student or employee, up to and including suspension or expulsion of a student or termination of an employee’s employment.I understand this is a lot of information. Please let me know if you have any questions at any point during the process.Sincerely,91757520129500Title IX CoordinatorDallas Center-Grimes Community School District [CONTACT INFORMATION FOR TIX COORDINATOR]Notice of Investigation to Respondent[To be provided simultaneously by Title IX Coordinator to Respondent upon initiation of investigation][Date]Dear [Respondent’s Name],The Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District received a complaint alleging that you engaged in conduct that may constitute sexual misconduct under District Policy. Specifically, [name of complainant] (the “Complainant”) submitted a complaint alleging that you [description of alleged conduct in complaint including time, date, location, and specific acts of respondent alleged in complaint].The policy you are alleged to have violated is [insert all applicable policy names/numbers – including Title IX and others as applicable], and specifically its prohibition on [specific type of sexual harassment alleged – e.g., hostile environment, stalking, etc.]. A complete copy of the District’s Title IX procedures is [insert link or attach to this letter]. Please review these procedures carefully and let me know if you have any questions.The District must investigate formal complaints of potential sexual misconduct as required by policy and law, to the extent of the information available. We have assigned [NAME(s)] as the Investigator(s) who will gather information and make factual findings in this case. If you have any concerns about the impartiality of the Investigator(s), please let me know immediately.You are entitled to a presumption of innocence, which will be maintained throughout the process until a determination of responsibility is made. The Investigator(s) will be in contact with you to schedule a time to formally interview you for the investigation. You may be accompanied by a support person, advisor, or advocate of your choice to the investigation interview, including a lawyer, at your own expense. This person should not be someone who you will also identify as a witness.As part of this process, you will have a right to provide evidence and witnesses for the Investigator’s consideration, and to review and comment on evidence gathered by the Investigator(s) from the other party and witnesses. The District will objectively evaluate all relevant evidence, including inculpatory (proves a violation) and exculpatory (proves no violation) evidence to reach a determination of responsibility.Consistent with the Policy, you are hereby directed not to delete any potentially relevant evidence, including electronic files, records, or data in your possession. You are further directed not to sell, give away, destroy, or otherwise surrender possession of any personal or District- issued devices. Do not wipe or reformat any personal or District-issued devices. Do not delete any social media or email accounts that you currently have or delete any content or data from the same. These directives are effective immediately and remain in effect until further notice. If you have any questions about this directive, please contact me.The District works to maintain confidentiality in the resolution process, and we ask for your discretion in minimizing the sharing of information to respect the sensitivity of this matter to all parties. You are directed to refrain from contacting the Complainant throughout this process.Additionally, you are reminded about the District’s policy against retaliation, either by you or by someone acting on your behalf. Any individual who believes they have been retaliated against for participation in this process should immediately report it to .You are expected to cooperate in an honest and forthright manner with this investigation. Making false statements or knowingly submitting false information during the grievance processis prohibited by the District and may constitute an independent basis for disciplinary sanctions against any student or employee, up to and including suspension or expulsion of a student or termination of an employee’s employment.I understand this is a lot of information. Please let me know if you have any questions at any point during the process.Sincerely,91757517208500Title IX CoordinatorDallas Center-Grimes Community School District [CONTACT INFORMATION FOR TIX COORDINATOR]Notice of Interview[to be provided to complainant(s) and respondent(s) prior to any interview or other meeting with sufficient time to prepare for the interview/meeting][Date]Dear [name of party]:As you know from the Notice of Investigation, the District is conducting an investigation into a complaint of sexual harassment in which you are named as a party.You will be interviewed by the District’s Investigator(s), [insert investigator(s) names] at [location], on [date] at [time]. The purpose of this interview is to ask you questions about what you know or may know about the allegations in the complaint, including identifying and producing any relevant evidence and witness names for the Investigator’s consideration.The individuals present at this interview will be yourself, the Investigator, [include any other names of anticipated attendees, if any]. You are entitled to be accompanied by a support person, advocate, or attorney, at your own expense. However, any person accompanying you may not participate in the interview, answer questions on your behalf, or question the Investigator about any matter.If you have any questions, please let me know. Sincerely,91757519812000[name and title of Title IX Coordinator or Investigator][contact information]Title IX Investigation Report Form[to be completed by Title IX Investigator(s)]Name of Investigator:Date of report:Scope of investigation: This investigation considered claims made by [Complainant name and role (student, employee, etc.)] (the “Complainant”) as to whether or not [Respondent name and role] (the "Respondent”) has violated District policy no. [insert name and title of Title IX and other applicable policies].This report will only provide a summary of the facts as determined by the investigator and is not a final determination of the allegations.Jurisdiction: [state whether the evidence shows that the District exercises substantial control over both the Respondent and the circumstances under which the alleged sexual harassment occurred – if not, then the complaint must be dismissed from the Title IX process, and can be handled under any other applicable District policy or procedure].Parties (list all):Complainant- NAME Respondent – NAMENature of Alleged Conduct Constituting Sexual Harassment:Procedural history:A report was made to the District by on [date]. A formal complaint was provided by the Complainant to the Title IX Coordinator on [date].The Title IX Coordinator assigned this Investigator on [date] to conduct an investigation into the formal complaint. Notices of Investigation were provided to both parties on [date].This Investigator interviewed the following individuals:Complainant – name and date of interviewRespondent – name and date of interviewAny witnesses – names and dates of interviewThis Investigator also reviewed the following evidence:List of any documents, videos, photos, or other evidence provided by any party or witnessOn [date not less than 10 days before the date of this report], this Investigator provided Complainant and Respondent with copies of all evidence obtained by this Investigator. Complainant and Respondent had an opportunity to provide a written response to this evidence, prior to the Investigator completing this Investigation Report. [Indicate whether each party did or did not provide a written response].[include any other procedural steps, including if there have been significant delays in the process or other unexpected events]Summary of Interviews:Complainant Interview:Witness A interview:Witness B interview:Respondent Interview:Summary of Other Evidence Received:Feedback from Parties following Receipt of Evidence Directly Relating to Complaint: Investigator’s Observations Regarding Credibility of Parties and Witnesses:Note: Investigator's Observations Regarding Credibility of Parties and Witnesses is optional but not required. Ultimately the decision-maker’s job, but the investigator has the ability to observe firsthand so might be helpful to decision-maker. REMOVE this note once a decision has been made, prior to publishing.This report will be provided to the Title IX Coordinator, Complainant and Respondent (and any advocate or attorney for each), and , who has been designed as the Decision-Maker for this Complaint.Sincerely,91757521399500[Name, title], InvestigatorDecision on Formal Complaint[to be completed by decision-maker]Name of Decision-Maker(s):Date of Determination:Names of Parties to the Complaint: [Complainant(s) and Respondent(s)]List the allegations in the complaint:Procedural history: [A description of the procedural steps taken from the receipt of the formal complaint through the determination of responsibility – can use what is in the investigation report as a starting point in addition to the following:]The parties were provided the investigation report on [date – at least 10 days prior to date of this determination]. The parties had an opportunity to submit written response to the investigation report for consideration prior to this decision-maker reaching a determination regarding responsibility. [indicate whether each party did or did not submit a written response].The parties had an opportunity to submit written questions to be asked of the other party and any witnesses. The decision-maker asked all relevant questions and provided the responses to those questions to the parties. The parties had a limited opportunity for follow-up questions [if applicable].The decision-maker considered all available, relevant evidence prior to reaching the determination(s) contained in this report.Findings of fact for each allegation:Statement of undisputed material facts:Findings on disputed material facts:Conclusions: [Conclusions for each allegation regarding the application of this Policy and any other relevant District policy, procedure, handbook provision, or rule to the facts. Include a statement of whether each allegation is founded or unfounded, and rationale for this determination]Sanctions: [Include any sanctions that will be imposed (or recommended if outside the authority of the decision-maker) on respondent, if any, and a rationale therefor]Remedies: [include any remedies the District will provide to restore or preserve Complainant’s access to the District’s educational program or activity, if applicable, and a rationale therefor]Appeal Procedures: Within five (5) calendar days of delivery of the written decision to them, either party may appeal this decision and/or any sanction imposed herein to or her/his designee. Such appeals will be in writing and will be delivered to the or her/his designee. The or her/his designee will determine if the written decision will be stayed pending the outcome of the appellate decision. Appeals will be limited to any of the following bases:A procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the written decision was issued that could affect the outcome of the matter; orThe Title IX Coordinator, Investigator(s), or Decision-Maker had a conflict of interest or bias that affected the outcome of the matter.The or her/his designee will notify both parties in writing if an appeal is received alleging one of the bases for appeal above. Both parties will be given an opportunity to submit a written statement in support of, or challenging, the written decision. The parties’ written statements must be submitted within five (5) calendar days of notice of the appeal.Retaliation: Retaliation against a person who reports sexual misconduct, assists someone with a report of sexual misconduct, or participates in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual misconduct report is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education. Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator, [insert name and contact information for Title IX Coordinator].Sincerely,_________________________________________________________[name(s) and title(s) of decision-maker(s))DateAppeal Form[to be filled out by a party wishing to appeal the initial determination/sanction]Name of Appealing Party:Role in complaint: [Complainant or Respondent] Date:I, , hereby appeal the written decision on the grounds that (check at least one): A procedural irregularity affected the outcome of the matter. The facts supporting this appeal are (attach additional pages if needed): New evidence was not reasonably available at the time the written decision was issued that could affect the outcome of the matter. The facts supporting this appeal are (attach additional pages if needed): The Title IX Coordinator, Investigator(s), or Decision-Maker(s) had a conflict of interest or bias that affected the outcome of the matter. The facts supporting this appeal are (attach additional pages if needed):I hereby affirm that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge.91757520129500Signature of appealing partyNotice of Appeal[to be provided simultaneously to both Complainant and Respondent] [date]Dear [party name]:This is a notice that a timely appeal has been filed by [name of appealing party] challenging the decision issued by [name and title of initial decision-maker] in the formal sexual harassment complaint made by [Complainant’s name] against [Respondent’s name].This appeal alleges that [state the basis for appeal provided on the appeal form and briefly summarize the allegations of the appealing party].This appeal will be reviewed by [name and title of appeal decision-maker]. You have the right to provide a written statement to [the appeal decision-maker] in support of, or challenging, the written decision. Please submit your written statement [indicate whether in-person, email, or other] within five (5) calendar days of the date of this letter.If you have any questions, please let me know. Sincerely,91757520193000[name, title, contact information]Determination on Appeal[to be delivered simultaneously to both Complainant and Respondent] [date]Dear [party name]:I have carefully considered the appeal filed by [name of appealing party], challenging the written decision on the complaint of sexual harassment made by [complainant’s name] against [respondent’s name].Based on my review of this matter, it is my determination that the decision should be [affirmed – OR- reversed – OR – modified as follows… - OR – this matter should be remanded back to the investigator or decision-maker to take the following actions…]. I reached this determination [for the following reason(s) – brief description of rationale]. Pursuant to District policy, this decision is final and is not subject to further appeal.Retaliation against any individual who files or otherwise participates in bringing a complaint is strictly prohibited under federal and state law, as well as District policy. Founded acts of retaliation will result in disciplinary action up to and including termination. Any individual who believes they have been retaliated against for participation in this process should report any concerns immediately to .Sincerely,91757520129500[Name and Title of Appeal Decision-Maker]Notice of Dismissal[to be provided simultaneously to Complainant and Respondent upon dismissal of a formal complaint][date]Dear [party name]:This letter hereby notifies you that the sexual harassment complaint filed on [date] is being dismissed by the District for the following reason [check one]: The conduct alleged in the complaint would not constitute sexual harassment as defined in Section II of this policy, even if proved; The conduct alleged not occur in the District’s education program or activity; or The conduct did not occur in the United States. The Complainant notified the Title IX Coordinator in writing that the Complainant wished to withdraw the formal complaint or any allegations; The Respondent is no longer enrolled or employed by the District; or Specific circumstances exist that prevent the District from gathering evidence sufficient to reach a determination as to the formal complaint or allegations. These circumstances are: .This dismissal may be appealed by submitting a written appeal to [name, title, contact information of designated appeal decision-maker] within five (5) calendar days of the date of this Notice of Dismissal. Appeals are limited to the following grounds:A procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time this dismissal was issued that could affect the outcome of the matter; orThe Title IX Coordinator, Investigator(s), or Decision-Maker had a conflict of interest or bias that affected the outcome of the matter.Even after dismissal of a formal complaint from the District’s Title IX grievance process, the District may still (1) offer supportive measures to either party and/or (2) investigate and resolve the complaint under any other applicable District policy or process. You will be notified if the District intends to take further action on this complaint.If you have any questions, please let me know. Sincerely,91757517462500[Name, title, contact information for Title IX Coordinator]Documentation of District Response[to be completed and maintained by Title IX Coordinator for 7 years for record-keeping purposes][date]Complaint Information:Complainant name: ____________________________________Respondent name: ____________________________________Was a formal complaint filed? ____________________________If so, on what date? ___________________________________District Response:Were supportive measures provided to Complainant? If so, list all supportive measures that were provided.If not, please explain why it was not clearly unreasonable for the District not to provide Complainant with supportive measures.What other steps were taken in response to the report or formal complaint? E.g., resolved through informal resolution, resolved through formal grievance process (indicate whether founded or unfounded).What sanctions were issued as a result of the report or formal complaint, if any? What remedies were issued as a result of the report or formal complaint, if any?In light of the above, do you believe the District’s response was not deliberately indifferent? Briefly explain.________________________________________________________________________________[Name], Title IX CoordinatorDatePolicy TitleNAME OF SCHOOL DISTRICTCode 201.1This District is organized and known as Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District, located in the Counties of Polk & Dallas, State of Iowa.Legal Reference: Iowa Code Chapters 274.6, 278.1 (10)Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:Policy TitleLEGAL STATUS OF THE BOARDCode 201.2The Board of Directors of Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District derives its legal status from the constitution of the State of Iowa and the statutes enacted by the General Assembly. The Board of Directors acts as an agent of the state in developing an educational program in accordance with the constitution and laws of the State of Iowa.The District exists as a school corporation and as such may sue and be sued, hold property, and exercise all the powers granted by law. It has exclusive jurisdiction in all school matters in the school corporation territory.The affairs of the corporation will be conducted by the Board of Directors.Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:Policy TitleGENERAL POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARDCode 201.3The board, acting on behalf of the school district, will have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the school district.The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities.? The board is also empowered to enforce its policies.? The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.The Board of Directors has three major kinds of duties:Legislative: The Board represents the people of the District, and will function as a policymaking body. As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.Executive: The Board of Directors selects an executive officer, the superintendent of schools, and delegates to him or her the authority for formulating and overseeing all regulations, plans, and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.Evaluative: It is the Board’s duty to determine, through careful study and examination of facts and conditions, whether the schools are being operated efficiently– not only in terms of dollars and cents, but in terms of the effectiveness of the schools’ instructional program, based on a sound philosophy of education as formulated by the Board.Legal Reference: Code of Iowa, Chapters 274, 28-E, 279.8Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy Title ELECTIONS TO THE BOARDCode 201.4The annual school election takes place on the second Tuesday in September of odd-numbered years. Each annual school election is used to elect at least one citizen to the board to maintain a seven member board and to address questions that are submitted to the voters. Citizens of the District community seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary's designee, between sixty-four and forty days before the school election unless otherwise directed. It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections. Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 39; 45; 63, 69; 274.7; 277; 278.1, 279.7Approved: July 1989 Reviewed: January 2016 Revised: January 2016Policy TitleMEMBERSHIP OF THE BOARDCode 201.5Serving on the board of directors is an honor and privilege.? Its rewards are respect from the community, students, and employees and the satisfaction from knowing each board member contributed to the success of the children in the school district community.? Only those who are willing to put forth the effort to care and to make a difference should consider running for a position on the board.Individuals who are willing to serve on the board should believe public education is important, support the democratic process, willingly devote time and energy to board work, respect educators and have the ability to examine the facts and make a decision.? The board believes an individual considering a position on the school board should possess these characteristics.Any qualified elector of the District is eligible to serve on the Board of Directors. A “qualified elector” is a person who is:a citizen of the United States eighteen years of age or olderan eligible elector of the District or sub-districtfree from a financial conflict of interest with the positionNomination petitions must be filed in the manner prescribed by law.Oath of OfficeEach director elected in a regular election will qualify by taking the oath of office on or before the time set for the organization meeting of the Board (in September of odd numbered years). Each director appointed or elected at a special election will qualify within ten (10) days by taking the oath of office. The election or appointment and qualification will be entered by the Board Secretary. The oath may be administered by any qualified member of the Board or by the Board Secretary in the manner and form prescribed by law."Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the state of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of (naming the office) in (naming the district) as now and hereafter required by law?"Number of MembersThe Board of Directors shall consist of 7 members. Four board members are elected by Director District and three board members are elected at-large. Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 63; 68B; 277.4, .27; 279.7A (2013) 78.1, 78.2, 277.28, 275.25, 277.23.Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy TitleTERM OF OFFICE OF BOARD MEMBERSCode 201.6Each member of the Board of Directors is elected for a term of four years, or for the time it takes to complete the unexpired term of a regularly elected member.Each member appointed by the Board will serve until a successor is elected at the next pending election and qualifies by taking the oath of office.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6-.7 (2007).Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:Dec. 2008HYPERLINK " one to be updated - 3-30-15 - posted 5-22-15.doc"Policy TitleVACANCIESCode 201.7A vacancy occurs when a board member resigns, forfeits or otherwise leaves the office. A vacancy also includes, but is not limited to, the following: failure to be properly elected;failure to qualify within the time fixed by law; failure to reside in the school district or director district; ora court order. If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy. The newly-appointed board member will hold the position until the next scheduled school election. If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred. A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.Legal Reference:Good?v.?Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965).Board?of?Directors?of?Menlo?Consol.?School?Dist.?v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).Iowa Code §§ 21.6(3)(d); 69; 277.29-.30; 279.6-.7 (2013).1944 Op. Att'y Gen. 39.Approved January 2016Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleCODE OF ETHICS OF THE BOARDCode 202.1AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERI will listen.I will respect the opinion of others.I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.I will be motivated only by an earnest desire to serve my district and the children of my community in the best possible way. I will not use the schools or any part of the school program for my own personal advantage or for the advantage of my friends or supporters.I will vote for a closed session of the board if the situation requires it, but I will consider “star chamber” or “secret” sessions of board members unethical.I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered, is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting. I will expect, in board meetings, to spend more time on educational programs and procedures than on business details.I will recognize that authority rests with the board in legal session, and not with individual members of the board, except as authorized by law.I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the board meeting, about other members of the board or their opinions.I will express my honest and most thoughtful opinions frankly, in board meetings, in an effort to have all decisions made for the best interests of the children and the schools.I will insist that all members of the board participate fully in board action, and recommend that when special committees are appointed, they serve only in an investigating and advisory capacity.I will abide by majority decisions of the board.I will carefully consider petitions, resolutions, and complaints, and will act upon them in the best interests of the schools.I will not discuss the confidential business of the board in my home, on the street, or in my office; the place for such discussion being the school board meeting.I will endeavor to keep informed on all local, state, and national educational developments of significance so that I may become a better school board member.IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MY COMMUNITYI will consider myself a trustee of public education and will do my best to protect it, conserve it, and advance it, giving to the children of my community the educational facilities that are as complete and adequate as it is possible to provide.I will consider it an important responsibility of the board to interpret the aims, methods and attitudes of the schools to the community.I will earnestly try to interpret the needs and attitudes of the community and do my best translate them into the educational program of the schools.I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for the schools.I will represent the entire District rather than individual electors, patrons, or groups.I will not regard the schools as my own private property, but as the property of the people.IN MY RELATIONSHIP WITH SUPERINTENDENT AND STAFFI will function, in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, policy-forming body, not as an administrative officer.I will recognize that it is my responsibility, together with that of my fellow board members, to see that the schools are properly run - not to run them myself.I will expect the schools to be administered by the best-trained technical and professional people it is possible to procure.I will recognize the superintendent as executive officer of the board.I will work through the administrative employees of the board, not over or around them.I will expect the superintendent to keep the school board adequately informed through oral and written reports.I will vote to employ personnel only after the recommendation of the superintendent has been received.I will insist that contracts be equally binding on the teacher and the school board.I will give the superintendent power commensurate with his responsibility and will not in any way interfere with, or seek to undermine, his authority.I will give the superintendent friendly counsel and advice.I will present any personal criticism of employees to the superintendent.I will refer complaints to the proper administrative officer.TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDSI will not help to employ a superintendent, principal, or teacher who is already under contract with another school without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract.I will consider it unethical to bid for the services of a teacher or pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring board or superintendent.I will not recommend a teacher for a position in another school unless I would employ said teacher under similar circumstances.I will answer all inquiries about the standing and ability of a teacher to the best of my knowledge and judgment, with complete frankness, being careful not to over praise nor to be unduly critical.I will associate myself with school board members of other Districts, both personally and conferences, for the purpose of discussing school problems and cooperating in the improvement of public school conditions.Legal References:Approved:April 1990Reviewed:January 2016Revised:Policy TitlePRESIDENT OF THE BOARDCode 202.2It is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner. The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.The president of the board is elected by a majority vote annually at the September board meeting to serve a term of one year.The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members. Before making or seconding a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.The president of the Board of Directors shall sign warrants, drafts, and all orders drawn upon the treasurer as provided by law; sign all contracts made by the Board; and appear on behalf of this corporation in all actions brought by or against it, unless the president is one of the parties in such actions, in which case this duty shall be performed by the Secretary of the Board.The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board. The Board president shall consult with the superintendent on the development of each agenda for future meetings.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.1-.2; 291.1 (2013).Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 279.1-.2; 291.1 (2007).Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy TitleVICE-PRESIDENT OF THE BOARDCode 202.3If the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the Vice-President of the board to carry out the duties of the president. If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president's term of office, and a new vice-president will be elected.The vice-president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the September board meeting to serve a term of one year.The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion. The vice-president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.Legal References: Iowa Code § 279.5 (2009).Approved:July 1989 Reviewed:January 2016Revised:August 2010Policy Title SECRETARY-TREASURER OF THE BOARDCode 202.4A board secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public. To finalize the appointment, the board secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to evaluate the board secretary-treasurer annually.It is the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students. The board secretary-treasurer will also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.It is the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports with the appropriate state agencies and other entities. It will also be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to coordinate the financial records, the financial reports, the cash flow needs and the investment portfolio of the school district.In the event the board secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the Superintendent will assume those duties until the board secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary-treasurer is appointed. The board secretary-treasurer will give bond in an amount set by the board. The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 64; 279.3, .5, .7, .31-.33, .35; 291.2-.4, .6-.12, .14; 299.10, (2013).281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 328.Approved January 2016Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleINDIVIDUAL BOARD MEMBERS Code 202.7Authority rests with the Board in legal session, and not with individual members of the Board, except as authorized by specific Board action or by statute. Each Board member shall function at all times as part of a legislative body and shall meet their legal responsibilities as a trustee of public education.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 274.7Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised: Policy TitleDEVELOPMENT OF POLICYCode 203.1The Board believes its primary function is to set policy. The policy should be in written form to provide guidelines and goals for daily operations of the District.Policies are principles adopted by the School Board to chart a course of action. They tell what is wanted; they may include why and how much. Policies should be broad enough to indicate a line of action to be followed by the administration in meeting a number of problems; narrow enough to give clear guidance. Policies are guides for action by the administration, which then sets the rules and regulations to provide specific directions to District personnel.The Board exercises its leadership role by its involvement in the development and adoption of written policy. The Board exercises its control over the District by evaluating the reports concerning the execution of the written policy.Policies may be proposed by a member of the Board, employee, citizen, student, superintendent, etc. All policy proposals shall be submitted to the Board, through the superintendent of schools, prior to a regular or special Board meeting. The proposed policy shall be placed on the agenda for consideration. Final action to adopt new policies or amended policies shall take place only after it has appeared as an agenda item at two Board meetings.The Superintendent of Schools is responsible for keeping the Board informed of necessary policies and changes to existing policies.Legal References:Iowa Code Section 279.8, Chapter 21Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:Policy TitleADOPTION OF POLICYCode 203.2The adoption of new policies or amending or rescinding an existing policy is the exclusive responsibility of the Board. Any formal action to add, modify, or change existing board policy will be by a majority vote of the membership of the Board during an open meeting. The proposed change must appear as an agenda item in normal situations at least two times before the Board may take official action to approve suggested change to board policy. If passed, the proposal will become effective upon the date of passage or at a time stated in the proposal, which ever occurs last.In the case of an emergency, a new or changed policy may be adopted by a majority vote of a quorum of the board. The emergency policy will expire at the close of the third regular meeting following the emergency action, unless the policy adoption procedure stated above is followed and the policy is reaffirmed.Legal References:Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:August 2010Policy TitleDISSEMINATION OF POLICYCode 203.3The board policy manual is available electronically. Persons unable to access the policy manual electronically should contact the board secretary for assistance.Legal References: Iowa Code 277.31, 279.8 (1989) Iowa Adm Code 12.3 (2)Approved:May 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy TitleADMINISTRATION IN ABSENCE OF POLICYCodeCode 203.4When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter before the administration, the Superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation, keeping in mind the educational philosophy of the District.The Superintendent shall draft a policy recommendation if deemed appropriate.Legal References: Iowa Code 279.8 281 Iowa Adm. Code 12.3(2)Approved: May 1989Reviewed: January 2016 Revised: May 2005Policy TitleREVIEW AND REVISION OF POLICYCode 203.5The Board shall, at least once every five years, review board policy. Once the policy has been reviewed, even if no changes were made, a notation of the date of review shall be made on the fact of the policy statement.The Board will review one-fifth of the policy manual annually according to the following subject areas:Series 200Series 300 and 400Series 500Series 100 and 600Series 700, 800, 900 and 1000It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board informed as to legal changes at both the federal and state levels. The Superintendent shall also be responsible for bringing proposed policy statement revisions to the board’s attention.If a policy is revised because of a legal change over which the Board has no control or a change which is minor, the policy may be approved at one meeting at the discretion of the Board.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8(1999). 281 I.A.C. 12.3(2)Cross Reference: 200.3 Responsibilities of the Board of Directors 209 Board of Directors’ Management ProceduresApproved:May 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:February 2001Policy TitleREVIEW OF ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS Code 203.6Board policy sets the direction for the administration of the education program and District operations. Some policies require administrative regulations to implement them.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations, where necessary, to implement the board policies. The regulations will be reviewed by the Board prior to their use in the District.Legal References: Iowa Code 279.8 (1989)Approved:May 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy TitleLEGAL COUNSELCodeCode 203.7The Board of Directors may annually appoint legal counsel to represent the school corporation as necessary for their proper conduct of legal affairs of the school corporation. Counsel will attend regular and special meetings of the Board when requested to do so, and will be available for consultation as needed.Because it is often necessary to consult legal counsel as part of background information to be used by the Board in making decisions, and because at times the District may be involved in litigation or other legal matters, the superintendent, the board secretary, and the president are authorized to seek counsel’s services as needed. However, the Board wishes to be kept informed of legal matters that are other than routine, and of any legal services that may involve unusual expense to the District.Individual board members are expected to consult school legal counsel only when the full board has given permission for such consultation. Otherwise, the board member will pay any legal fees that may result.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 279.37Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:November 1998Policy TitleBOARD OF DIRECTORS’ CONFLICT OF INTERESTCode 203.8Board members must be able to make decisions objectively. It is a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the District, unless exempted in this policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties. A board member will not act as an agent for a school textbook or school supply company during the board member's term of office. It will not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the District for contracts to purchase goods or services if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $2,500 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened. The conflict of interest provisions do not apply to a contract that is a bond, note or other obligation of a school corporation if the contract is not acquired directly from the school corporation, but is acquired in a transaction with a third party, who may or may not be the original underwriter, purchaser, or obligee of the contract, or to a contract in which a director has an interest solely by reason of employment if the contract was made by competitive bid, in writing, publicly invited and opened, or if the remuneration for employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract and duties of employment do not involve any of the preparation or procurement of any part of the contract. The competitive bid section of the conflict of interest provision does not apply to a contract for professional services not customarily competitively bid.It will also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member's official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist includes, but are not limited to, any of the following:The outside employment or activity involves the use of the District's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the District badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to a board member.The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member's immediate family from anyone other than the state or the District for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member's regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the District.The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member's duties of office or employment.If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:Cease the outside employment or activity; orCease the outside employment or activity; orPublicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, determining the facts or law in a contested case or rulemaking proceeding, conducting any inspection, or providing anyother official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract. Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-District employer of these individuals is a party to the contract. It is the responsibility of each board member to be aware of an actual or potential conflict of interest. It is also the responsibility of each board member to take the action necessary to eliminate such a conflict of interest. Should a conflict of interest arise, a board member should not participate in any action relating to the issue from which the conflict arose.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 55; 68B, 71.1; 277.27; 279.7A; 301.28 (2003).1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 37.1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 21.1986 Op. Att'y Gen. 10.1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 23.1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 302.1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 295.1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 89.1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 137.1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 237.Approved:January 2000 Reviewed: January 2016 Revised: January 2016Policy TitleGIFTS TO BOARD OF DIRECTORSCode 203.9Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the District. Board members shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of a restricted donor stated below or the gift or an honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or an honorarium stated below.A “restricted donor” is defined as a person or other entity which:Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the District; Is engaged in activities which are regulated or controlled by the District;Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member’s official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or,Is a lobbyist with respect to matters within the District’s jurisdiction.A “gift” is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received. However, “gift” does not include any of the following:Contributions to a candidate or a candidate’s committee;Information material relevant to a board member’s official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents or periodicals;Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;An inheritance;Anything available or distributed to the public generally without regard to the official status of the board member;Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public services;Items of food and drink with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one during one calendar day;Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member;Items or services received as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member.Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization; Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the District;Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; orActual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions. The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph. Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.An “honorarium” is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article. An honorarium does not include any of the following:Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;A non-monetary gift or series of non-monetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, a bona fide educational or charitable organization or the department of general services;A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a bona fide private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person’s status as a board member but rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.It shall be the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.Legal References:Iowa Code 68BApproved:Nov. 1992Reviewed:January 2016Revised:August 2010 Policy TitleAD HOC COMMITTEES Code 203.10Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board. Committees formed by the board are ad hoc committees.An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution that will outline the duties and purpose of the committee. The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution. The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution. The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration. The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue. The committee may be subject to the open meetings law.The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution. When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue. The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee. The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2) (2013).281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).O.A.G., Nov. 18, 1993Approved January 2016Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ?????????????????? Policy TitleMEETINGS OF THE BOARDCode 204Meetings of the Board are conducted to carry out the business of the school district. The meetings are usually held in public with a few exceptions or exemptions. Only Board members have the authority to make and second motions, and vote on issues before the Board. The Board may establish rules for its own governance and determine procedures that will be followed during Board meetings. Meetings may be closed to the public to allow the Board to discuss a specific topic from a narrow list of reasons and following the procedures defined by law (See Policy No. 204.4).Legal References: Iowa Code Section 21.5; 21.7; 279.8Approved:May 1989Reviewed: January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy TitleORGANIZATIONAL MEETING OF THE BOARDCode 204.1The meeting for the organization of the Board shall be held annually at the regularly scheduled board meeting in September or on such other date as the Board by resolution shall establish and at such time as the Board shall establish. Notice of the meeting place and time will be given by the secretary to each member and member-elect of the Board and to the public.The purpose of the meeting is to transfer material and responsibility from the retiring Board to the new Board in odd-numbered years. Also, at the meeting, the Board will elect a president, who will hold office for one year. Once elected, the president will be entitled to vote on all matters before the Board.The election of the president and other officers of the Board may, if the Board so chooses, be by written ballot; however, each member will identify his/her ballot. Each ballot will be attributed as it is tallied, in order to comply with the requirements of the Open Meetings law.Meeting Procedure Final Meeting of the Retiring Board for odd-numbered yearsCall to orderRoll callApproval of minutes of previous meeting(s)CommunicationsAudience to visitorsUnfinished businessCurrent claims and accounts (for the retiring Board to authorize)Other items: if any member of the Board feels that the Board should consider any unfinished business, even if only to identify it as unfinished business, the member should address the issue at this time.Review of election results: The District secretary will present the official report on the last election; the county auditor provides the official tally. Official results are recorded in the minutes.Adjournment of the retiring BoardOrganizational Meeting of the New BoardCall to order and roll callOath of office: The District secretary will administer the oath to new members. (See Policy No. 204.15, Board Member Oath of Office.)Selection of a president “pro tem:” The chair will call for nominations; nominations need not be seconded. If only one member is nominated, a motion may be made to appoint that person by acclamation in a voice vote; if more than one person is nominated, a recorded vote is required.Election of a president of the Board: The president pro tem calls for nominations; nominations need not be seconded. If only one member is nominated, a motion calling for unanimous ballot may be presented, and carried by unanimous voice vote. If the voice vote is not unanimous, or if more than one member is nominated, the voting may be done by signed ballot. The secretary will announce the result of the vote, and the newly elected president will assume the chair.Election of a vice president of the Board: The president calls for nominations; nominations need not be seconded. If only one member is nominated, a motion calling for unanimous ballot may be presented, and carried by unanimous voice vote. If the voice vote is not unanimous, or if more than one member is nominated, the voting may be done by signed ballot. The secretary will announce the result of the vote.Other items of business at the organizational meeting may include:Resolution of appreciation recognizing the public service rendered by retiring Board members.Determination of dates, times, and places for regular meetings of the Board.Resolution to define the operating rules and practices that will be followed by the new Board.Appointment of legal counsel for the District and the munications.Audience to visitors.Superintendent’s report.Adjournment.Vacancies in Officer PositionsIf any office of the board should become vacant between organizational meetings, such office will be filled by the remaining members of the Board in the same fashion as outlined in the policy above.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8 (2013).281 I.A.C 12.3(2).Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: January 2016 Revised: January 2016Policy Title ANNUAL MEETING OF THE BOARDCode 204.2Each year the board will hold its annual meeting.Annually, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30. As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present an audit in which affidavits from depository banks were collected. The board may also appoint the board's legal counsel.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.3, .33 (2003).Cross Reference: SecretaryTreasurerDepository of FundsFiscal ReportsApproved:May 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:Oct. 2003Policy TitleREGULAR BOARD MEETINGS Code 204.3Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be set by the Board at the annual organizational meeting. All meetings shall be held in the meeting place officially designated by the Board, which shall be at the designated school building unless otherwise approved by the Board in regular session. Regular meetings shall begin at a time to be set at the annual organizational meeting.Public notice of each regular meeting of the Board shall be provided.Legal Reference: Iowa Code Section 21.4; 279.1; 279.2Approved:May 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy TitleSPECIAL BOARD MEETINGSCode 204.4Special meetings may be called by vote of the Board of Directors, or by the president, or the secretary upon the written request of a majority of the members of the Board. The agenda for special meetings shall be limited to the item or items for which the special meeting is called.Emergency MeetingThe Board may meet on an emergency basis without a twenty-four advance notice for good cause when the notice requirements are impossible or impractical. However, the Board should give as much advance notice of an emergency meeting as is reasonably possible. The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.Notice for special and emergency meetings shall be given.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 21.4; 279.2Approved:May 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy TitleOPEN MEETINGSCode 204.5Any gathering of a majority of Board members, either formal or informal, in which deliberation of a policy matter takes place, is defined as a meeting. All such meetings, unless specifically exempt from the open meetings law, are required to have proper notification, public access, open board discussion and voting by the board members on the issues properly before the Board, and a public record of the proceeding in the form of written minutes.A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting unless a discussion of policy takes place.All public board meetings shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Iowa law. The Board Secretary shall be responsible for public notification of all meetings, arranging for electronic recording (when necessary), making minutes of all meetings, and retaining appropriate minutes and records as required by law.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 21; 22Approved:May 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2011Policy TitleCLOSED SESSIONS OF THE BOARDCode 204.6In general, all meetings of the Board of Directors shall be conducted in open public sessions. This standard has two categories of meetings which are excluded, that allows the Board to meet in sessions closed to the public. The first category is known as “exceptions” to the Open Meetings law. The second category is known as “exemptions” to the Open Meetings law.Exceptions to the Open Meetings lawThis form of a closed session takes place during an open meeting. A specific motion stating the reason for the closed meeting must be made and seconded, followed by a two-thirds affirmative roll call vote of the total membership of the Board or all members present. The most commonly used reasons by which a Board may enter into a closed session are as follows:To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential as a condition for the Board’s possession or receipt of federal funds.To discuss strategy with legal counsel in matters presently in litigation, or where litigation is imminent, if disclosure would be to the disadvantage of the Board.To discuss suspension or expulsion of a student, unless an open session is requested by the student or his parent or guardian.To evaluate the professional competence of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance, or discharge is being considered, when a closed session is necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual’s reputation and when the individual requests a closed session.To discuss the purchase or sale of particular real estate, but only when premature disclosure could be reasonably expected to increase the price the Board would have to pay for the property, or in case of a sale reduce the price the board could receive for the property. (Once the transaction is complete, however, the minutes and tape of the closed session will be available to the public.)The vote of each member on the question of holding the closed session, and the reason for holding the session, shall be announced publicly in open session and entered in the minutes. Final action on all matters discussed in closed session shall be taken in open session.All closed sessions shall be electronically recorded and have detailed minutes kept. The detailed minutes and tape recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspection.? The minutes and recording will only be available to the board members or, opened upon court order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law.? The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session. The recordings shall be kept for one year from the date of the meeting. Real estate related minutes and tapes must be released after the transaction is complete.Exemptions to the Open Meetings LawA meeting that is exempt from the Open Meetings law can be held without public notice, and may be separate from any open public meeting.All negotiations meetings except the first two between a certified bargaining unit and the Board are exempt from the Open Meetings law unless both parties mutually agree to bargain in open sessions.Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements. Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion. The board may also hold an exempt session for the following:1.Negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;2.To discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;3.To conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher's contract. The private hearing however, in the teacher's contract termination will be recorded by a shorthand or court reporter;4.To conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator's contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator's contract.Legal References: Iowa Code Chapter 20; 21; Section 22.7; 279.15; 279.16Approved:May 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:November 2011Policy Title WORK SESSIONSCode 204.7The board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action. While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action. Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities. The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work ics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session. No board action will take place at the work session.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.Approved January 2016Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleCONSENT AGENDASCode 204.8Very often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content. Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc. These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda. By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution. Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).Approved January 2016 Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleQUORUM FOR BOARD MEETINGSCode 204.9The majority of the full membership of the Board of Directors constitutes a quorum and must be present for the transaction of business. An affirmative vote of those present and voting shall be sufficient to pass any motion or take any action, unless the law or board policy requires the vote of a greater number in a particular case.Board members that are participating in the meeting via an electronic fashion (e.g. conference call, skype, etc.) are considered to be in attendance, can participate fully, and contribute to the quorum.A quorum need not be present to adjourn a meeting.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 279.4Approved:May 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy TitleRULES OF ORDERCode 204.10An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the District. Rules of order for board meetings allow District business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board. They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of District business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.The board will follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and, To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8 (2009).Approved:May 1989Reviewed: January 2016Revised:January 2011Policy TitleRULES OF ORDERCode 204.10RThe following rules of procedure have been adopted by the Board:Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the Board president.All motions will be made as a positive action.A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast. Only “yes” and “no” votes are counted in this calculation. It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the Board. If a motion does not receive a second, the Board president may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.The Board president may decide the order in which Board members will be recognized to address an issue. An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.The Board president shall rule on all motions that come before the Board.The Board president may rule on points of order brought before the Board.The Board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting. Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.The Board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.The Board president has the same authority and responsibility as each Board member to vote on all issues.Legal References: Iowa code Section 21.7; 279.8Reviewed:January 2016Policy TitleAGENDA FOR BOARD MEETINGS Code 204.11The tentative agenda for each board meeting will state the topics for discussion and action at the board meeting. The agenda is part of the public notice of the board meeting and will be posted and distributed.Individuals or groups who wish to place an item on the agenda should do so by contacting the Superintendent. Requests should include name, address, phone number, organization represented, purpose of presentation, and pertinent background information. Requests from the public may be added to the tentative agenda at the discretion of the superintendent after consultation with the board president. To be included on the regular meeting agenda, requests must be received by the Superintendent not later than six calendar days prior to the meeting. Requests received after the deadline may only be added to the agenda for good cause.The board will take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice. Items added to the agenda for good cause, may be discussed or taken under advisement by the board. If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting will state the reason justifying the immediate action.It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2009).1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 269.Approved:July 1989Reviewed: January 2016Revised:January 2011Policy TitleAGENDA FOR BOARD MEETINGS Code 204.11RThe agenda for each regular and special meeting shall be posted at the administrative office and in each school building, at least 24 hours prior to the time of said meeting. The agenda shall also be widely distributed to staff, to citizens requesting it, and to the news media. Persons wishing to view the tentative agenda and supporting documents may do so at the central administration office.An agenda with appropriate enclosures will be prepared and delivered in hard copy or electronic format to each Board member by the Superintendent. These should reach the members of the board sufficiently in advance of the meeting to allow adequate time for study and review.The board will take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice.? Items added to the agenda may be discussed or taken under advisement by the board.? If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting will state the reason justifying the immediate action.It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting.Revised: January 2016Policy TitleORDER OF REGULAR BUSINESS MEETINGCode 204.12The tentative agenda, required by the Open Meetings law to be included with the notice given at least 24 hours before the meeting, shall be specific enough to properly inform the public of the business before the Board. The tentative agenda can be amended within the 24-hour notice period only if good cause exists requiring action on additional matters. If such matters are added, a statement to that effect should be entered in the minutes, and as much advance notice as possible should be given to the public and the media.Order of Business of Regular MeetingsAt all regular meetings the order of business shall be as follows, except as otherwise directed by the Board or by its president.Members Present/Acknowledge quorumReceive Visitors and Read Miscellaneous CommunicationsApprove minutesApprove billsConsent agendaReportsAdministrators present on identified topicsSuperintendentBoard membersBusiness ManagerOld businessNew businessWritten and oral communicationAdjournmentObservers and guests will not participate in Board’s regular meeting proceedings unless they are on the agenda, have been recognized in #2 as wanting to address the Board, or are called upon by the Board.Legal Reference: Iowa Code Chapter 21Approved: Nov. 1999Reviewed: January 2016Revised: Nov 2000 Policy TitlePUBLIC HEARINGSCode 204.16Public hearings may be held on District matters at the discretion of the board. Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so, or the law requires otherwise.At public hearings, citizens of the District who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held. Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion. Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible. Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals. In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion. At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president. The board president will recognize the speakers. A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president. Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 279.8Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2011Policy TitlePUBLIC PARTICIPATION IN BOARD MEETINGSCode 204.17The board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters. In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set time aside for citizen participation, either at a specific time during the meeting or during the discussion of agenda items. Citizens wishing to address the board on a certain agenda item must notify the superintendent prior to the board meeting. Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may do so at this time. The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents. The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation.If the pressure of business or other circumstances dictate, the board president may decide to eliminate this practice. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time. The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted. Only those speakers recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.Individuals who have a complaint about employees may bring their complaint to the board only after they have followed board policy addressing citizens' complaints. Students who have a complaint may only bring their complaint to the board after they have followed board policy addressing students' complaints.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8 (2013).Cross Reference:205Board Member Liability210.8Board Meeting AgendaPublic HearingsCommunication Channels401.4Employee Complaints402.5Public Complaints About Employees502.4 Student Complaints and GrievancesApproved January 2016Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleBOARD MEMBER LIABILITYCode 205Board members shall not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the District community. In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members shall act in good faith.The District shall defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless it constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission. However, the District shall not save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.Legal Reference: Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975) 42 U.S.C. _ 1983, 1985 (1988) Iowa Code chapter 670(1995)Cross Reference: Insurance ProgramApproved:July 1989Reviewed: January 2016Revised:Nov. 1999Policy TitleCOMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF BOARD MEMBERSCode 205.1Members of the Board of Directors shall serve without pay. They shall be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performances of their official duties as members of the Board.Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the board member must submit a detailed receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. Failure to provide a detailed receipt will make the expense non-reimbursable.? Personal expenses will be reimbursed to the board member by the school district following the first board meeting after claim has been made. In exceptional circumstances, the board may allow a claim without proper receipt.? Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.It is the responsibility of the board secretary to compile the expenses of board members and bring them to the board for audit and approval in the same manner as other claims of the school district. It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the expenses incurred by a board member are actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties. Legal References: Iowa Code Section 277.27; 279.32Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2016Policy TitleBOARD OF DIRECTORS AND ELECTED OFFICIALSCode 205.3Being aware of, and expressing their opinion on, proposed law revisions and new laws is essential to maintaining and creating an education program to meet the needs of District community.It shall be the responsibility of the Board to maintain contact with the elected official representing the District. If a Board member, while representing the District, encourages a state official to pass, defeat or modify a law or rule, the Board member must register as a lobbyist unless the Board member is testifying before an official committee. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to assist the Board in keeping up-to-date on proposed laws and in contacting the elected officials who represent the District.Legal References: Iowa Code 279.8(1991); 68BApproved:Nov. 1992Reviewed: January 2016Revised:Policy TitleBOARD MEMBER INSURANCECode 206.3The District shall carry adequate insurance to protect the District, the Board and its members from legal liability while acting in behalf of the School District. The insurance coverage will include School Board Errors and Omissions insurance.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 279.28; 613A.7Approved:July 1989Reviewed:January 2016Revised:Policy TitleBOARD OF DIRECTORS’ RECORDSCode 206.4 The Board shall keep and maintain permanent records of the Board including, but not limited to, records of the minutes of board meetings and other required records of the Board.It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to keep the minutes of the board meetings. The minutes of each board meeting shall include as a minimum the following items: a record of the date, time, place, members present, action taken and the vote of each member, and the schedule of bills allowed shall be attached. This information shall be available within two weeks of the board meeting and forwarded to the newspaper designated as the official newspaper for publication. The information does not need to be published within two weeks. The schedule of bills allowed may be published on a once monthly basis in lieu of publication with the minutes. The permanent records of the board minutes may include more detail than is required for the publication of the minutes.Minutes waiting approval at the next board meeting will be available for inspection at the central administration office after the board secretary has completed the minutes within two weeks of the board meeting. Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, .35, .36; 291.6, .7; 618.3 (1995); 281 I.A.C. 12.3(1)l 1982 Op. Att’y Gen. 215; 1974 Op Att’y Gen. 403; 1952 Op. Att’y Gen. 133Cross Reference: 206.3 Secretary 206.4 Treasurer 208 Ad Hoc Committees 210.8 Board Meeting Agenda 708 Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records 901 Public Examination of School District RecordsApproved:Feb. 2000Reviewed:January 2016Revised:January 2011Policy TitleBOARD OF DIRECTORS’ RECORDSCode 206.4RSince the official minutes of the board are the only legal record, it is important that they be recorded with extreme care and completeness. The board secretary will follow the following guidelines in writing board minutes: With respect to content, the minutes should show the following:The place, date, and time of each meeting.The type of meeting--regular, special, emergency, work session.Members present and members absent, by name.The call to order and adjournment.The departure of members by name before adjournment.The late arrival of members, by name.The time and place of the next meeting.Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding plete information as to each subject of the board's deliberation and the action taken.The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member plete text of all board resolutions, numbered consecutively for each fiscal year.A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate fileA record of all change orders on construction contracts.All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes.Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.Adoption of textbooks and establishment of bus routes by the board for the school year as well as the school calendar should become a part of the minutes.Approval or disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval or approval after the deadline.A record of all delegations appearing before the board and a record of all petitions.At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to audit.The election or appointment of board officersThe appointment of auditors to examine the books.At the annual or organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, the minutes should reflect the following:Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.Nominations taken for the office of president and vice-president.Election of the president and vice-president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice-president.The resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.A resolution to automatically disburse payroll along with a roster of all employees under contract.A resolution naming depositories along with the maximum deposit for each depository.Resolution authorizing the use of a check protector and signer and the proper control of the signer.Motion designating a member or a committee to examine the bills of account for a designated period of time on a rotation basis if desired for the balance of the school year.Approved January 2016Policy TitleBOARD OF DIRECTORS' MEMBER DEVELOPMENT AND TRAINING Code 206.5The board may participate in conferences sponsored by educational associations and agencies in addition to its own in-service programs and work sessions.The board will work closely with the Iowa Association of School Boards' Academy of Board Learning Experiences and encourage the board members to participate in conferences to achieve the Better Boardsmanship Award.057150New00NewLegal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .38 (2013).Approved ??????????????????Reviewed January 2016Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleSTATEMENT OF GUIDING PRINCIPLESCode 300The administration of the District shall provide the educational leadership to implement the District’s educational philosophy. It is the responsibility of the administration to implement and enforce policies developed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors and administrators mutually endorse the management team concept.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved:Feb. 1989Reviewed:November 2011Revised:Policy TitleSUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLSCode 301.1QUALIFICATIONS, RECRUITMENT, APPOINTMENTThe board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the District, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position.? In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.? In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.? The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the District's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.Legal Reference: 29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2010).42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2010).Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 35C; 216; 279.8, .20 (2011).281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: November 2011Policy TitleSUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLSCode 301.2- APPOINTMENTThe length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board is determined by the board for a term not to exceed three years. The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30. The contract will state the terms of employment.The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent is considered a probationary period. The board may waive this period or the probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent. In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, including notice by May 15. The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.If a superintendent's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the superintendent's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.It is the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the superintendent.If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with board policies dealing with retirement, release or resignation.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 279.20, .22-.25 (2011).281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: November 2011 Policy TitleSUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLSCode 301.3- FUNCTIONSThe overall responsibility for the administration of the school system shall be delegated to the Superintendent, who shall perform the various administrative functions in accord with the policies and actions of the Board of Directors. The Superintendent shall be vested with the necessary authority and be provided the appropriate personnel to carry out the broad responsibilities of the position.The Superintendent shall be authorized to organize the administration in such a manner as to facilitate the most efficient and effective operation of the District. The Superintendent shall have the discretion to delegate to other school personnel the exercise of any authority and the discharge of any responsibilities imposed upon the Superintendent by law, agency regulations or Board action. The delegation of power or duty, however, shall not relieve the Superintendent of accountability for the results of such delegation.In addition to serving as chief administrator, the Superintendent shall function as professional advisor to the chief executive officer of the Board of Directors. As such, the Superintendent shall be directly responsible to the Board for the execution of its policies and decisions, consistent with legal requirements and ethical standards of the profession. The Superintendent shall have the power to make rules and render decisions, not in conflict with law or with board policies or actions.The Superintendent shall be permitted to attend all meeting of the Board, except those concerned with personal contractual status. The Superintendent shall be granted the privilege of taking part in all deliberations, but shall not vote.The responsibilities of the Superintendent shall be enumerated more specifically in a job description which, however, shall not act to limit the board authority and responsibilities of the office.Legal Reference: Iowa Code Section 279.20Cross Reference:Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: ____________Policy TitleSUPERINTENDENT EVALUATIONCode 301.4The Board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the Superintendent on the Superintendent’s skills, abilities, and competence. Annually, the Board will formally evaluate the Superintendent. The goal of the Superintendent’s formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the Superintendent’s role, clarify the immediate priorities of the Board, and develop a working relationship between the Board and the Superintendent.The formal evaluation will be based on the following principles:The evaluation criteria shall be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the Board and the Superintendent. The criteria will be related to the job description and the District’s goals;The evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time previously agreed upon;Each board member shall have an opportunity to individually evaluate the Superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation by the entire board;The Superintendent shall conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the Board’s evaluation, and the Board as a whole shall discuss their evaluation with the Superintendent;The Board may discuss their evaluation of the Superintendent. This discussion may take place in closed session upon request from the Superintendent;The individual evaluation of each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the Superintendent. However, board members are urged to communicate their criticisms and concerns with the Superintendent in the closed session. The Board President will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the Superintendent, and place it in the Superintendent’s personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the Superintendent’s skills, abilities, and competence.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: July 2001 Policy TitleSUPERINTENDENT PROFESSIONALCode 301.5DEVELOPMENTThe Board encourages the Superintendent to continue professional growth by being involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing the Superintendent’s education, and participating in other professional activities.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to arrange the schedule of events in order to enable the Superintendent’s attendance at various conferences and events. If a conference or event requires the Superintendent to be absent from the office for more than three days, or involves unusual expense, the Superintendent shall bring it to the attention of the Board prior to attending the event.The Superintendent shall report to the Board about each event attended.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 279.8Cross Reference: 670 Iowa Administration Code 14.12;15.28;17281 Iowa Administration Code 12.7Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: November 2011 Policy TitleBUILDING PRINCIPALS - QUALIFICATIONSCode 303.1The board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the District.The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the position. In employing an administrator, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability. In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants. The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the District's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy. The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation.The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21 (2011).281 I.A.C. 12.4.1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.Cross Reference:Approve: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011Revised: November 2011Policy TitleBUILDING PRINCIPALS - APPOINTMENTSCode 303.2The length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board will be determined by the board and stated in the contract, not to exceed two years. The contract will also state the terms of the employment.The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator will be considered a probationary period. The board may waive this period. The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator. In the event of termination of a probationary or non-probationary contract, the board will afford the administrator appropriate due process, including notice by May 15. The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.If an administrator's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the administrator's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with board policies regarding the areas of resignation, release or retirement.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.20, .22-.25 (2011).281 I.A.C. 12.4(4), .4(7).Cross Reference:Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: November 2011Policy TitleADMINISTRATOR DUTIESCode 303.3Administrators will be hired by the board to assist the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the District.Each attendance center will have a building principal responsible for the administration and operation of the attendance center. Each building principal, as chief administrator of the assigned attendance center, is responsible for the building and grounds, for the students and employees assigned to the attendance center, for school activities at the attendance center, for the education program offered in the attendance center, and the budget for the attendance center. The principal is considered the professional advisor to the superintendent in matters pertaining to the attendance center supervised by the principal. Although the principals serve under the direction of the superintendent, duties of the principal may include, but not be limited to the following:Cooperate in the general organization and plan of procedure in the school under the principal's supervision;Supervision of the teachers in the principal's attendance center;Maintain the necessary records for carrying out delegated duties;Work with the superintendent in rating, recommending and selecting supervised employees whenever possible;Work with the superintendent in determining the education program to be offered and in arranging the schedules. As much of the schedule as possible should be made before school closes for summer vacation. In the matter of courses offered, the final approval rests with the superintendent who is in turn responsible to the board;Ensure that proper care is taken of all school books, supplies, materials, equipment, furniture and facilities;Instruct teachers to make a complete annual inventory of all school property contained in their individual rooms. This inventory is reviewed and filed with the board secretary;Investigate excessive cases of absence or tardiness of students and notify the parents or guardians of unexcused absence or tardiness. All such cases should be reported to the superintendent;Make such reports from time to time as the superintendent may require;Maintain the regular schedule of school hours established by the board and make no temporary changes in the schedule without the consent of the superintendent;Promptly notify the superintendent whenever ventilation, sanitation or heating of the building is unsatisfactory;Contribute to the formation and implementation of general policies and procedures of the school;Perform such other duties as may be assigned by the superintendent of schools.This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the position of the administrators. In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the administrators will consider the District's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the District.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21, .23A (2011).281 I.A.C. 12.4(5), .4(6), .4(7).Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: November 2011Policy TitlePRINCIPAL EVALUATIONCode 303.4The Superintendent shall conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the principals on their skills, abilities, and competence. Semi annually for the first two years then annually, the Superintendent will formally evaluate the principals. The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the District, clarify the building principal’s role as the Board and the Superintendent see it, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the Superintendent and the Principal. The formal evaluation shall include criteria related to the job description. The Superintendent, after receiving input from the building principals, shall present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.The formal evaluation shall also include an opportunity for the building principal and the Superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year’s performance and the future areas of growth. The evaluation shall be completed by the Superintendent, signed by the building principal and filed in the building principal’s personnel file.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to conduct formal evaluations of the probationary building principals and non-probationary building principals prior to May 15th at a time mutually agreeable with the building principals and the Superintendent.This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the principal’s skills, abilities, and competence. While the Superintendent is primarily responsible for the development of the evaluation instrument and for evaluating the principals, boards may be involved in the review of the principal’s evaluation upon the principals’ request. The Board may discuss the evaluation of the principal. This discussion may take place in a closed session upon a request from the principal.Legal Reference: Cross Reference:Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: November 2011Revised: November 2011Policy TitleADMINISTRATORS’ PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Code 303.5The Board encourages the District administrators to continue their professional growth by becoming involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing their education, and participating in other professional activities.It shall be the responsibility of the District administrators to arrange their schedules in order to attend various conferences and events. Prior to the attendance at events, the District administrator must have received approval from the Superintendent.In the case where unusual expense is involved, the superintendent will bring it to the attention of the board prior to the administrator attending the event.The District administrator shall report to the Superintendent about each event attended.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 279.80Cross Reference:Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: November 2011Policy Title ADMINISTRATOR CODE OF ETHICS Code 304Administrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district. Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district. Therefore, administrators shall conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.Each administer shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy. Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the Board, shall be grounds for discipline and, possibly, dismissal.The professional school administrator:Upholds the honor and dignity of the profession in actions and relations with students, colleagues, board members and the public;Obeys local, state and national laws; holds to high ethical and moral standards; gives loyalty to this country and to the cause of democracy and liberty;Accepts the responsibility to master and to contribute to the growing body of specialized knowledge, concepts, and skills which characterize school administration as a profession;Strives to provide the finest possible educational experiences and opportunities to the members of the school district community;Seeks to preserve and enhance the prestige and status of the profession when applying for a position or entering into contractual agreements;Carries out in good faith the policies duly adopted by the local board and the regulations of state authorities and renders professional service;Disallows consideration of private gain or personal economic interest to affect the discharge of professional responsibilities;Recognizes the public schools are the public’s business and seeks to keep the public informed about their schools; and,Supports and practices the management team concept.Legal Reference: Iowa Code SS 279.8 (1993)Cross Reference: Educational Philosophy of the School DistrictCode of EthicsEmployee Conduct and AppearanceStudent AppearanceDallas Center-Grimes CSDApproved: August 2019 Reviewed: ___________ Revised: ____________Policy TitleADMINISTRATIVE CABINETCode 306In order to facilitate and coordinate the District administration, the Superintendent may create an Administrative Cabinet that will serve in a consulting and advisory capacity to the Superintendent.The member of the Administrative Cabinet shall be appointed by the Superintendent. The Cabinet may be composed of directors, business manager, building principals, or other administrators, depending on need.The Administrative Cabinet shall meet at regularly scheduled times to consider an agenda prepared by the Superintendent. The agenda shall include items suggested by Cabinet members. Members required to be present at particular meetings may sometimes vary, according to the topic of the meeting and the degree of involvement of the members concerned; those members who are required to be present at the particular meeting will be so notified by the Superintendent.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011Revised: November 2011Policy TitleCENTRAL ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISORY PERSONNELCode 306.1The following positions are responsible for making recommendations on hiring personnel, termination of personnel, evaluation of personnel, supervision of personnel, determine rules and regulations of employment, and other management functions, and are, therefore, considered as management, and therefore, exempt from belonging to any employee group or groups for negotiations:SuperintendentAssistant SuperintendentPrincipalAssistant PrincipalBusiness ManagerBoard SecretaryDirectorsLegal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: November 2011Policy TitleBOARD SECRETARYCode 306.2It shall be the responsibility of the Board Secretary, as custodian of District records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the Board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students. The Board Secretary shall also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.In the event the Board Secretary is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the Board and the law, assigned District personnel shall assume those duties until the Board Secretary is able to resume the responsibilities or a new Board Secretary is appointed.The Board Secretary shall give bond in an amount set by the Board. The cost of the bond will be paid by the District.Legal Reference: Iowa Code P. 64; 277.27; 279.3, .5,.7,.32,.33,.35Cross Reference:Approved: October 2003 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: October 2003 Policy TitleADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURECode 310.3It is the Superintendent’s responsibility to organize and arrange the administrative and supervisory staff of the District in a fashion, which in their judgment, best serves the interests of the District based upon board approval.The organizational structure of the District shall be illustrated by a chart. The chart represents the direction of authority and responsibility. Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: December 2011Revised: December 2011center0Board020000Board310.4 Chart59994803556000476250011557000265747535560006553200151130Business Manager00Business Manager211963047625Patrons00Patrons329565040640006105525406400030480013716000361950080010Superintendent020000Superintendent6105525138430001933575138430005876925349250047625003492500389572534925005521960417131512-19-20110012-19-20115133975537210004676775808990 Activities Director00 Activities Director595312587630AssociateSuperintendent00AssociateSuperintendent4629150108585SecondaryPrincipals00SecondaryPrincipals2938145108585ElementaryPrincipals00ElementaryPrincipals140970087630Technology Director00Technology Director6667587630Operations Director00Operations Director-9525087630TransportationDirector00TransportationDirectorPolicy TitleADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL EMPLOYMENTCode 312.1INDIVIDUAL CONTRACTSContracts with administrators shall be in writing and shall state the number of contractdays, the annual compensation to be paid, the compensation per month of four consecutive weeks, and any other matters as may be mutually agreed upon.Such contracts shall be approved by the Board of Directors, signed by the President and filed with the Secretary.The contract shall automatically continue in force for one year following expiration unless mutually modified or terminated by the parties.Legal Reference: Iowa Code Section 279.23, 279.24, 279.25Cross Reference:Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: November 2011 Policy TitleLEAVE TO RUN FOR PUBLIC OFFICECode 312.2The Board will provide a leave of absence to an administrator to run for elective public office.The Board shall grant an administrator a leave of absence to campaign as a candidate for any elective public office in the form of accrued vacation or leave without pay upon written request to the superintendent of schools at least 30 days prior to the starting date of the requested leave. A Superintendent requesting leave shall submit their request in the same manner to the Board. The administrator will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office, and the leave may commence anytime within 30 days of the contested primary, special, or general election and continue until the day following election. The administrator may choose to use leave without pay or accrued vacation.Legal Reference: Iowa Code Chapter 55Cross Reference: 570 Iowa Administration code 14.13Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: _________Policy TitleADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL CONTRACT Code 314.2TERMINATION-RESIGNATIONAn administrator who wishes to be released from contract shall submit a written request to the Superintendent at least twenty (20) working days prior to the anticipated termination date. Release from the contract shall be dependent on the circumstances involved, including the availability of a qualified replacement.The Superintendent shall notify the Iowa State Department of Education in the event an administrator terminates employment without proper release from the contract.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011Revised: _____________ Policy Title ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL CONTRACT Code 314.3 TERMINATION-DISMISSALWhen an administrator’s performance indicates cause for termination, proceedings shall be instituted as prescribed by law.Legal Reference: Iowa Code Section 279.24, 279.25Cross Reference:Approved: February 1989 Reviewed: November 2011Revised: ___________ Policy TitleADMINISTRATIVE & MANAGEMENT REDUCTION Code 314.5 IN FORCEThe board has the exclusive authority to determine the appropriate number of licensed administrators and management positions. A reduction of licensed administrator or management may occur as a result of, but not be limited to, changes in the education program, staff realignment, changes in the size or nature of the student population, financial situation considerations, and other reasons deemed relevant by the board.Administrators shall be defined as those employees serving in management positions responsible for duties requiring certification from the State of Iowa. Additional employees that serve in management positions, but with responsible for duties not requiring certification from the State of Iowa, shall be defined as management.It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board. The superintendent shall consider the following criteria in making the recommendations:Relative skills, ability and demonstrated performance;Endorsements and educational preparation in which the employee is now performing;Number of continuous years of service to the District. This will be considered only when the foregoing factors are relatively equal between employees.Due process for terminations due to a reduction in force shall be followed.Legal Reference:Iowa Code 20.7, .24; 279.13,.15-.19,.27 (1995).Cross Reference:Licensed Employee SuspensionClassified Employee Reduction in ForceBudgetApproved: May 2002Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: ________Policy Title STATEMENT OF GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR STAFF PERSONNELCode 400In order to provide the best possible educational program, it is the goal of the Board of Directors to recruit and retain the highest caliber of certified and classified staff available. The Board of Directors will appoint all personnel at its discretion, following the recommendation of the Superintendent.All employment positions will be created with the approval of the Board. Before a new position is created, the Superintendent will present a job description, including qualifications, responsibilities, supervision, and evaluation, to the Board.A position may remain unfilled or vacant for a period of time, but only the Board has the authority to abolish a position.The Board of Directors recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with any duly certified employee organization.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 20.16; 279.12Related Administrative Rules and Regulations: Iowa Administrative Code 670-3.4; 670-12.25670-35.42 (259)Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: ___________Policy Title BOARD RIGHTSCode 400.1The Board of Directors maintains the exclusive power, duty, and right to:Direct the work of its public employees.Hire, promote, demote, transfer, assign, and retain public employees in positions within the public agency.Suspend or discharge public employees for proper cause.Maintain the efficiency of governmental operations.Relieve public employees from duties because of lack of work or for other legitimate reasons.Determine and implement methods, means, assignments and personnel by which the public employer’s operations are to be conducted.Take such actions as may be necessary to carry out the mission of the public employer.Initiate, prepare, certify, and administer its budget.Exercise all powers and duties granted to the public employer by law.At no time shall the Board of Directors negotiate any agreement that eliminates or erodes the above listed exclusive powers, duties or rights.Legal References: Approved: October 1981 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: December 2007Policy TitleEMPLOYEE RECORDSCode 401.1The District shall maintain personnel records on employees. The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.The records shall include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the District, salary records, evaluations, application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy. Employee personnel files are District records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility. Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.Employees may have access to their personnel files, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the Superintendent and the employee. The District may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made. Board members will generally only have access to an employee’s file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter before the Board.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep employees’ personnel files current. The board secretary shall be the custodian of employee records.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.Legal Reference: Iowa Code chs. 20; 21; 22; 91B(1999). Clymer v. City of Cedar Rapids, No 209/97-1705 (Iowa 1999) Des Moines Independent Community School District v. Des Moines Register and Tribune company, 487 N.W. 2d 666 (Iowa 1992). City of Dubuque v. Telegraph Herald, Inc. 297 N.W. 2d 523 (Iowa 1980)Cross Reference: Release of Credit Information Employees’ Health and Well-Being Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District RecordsApproved: November 2000 Reviewed: August 2014 Revised: August 2014Policy TitleEMPLOYEE RECORDSCode 401.1REmployee Personnel Records Content1. Employee personnel records may contain the following information:Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse.Individual employment contract.Evaluations.Application, resume and references.Salary information.Copy of the employee's license or certificate, if needed for the position.Educational transcripts.Assignment.Records of disciplinary matters.2.Employee health and medical records are kept in a file separate from the employee's personnel records. Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:Medical professional signed physical form.Sick or long-term disability leave days.Worker's compensation claims.Reasonable accommodation made by the District to accommodate the employee's disability.Employee's medical history.Employee emergency names and numbers.Family and medical leave request forms.3.The following are considered public personnel records available for inspection:The name and compensation of the individual, including any written agreement establishing compensation or any other terms of employment, except for that information that is otherwise protected. “Compensation” includes the value of benefits conferred including, but not limited to: casualty, disability, life or health insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation, holiday and sick leave, severance payments, retirement benefits and deferred compensation;The dates the individual was employed by the government body;The positions the individual holds or has held with the government body;The educational institutions attended by the individual, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the names of the individual’s previous employers, positions previously held and dates of previous employment;The fact that the individual was discharged as the result of a final disciplinary action upon the exhaustion of all applicable contractual, legal and statutory remedies; and,Personal information in confidential personnel records of government bodies relating to student employees shall only be released pursuant to the Family Educational Privacy Rights Act (FERPA.)Applicant File Records ContentRecords on applicants for positions with the District are maintained through Applitrack, the online application system. Any applications that are printed will be sent to the central administration office. The records will include, but not be limited to:Application for employment.Resume.References.Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied.Affirmative action form, if submitted.Record AccessOnly authorized school officials will have access to an employee's records without the written consent of the employee. Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary. In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee's health or medical file without the consent of the employee. Board members will generally only have access to an employee's personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.Employee Record RetentionEmployee evaluation records are to be kept as long as the personnel is employed. For certified staff:All documents for the most recently completed 3-year cycle is to be maintained as well as the current 3-year cycle.All other previous records can be reduced to the annual and final summative evaluation for each cycle.All employee records, except payroll and salary records, are maintained for a minimum of one year after termination of employment with the District.Applicant records are maintained for a minimum of one year after the position was filled.Payroll and salary records are maintained for a minimum of three years after payment.Approved: August 2014Policy Title EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYMENT/AFFIRMATIVE Code 401.2ACTIONThe Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies. Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination. The District will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are underrepresented. Employees will support and comply with the District's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies. Employees will be given notice of this policy annually. The board will appoint an affirmative action coordinator. The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan. The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years. Individuals who file an application with the District will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply. In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, gender, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability or age. In keeping with the law, the board will consider the veteran status of applicants. Prior to a final offer of employment for any position, the District will perform the background checks required by law. Work related job functional assessment will also be required for some positions. Based upon the results of the background checks and functional work assessment, the District will determine whether an offer will be extended. In addition, the District will perform a background check on all employees at minimum of every five years, as required by law.Volunteers that have unsupervised one on one contact with students will also be required to have a background check performed at the district expense.The District may determine on a case-by-case basis that, based on the duties, other positions within the district will also require background checks.Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the District will contain the following statement: "The Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District is an EEO/AA employer." The statement will also appear on application forms. Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District, P.O. Box 512, 1414 Walnut Street, Dallas Center, Iowa; or by telephoning 515-992-3866.EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, 310 W. Wisconsin Ave., Ste. 800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53203-2292, (414) 291-1111 or the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa, 50319-1004, (515) 281-4121 or 1-800-457-4416, . This inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level. Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the District's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center. Legal Reference: 29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2004).42 U.S.C. §§ 200 0e et seq. (2004).42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2004).Iowa Code §§ 19B; 20; 35C; 73; 216; 279.8; 692.2; 692.2A; 692.2C(5); 235A.15; 235A.6e(9) (2007). 281 I.A.C. 12.4; 95. 281 I.A.C. 14.1; 2000. Cross Reference: Equal Educational OpportunityBullying/HarassmentLicensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: August 2014 Revised: September 2014Policy Title EMPLOYEE CONFLICT OF INTERESTCode 401.3Policy Prmr, 20#11, 17# Employees' use of their position with the District for financial gain is considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain. No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent. If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent. Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supply companies doing business with the District. Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents. Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee's position in the District.It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee's official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:(1)The outside employment or activity involves the use of the District's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the District's badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the District.(2)The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee's immediate family from anyone other than the District for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee's regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the District.(3)The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee's duties.If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must: Cease the outside employment or activity; or,Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the the interests of the outside employment or activity.It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 68B; 279.8; 301.28 (2009).Cross Reference:203Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest402.4Gifts to Employees402.7Employee Outside Employment404Employee Conduct and AppearanceApproved: Nov. 2009 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: _________Policy TitleEMPLOYEE TRAVEL COMPENSATION Code 401.4Employees traveling on behalf of the District and performing approved District business will be reimbursed for their actual and necessary expenses. Actual and necessary travel expenses will include, but not be limited to, transportation and/or mileage costs, lodging expenses, meal expenses and registration costs. Travel Outside the School DistrictTravel outside of the District must be pre-approved. Pre-approval will include an evaluation of the necessity of the travel, the reason for the travel and an estimate of the cost of the travel to qualify as approved District business. Travel outside the District by employees, other than the superintendent, is approved by the superintendent or superintendent designee. Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses will be allowed for travel outside the District if the employee received pre-approval for the travel. Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the employee must provide the District with a detailed receipt, indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent may allow a claim without proper receipt. Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the District's record of the claim.Failure to have a detailed receipt will make what would have been a school expense, a personal expense for the employee. Failure to provided detailed receipts, even if a school purchase order, credit card, or line of credit was used, would result in the employee being responsible for all expenses that do not have receipts. As a personal expense, the employee must reimburse the District any cost to the District.Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses for travel outside the District will be limited to the pre-approved expenses. Pre-approved expenses for registration are limited to the actual cost of the registration. Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three-hundred miles of the District administrative office will be by automobile, unless otherwise approved by the superintendent. If a District vehicle is not available, the employee will be reimbursed at the current rate per mile. Pre-approved expenses for transportation outside of three-hundred miles of the District administrative office may be by public carrier. Reimbursement for air travel will be at the tourist class fares. Should an employee choose to travel by automobile, reimbursement will be limited to the public carrier amount. Pre-approved expenses for transportation in a rental car is limited to the cost of a Class "C" rental car at a medium priced agency unless the number of people traveling on behalf of the District warrants a larger vehicle.Travel Within the School DistrictEmployees required to travel in their personal vehicle between District buildings to carry out the duties of their position may be reimbursed at the current rate per mile. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve travel within the District by employees. It is the responsibility of the board to review the travel within the District by the superintendent through the board's audit and approval process.The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations related to this policy.Legal Reference:Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31. Iowa Code §§ 70A.9-.11 (2007). 1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 512. Cross Reference: Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses Transporting of Students by EmployeesCredit CardsTransporting Students in Private Vehicles Approved: January 2008 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: August 2011Policy TitleEMPLOYEE TRAVEL COMPENSATION Code 401.4RThe reimbursement rate for cost per mile for the following school year will be set at the same time school fees are determined. This rate will be similar to the current rate set by the IRS.It is the employee’s responsibility to work with the building and/or transportation director to obtain a school vehicle to use for in or out of District travel. If a vehicle is not available and permission is given in advance, the employee can file for mileage reimbursement. This must be done within 45 days of the occurrence.Employees required to travel in their personal vehicle between District buildings to carry out the duties of their position may be reimbursed at the current rate per mile. Employees are paid for mileage that occurs only during teaching contract work hours and are not paid mileage to travel to the first assignment of the day or the last assignment of the day.Coaches/sponsors are not paid mileage to travel to the location of practices and/or games. Reviewed: March 2012Policy Title SERVICE AWARDSCode 401.5In recognition of years of contracted service given to the Dallas Center-Grimes Community Schools by all employees of the District, a recognition system will be developed and presented to the board annually. This system shall recognize years of service in multiples of five (5) years.These awards shall be presented annually at a special recognition program.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: 1969 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: March 2002 Policy Title EMPLOYEE POLITICAL ACTIVITY Code 401.6Employees will not engage in political activity upon property under the jurisdiction of the board including the use of District e-mail accounts. Activities including, but not limited to, posting of political circulars or petitions, the distribution of political circulars or petitions, the collection of or solicitation for campaign funds, solicitation for campaign workers, general information regarding elections or ballot issues and the use of students for writing or addressing political materials, or the distribution of such materials to or by students are specifically prohibited.Violation of this policy may be grounds for disciplinary action.NOTE: This policy is required by federal law.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 55; 279.8 (2011).Approved: July 2012 Reviewed: Revised: Policy TitleUSE OF INTERNET, TELECOMMUNICATIONSCode 401.7AND DIGITAL DEVICES BY STAFF/ACCEPTABLE USESTAFF TECHNOLOGY USEThe District supports the appropriate use of technology-based information resources by staff members. These resources include District-provided networks, electronic media, and telecommunications tools, such as use and access to Internet resources and digital devices.The purpose of this policy is to ensure the proper use of Dallas Center-Grimes Community School’s communication system, Internet resources and digital devices.Access privileges to District networks and electronic information resources will be given to the staff as is appropriate to the site and assignment. Staff use of telecommunications and electronic information resources external to District-provided networks is a privilege. Staff will be provided appropriate training.District-provided telecommunications, electronic and networked information resources are offered solely for the advancement and promotion of learning and teaching. The use of these resources shall be consistent with the District’s educational mission and policy, and state and federal laws and regulations. Failure to abide by District policy and administrative regulations and applicable laws governing use of these resources may result in the suspension and/or revocation of access to these resources. Additionally, any staff violations may result in discipline in accordance to appropriate board policies, administrative rules, or standards of employment. Fees, fines, other charges, suspension, or dismissal may also be imposed as a result of misuse of these technology resources by the staff member.Unacceptable Network and Computer Use: Transmission or intentional receipt of any inappropriate material or material in violation of law or District policy is prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to: copyrighted material; threatening or obscene material; material protected by trade secrets; activities by for-profit; use of product advertisement or political lobbying, including lobbying for student body office; the design or detailed information pertaining to explosive devices, criminal activities or terrorist acts; harassment; sexism or sexual harassment; pornography; gambling; illegal solicitation; racism; and inappropriate language. Illegal or inappropriate activities, including piracy, hacking, datajacking, games, use of the network in any way that would disrupt network use by others, or activities of any kind that do not conform to the rules, regulations and policies of the District, are forbidden.Staff websites that are part of or connected to the District’s communication system shall pertain to school and education. Links and/or references to non-educational or non-secular information or sites will not be allowed. It is advised that staff not reveal personal information, such as: home address, phone numbers, password, credit card numbers or social security number, etc.; this also applies to others’ personal information or that of organizations. Release of information on the District’s web site will be limited to information that does not allow for the identification of individual students contact information. District E-mail useAll messages distributed via the District’s email system, even personal emails, are Dallas Center-Grimes Community School property. You must have no expectation of privacy in anything that you create, store, send or receive on the District’s email system, your emails can be monitored without prior notification if Dallas Center-Grimes Community School administration deems this necessary. If there is evidence that you are not adhering to the guidelines set out in this policy, the District reserves the right to take disciplinary action, including termination and/or legal action. If you have any questions or comments about this Email Policy, please contact your supervisor.It is strictly prohibited to:Send or forward emails containing libelous, defamatory, offensive, racist or obscene remarks. If you receive an email of this nature, you must promptly notify your supervisor.Forward a message or copy a message or attachment belonging to another user without acquiring permission from the originator first.Send unsolicited email messages or chain mail.Forge or attempt to forge email messages, or disguise or attempt to disguise your identity when sending mail.Email RetentionThe district does not archive emails. Individual teachers may choose to keep emails in folders in their account on the district email system as they desire for future reference. There is no automatic expiration date on teacher –stored emails.Duty of CareUsers must take the same care in drafting an email as they would for any other communication. Confidential information should not be sent via email.Personal UsageAlthough the District’s email system is meant for business use, Dallas Center-Grimes Community School allows personal usage if it is reasonable and does not interfere with work. The email system and/or the computer is not to be used “for profit” business purposes.DisclaimerA disclaimer will be added to each outgoing email as outlined in the administrative regulations.The District makes no warranties of any kind, whether expressed or implied, for the service it is providing. District will not be responsible for any damages the student may suffer while on this system. These damages may include, but are not limited to: loss of data as a result of delays, non- deliveries, mis-deliveries, or service interruptions caused by the system or by student error or omission. Use of any information obtained via the information system is at the student’s own risk. District specifically denies any responsibility for the accuracy of information obtained through electronic information resources.Cell Phone Use Employees that are driving and transporting students shall not use a cell phone while the vehicle is in motion. Any time that teachers or associates are responsible for student supervision during the school day, direct student supervision outside the school day, or meetings with parents, cell phones are not to be used for personal use, (i.e. calls, text messages, internet, email, etc.) During professional development and staff meetings, personal cell phone use is discouraged and to be kept at a minimum.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §279.8(1995)Approved: December 1996 Reviewed: March 2016 Revised: March 2016Policy TitleUSE OF INTERNET, TELECOMMUNICATIONSCode 401.7RAND DIGITAL DEVICES BY STAFF/ACCEPTABLE USEThe computer, internet and communication system access and any digital devices are property of the school and as such, are to be used for school and educational purposes. Employees are not to be using these items and services for business purposes. This includes, but is not limited to, emails to solicit business or purchase or sell items and use of the computer and/or software for business purposes. Staff may use these items for personal use on a very limited basis and only in such a manner that does not interfere with work responsibilities. Staff should not use the computer and associated items for personal use at any time when students are being supervised. Any time that teachers or associates are responsible for student supervision during the school day, direct student supervision outside the school day, or meetings with parents, cell phones are not to be used for personal use, (i.e. calls, text messages, internet, email, etc.) During professional development and staff meetings, personal cell phone use is discouraged and to be kept at a minimum.The principal and/or superintendent may allow staff to use cell phones under special circumstances or due to responsibilities assigned.Employees that are driving and transporting students shall not use a cell phone while the vehicle is in motion.Staff is encouraged to use electronic communication, such as Twitter, as an alternative to texting students. If text messages are sent to students, the staff is strongly encouraged to send a group text and/or include parents or another staff member on the text message. Also, consider the content of the message as viewed by an outside person. These guidelines are to protect the staff.School computers are the property of the District. Whether the computer is a desktop or laptop or on or off District property, the District retains full access to all computers and the contents on computers. The District retains full rights to inspect or retrieve any District owned computer, on or off school property. The school’s computer and/or software are not to be used for non-school business purposes.Software should never be loaded on school computers, without the consent of the District’s technology coordinator.Staff members will be responsible for loss or damage to any school computer checked out.Staff web pages that are part of or connected to the Districts communication system or portrayed as a member of the District staff system shall pertain to school and education.Staff members that desire to use blogs, wikis, and the like with students are responsible to teach expectations for appropriate use and review student postings in an on-going manner. District employees are urged to use great care and discretion when using social networking and blogging venues such as, but not limited to Facebook, MySpace, Twitter, etc. It is strongly recommended for staff not to be “friends” with current students, except on administration approved school and/or class pages. District issued technology is subject to inspection at any time.Disclaimer language that is to be on every staff email:Confidentiality Notice: This email and any attachments may be covered by the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, 18 U.S.C.§§2510-2521 and may contain privileged and confidential information intended only for the use of the individual or entity named. If you are not the intended recipient, you are hereby notified that you should not review, use, disclose, distribute, copy, or forward this email. If you have received this email in error, please notify the sender immediately and delete/destroy any and all copies of the original message.Staff web pages that are part of or connected to the Districts communication system or portrayed as a member of the District staff system shall pertain to school and education. It is strictly prohibited to:Send or forward e-mails containing libelous, defamatory, offensive, racist or obscene remarks. If you receive an e-mail of this nature, you must promptly notify your supervisor.Forward a message or copy a message or attachment belonging to another user without acquiring permission from the originator first.Send unsolicited e-mail messages or chain mail.Forge or attempt to forge e-mail messages, or disguise or attempt to disguise your identity when sending mail.Using the network for commercial activity, including advertising, or person gain.Infringing on ay copyright or other intellectual property right, including copying, installing receiving transmitting or making available any copyrighted software on the District computer network. See Adm Reg 603.16RUse the network to receive, transmit or make available to other messages that are racist, sexist, and abusive or harassing to others.Using the network to receive, transmit or make available to others obscene, offensive or sexually explicit material.Engaging in vandalism of equipment or materials, data of another user of the District’s network or of any of the entities or other networks that are connected to the Internet. This includes, but is not limited to, creating and/or placing a computer virus on the network.Intentionally disrupting network traffic or crashing the network and connected systems.Using the network in a fashion inconsistent with accepted network etiquette.An employee’s password to access the account should never be given to anyone who has no legitimate need for it. If the superintendent or building principal gives approval for a password to be given to a co-worker it should be for a specific purpose and length of time.Passwords for the email system, such as First Class, and student information system, such as Infinite Campus are expected to be changed at least quarterly.School e-mail constitutes a public record. Points to consider:E-mail is analogous to regular mail, not to phone calls. Therefore, any e-mail sent or received on a publicly owned computer, such as a District computer, is a public record.Any e-mail sent or received on a District e-mail account -- even if accessed via one’s personal computer -- is a public record. Retrieving and responding to “LakeWobegon.k12.ia.us” e-mail at home does NOT change the fact that the e-mail is a public record.Start with the reality that ALL e-mail is a public record. Some items within an e-mail may legally be able to be expunged as “confidential.” An individual District employee shall not make this determination on his/her own. (For example, the name of a specific student usually, but not always, may be kept confidential. If necessary to use a student’s name in e-mail, consider using first name and initial of last name [“Carol G.”].)The public can access public records. There are search engines by which e-mail can be searched by topic or keyword. Keep this in mind when composing an e-mail message. Avoid any comments you would not want attributed to you, whether they are derogatory, off-color, or subject to misinterpretation.Deleting an e-mail from one’s computer does not destroy the record. Deleted e-mail is still a public record, and may be retrieved.The District's e-mail accounts are property of the District. Such accounts are not to be used for personal business or non-incidental personal correspondence. Duty of CareUsers must take the same care in drafting an e-mail as they would for any other communication. Confidential information should not be sent via e-mail. Misuse of the schools computers, internet, and or digital devices could be grounds for disciplinary action up to and including discharge.The district does not archive emails. Individual teachers may choose to keep emails in folders in their account on the district email system as they desire for future reference. There is no automatic expiration date on teacher-stored emails. Reviewed: March 2016Policy Title CREDIT CARDSCode No. 401.8Employees may use District credit cards for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties.? Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for District transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.The District may maintain a District credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.? The Superintendent will determine the employees that maintain a District credit card.Credit cards may be used to order necessary purchases that have been approved in advance.Copies of actual credit card statements will be included in board and public information at the meeting the board is approving payment of the credit card bill.The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses and use of a District credit card.? Legal Reference:Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.Iowa Code §§ 279.8,? .29,? .30 (2005).281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).Cross Reference:Board of Directors' Member Compensation and ExpensesEmployee Travel CompensationApproved: Dec. 2006Reviewed: March 2015Revised: March 2015Policy Title CREDIT CARDSCode No. 401.8RDistrict employees may be issued credit cards as authorized by the Superintendent for actual and necessary expenses in the performance of work-related duties. The use of credit cards is an enhancement to the purchase process established by the District, and used in conjunction with the requisition and purchase order process. All purchases must be authorized by the administration through an approved purchase order. Travel related expenses must adhere to guidelines for travel as established by the Superintendent. Following use of the credit card, detailed itemized receipts with specific cost for all purchases must be attached to the requisition/purchase order and/or submitted to the central office for processing. An acceptable receipt must include the vendor name, date, dollar amount, and description of items purchased. Receipts for meals during District related travel should always include the number of staff served, may include reasonable tip and meal tax, but never include the purchase of alcohol, tobacco, or any other prohibited purchase item.Examples of inappropriate use of a District credit card may include personal use, use in violation of public purpose, inappropriate purchases as related to public education and its mission, failure to provide appropriate documentation following a purchase, or loaning a District issued credit card to another individual. Inappropriate use of a District credit card may result in reprimand which may include, but not limited to, written reprimand, revocation of purchasing privileges, or termination of employment.It is noted that all funds received by the District are considered public funds and must be used to support the educational mission of the District. The best test to use when determining whether an expenditure is appropriate is call the “public scrutiny test”. The test is simple and merely asks whether the tax-paying public would view the expenditure as necessary to support public education. It is incumbent upon all employees, as Cardholders, to act as good stewards of public funds.Purchase made without proper documentation may be charged to the employee through payroll deduction if not otherwise allowed or approved by the Superintendent. Acceptance of a card and signature of the card agreement also serves as authorization to deduct unauthorized purchases from earned payment through District payroll processes.In the event of a lost or stolen credit card, the Cardholder must immediately notify Wells Fargo Credit Services at 1-800-CALL-WELLS (1-800-225-5935). The business manager must also be notified. Wells Fargo Credit Services will immediately close the account. The replacement card may be reissued with the permission of the superintendent or business manager.In the event that the Cardholder will terminate employment or take any type of leave of absence longer than 30 days from the District, the Cardholder must notify the business manager to place the card on hold or close the account as appropriate. Please cut the card in half and return to the business office.Credit cards may also be used to purchase items that have been approved through the requisition and purchasing process. This will be limited to Central office staff or under the direction of Central Office. Individual Credit Card Use AgreementBy this agreement, Dallas Center-Grimes employee __________________________________has been entrusted with a Dallas Center-Grimes School District Credit Card for the use of purchases approved for goods and/or services solely and exclusively for the authorized business purposes of the District.The employee agrees through signature of this agreement to abide by the terms and conditions set forth in District Board Policy, administrative regulation, and handbook procedure.The employee agrees to immediately return the credit card upon request.The employee shall not use the school credit card for the purchase of goods or services not authorized through the purchasing process discussed in the District handbook, District Board Policy, or through express permission of the Superintendent of Schools.The employee understands that unauthorized use or inappropriate use of the credit card may result in disciplinary action, including termination.The employee agrees to process requisitions to seek purchase approval and submit receipts and other reasonable documentation of goods or services in a timely fashion (5 days from purchase) and maintain purchasing within annual budget parameters.In the event of a lost or stolen credit card, the employee agrees to immediately notify Wells Fargo Credit Services at 1-800-CALL-WELLS (1-800-225-5935). The business manager must also be notified. Wells Fargo Credit Services will immediately close the account.The employee agrees not to use the credit card to circumvent State and District competitive bid laws and policies.Any unauthorized charges will be paid by said employee by check, cash, or salary deduction. Signature of this form authorizes payroll deduction if required.The employee agrees to surrender the card to the Superintendent or business manager upon transfer, leave of absence, extended leave of any type, termination, or other separation from the District.This Agreement may not be modified in any way without approval of the District.Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District__________________________________________________________________SuperintendentEmployee__________________________________Printed Name of Employee__________________________________________________________________DateDateReviewed: March 2015Revised: March 2015Policy Title RELEASE OF CREDIT INFORMATION Code 402.1The following information will be released to an entity with whom an employee has applied for credit or has obtained credit: title of position, income, and number of years employed. This information will be released only with permission given by the employee. It is the responsibility of the board secretary or designee to respond to inquiries from creditors.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 22.7; 279.8 (2011).Approved July 2012Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy Title CHILD ABUSE REPORTING BY CERTIFIED PERSONNEL Code 402.2In compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities. Employees are encouraged, and licensed employees are required as mandatory reporters, to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is a victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter will orally or in writing notify the Iowa Department of Human Services. If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified. Within forty-eight hours of the oral report, the mandatory reporter will file a written report with the Iowa Department of Human Services.All mandatory reporters will provide evidence of Mandatory Report Training as a condition of employment.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 232.67; 232.70; 232.73; 232.75 and Chapter 235AApproved: March 1989 Reviewed: July 2012Revised: July 2012Policy Title ABUSE OF STUDENTS BY A SCHOOL DISTRICT EMPLOYEE Code 402.3 Physical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated. The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the District under the direction and control of the District. Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.The District will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by District employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation. The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible. Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.The District has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator. The District has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator. The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the District. The names of the investigators shall be listed in the student handbook, published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.Legal References: Iowa Code –232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1)(1995) 281 I.A.C. 102; 103 441 I.A.C. 155; 175 1980 Op. Att’y Gen. 275.Cross References: Child Abuse Reporting Harassment Corporal PunishmentApproved: October 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: March 2012Policy Title GIFTS TO EMPLOYEES Code 402.4The Board understands the desire of students, parents and others to give gifts to show appreciation of an employee. Rather than giving gifts, the Board encourages, as more welcome and more appropriate, the writing of letter to express gratitude and appreciation or the donation of a gift to benefit the District rather than an individual employee.Employees shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of a donor stated below or the gift or an honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or an honorarium stated below. However, employees may receive non-monetary gifts of negligible value if the donor does not intend to influence the employee’s professional judgment. Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the District.A “donor” is defined as a person or other entity which:*Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the District:*Is engaged in activities which are regulated or controlled by the District;*Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee’s official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or,*Is a lobbyist with respect to matters within the District’s jurisdiction.A “gift” is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received. However, “gift” does not include any of the following:*Contributions to a candidate or a candidate’s committee;*Informational material relevant to an employee’s official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents or periodicals;*Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;*An inheritance;*Anything available or distributed to the public generally without regard to the official status of the employee;*Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;*Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public services;*Items of food and drink with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;*Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the State of Iowa or a political subdivision of the State of Iowa is a member; or,*Items or services received as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the State of Iowa is a member. An “honorarium” is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article. An honorarium does not include any of the following:*Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;*A non-monetary gift or series of non-monetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, a bona fide educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or,*A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a bona fide private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person’s status as a employee but rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.It shall be the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium. An employee who violates this policy may be subject to disciplinary action.Legal References: Iowa Code 68B.5, .8, .11(4); 722.1-2; 568BApproved: November 1992 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: ____________Policy TitlePhysical ExaminationsCode 403.1Good health is important to job performance. Employees are encouraged to have a physical examination prior to employment and on an annual basis. School bus drivers will present evidence of good health prior to employment and every other year thereafter in the form of a physical examination report unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion. A post-offer, pre-hire work related job functional assessment will also be required for positions, as identified in the job description.Employees whose physical or mental health, in the judgment of the administration, may be in doubt will submit to additional examinations, when requested to do so, at the expense of the District.The District will provide the standard examination form to be completed by the personal physician of the employee. Employees identified in the District Occupational Exposure to Bloodborne Pathogens Plan as having reasonably anticipated contact with blood or infectious materials will receive the Hepatitis B vaccine as organized and paid for by the district or sign a written waiver stating that they have already had the vaccine or refuse to take the vaccine. The decision to receive the vaccine can be changed at any time for those identified.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to write an exposure control plan to eliminate or minimize District occupational exposure to blood borne pathogens. The plan for designated employees will include, but not be limited to, scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, Hepatitis B vaccination and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, communication of hazards to employees, and record keeping.Reimbursement for a physical examination expenses when required by the district shall be as follows:The District will reimburse an employee up to $50.00 for the cost of the physical required by the District and not covered by medical insurance.The District will pay the full cost of the physical required by the District and not covered by medical insurance if the employee uses doctors or clinics identified by the District.The District will pay the full cost of the work related job functional assessment as required by the District.Legal Reference:29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910.1030 (2002).Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8, 321.376 (2003).281 I.A.C. 12.4(14); 43.15 -.20.Cross Reference:Employees' Health and Well-BeingApproved: June 1989Reviewed: December 2012Revised: December 2012Policy Title WORKER’S COMPENSATIONCode 403.2All employees of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School Districts are covered by Worker’s Compensation if injured on the job. If such an injury occurs, it is imperative to contact the Superintendent’s office to relate necessary information concerning the accident. If it is necessary to consult a physician or receive treatments of any kind in connection with the injury, the selected physicians designated in the District’s Worker’s Compensation Policy must be seen unless emergency services are required. All injuries must have an injury report completed within 24 hours of the accident. The immediate supervisor and employee, if able, should complete the First Report of Incident Report as required by the District’s insurance carrier within 24 hours of the accident occurring.If an employee is injured on the job and qualifies for Worker’s Compensation, the employee can elect to use sick leave privileges paid by the District and surrender all Worker’s Compensation payments to the District that have been paid for workdays missed, or the employee may elect not to use District provided sick leave and keep payments from Worker’s Compensation claims.Legal References:Approved: October 1981 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: December 2007Policy Title COMMUNICABLE DISEASES - EMPLOYEES Code 403.3Employees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties as long as they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees. The term “communicable disease” shall mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.Prevention and control of communicable diseases shall be included in the District’s bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan. The procedures shall include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping. This plan shall be reviewed annually by the Superintendent and school nurse.The health risk to immuno-depressed employees shall be determined by their personal physician. The health risk to others in the District environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee’s personal physician, a physician chosen by the District or public health officials.An employee shall notify the Superintendent or the school nurse when the employee learns a communicable disease exists. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, when the Superintendent or school nurse, upon investigation, has knowledge that a reportable communicable disease is present, to notify the Iowa Department of Public Health.Health data of an employee is confidential and it shall not be disclosed to third parties. Employee medical records shall be kept in a file separate from their personal file.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease. Legal References: School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987); 29 U.S.C.-794, 1910 (1988)l 42 U.S.C.__12101 et seq. (Supp 1990) 45 C.F.R. Pt 84.3 (1993); Iowa Code __130; 141 (1995); 641 I.A.C.1.2-.7 Cross Reference: Employee Records Employee Physical Examinations Communicable Diseases - StudentsApprove: May 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: November 2000 Policy Title HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL DISCLOSURE Code 403.4The Board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the District to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.Each District employee shall review this information about hazardous substances annually. Further, when a new District employee is hired, the information and training, if necessary, shall be included in the orientation of the employee. When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it shall be distributed and training shall be conducted for the appropriate employees. The Superintendent shall maintain a file indicting when training and informing takes place.School District personnel who will be instructing or otherwise working with students shall disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals they will be working with as part of the instructional program. School District personnel are required to disseminate the information when the materials are used in the instructional program.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this program. The Superintendent shall report annually to the Board about the program.Legal References: Iowa Code 88; 89B (1989) Related Administration Rule or Regulation: 547 Iowa Adm Code 110, 130, 530, 281, 12.3(9)Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: ___________Policy Title HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL DISCLOSURE Code 403.4RThe district will maintain a Hazardous Chemical/Right to Know plan. This plan is made available to all employees in First Class.With “Right to Know” requirements, the district is required to provide access to information about chemicals used in the workplace. This information is contained in the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). The link for the MSDS data base is on First Class/District Information/MSDS. The login and password are DCG.Staff members that have chemicals with “2 or above” rating in any category, should access this data and print a copy for their classroom. This is especially important for science teachers. If you need help accessing this information, please contact the operations director or superintendent.The district will require annual training to all employees. This may be face-to-face or online training.Policy TitleSUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACECode 403.5The Board expects the District and its employees to remain substance free. No employee shall unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law. “Workplace” includes District facilities, District premises or District vehicles. “Workplace” also includes non-school property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school of the District or where the employee is engaged in school business.If an employee is convicted of a violation of any criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee shall notify the employee’s supervisor of the conviction within five days of the conviction.An employee who violates the terms of this policy shall be subject to discipline up to and including termination.The Superintendent shall be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to the employees. In addition, the Superintendent shall oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of the availability of substance abuse treatment programs.It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 124; 279.8Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: ___________Policy TitleSUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACE REGULATION Code 403.5RA superintendent who suspects an employee has a substance abuse problem shall follow these procedures:Identification - the Superintendent shall document the evidence the Superintendent has which leads the Superintendent to conclude the employee has violated the Substance-Free Workplace policy. After the Superintendent has determined there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the Superintendent shall discuss the problem with the employee.Disciplinary - if after the discussion with the employee, the Superintendent determines there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the Superintendent shall commence disciplinary action.Conviction - if an employee is convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee must notify the employer of the conviction within five days of the conviction.Legal Reference:Reviewed: March 2012Policy Title EMPLOYMENT RELATED ACCOMMODATIONSCode 403.6The Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District is committed to providing the optimum in employee safety and health in keeping with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Legislation.It is the policy of this District to assure, so far as possible, that every employee has a safe and healthful place in which to work. It is also the policy of this District to help each employee recognize employee responsibilities to safe employment and require that employees adhere to those responsibilities.Legal Reference:Approved: October 1981 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: ___________Policy TitleEMPLOYEE LEAVES OF ABSENCE Code 404.0The board will offer the following leave to full-time regular licensed employees:Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illnessFamily Sick Leave_- Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate familyBereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friendPersonal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work dayJury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury dutyMilitary Leave – Leave for military service, including the national guardThe board will offer the following paid leave to full-time regular classified employees:Personal Illness (Sick) Leave – Leave for medically-related disability or illnessFamily Sick Leave – Leave to care for a sick member of the employee’s immediate familyBereavement Leave – Leave to mourn the loss of a family member or close friendPersonal Leave – Leave to accomplish personal business that cannot be conducted outside the work dayJury Duty Leave – Leave to be excused for jury dutyMilitary Leave – Leave for military service, including the national guard The provisions of each leave offering will be detailed in Employee Handbook.Leave offered by the district will not be less than what is required by law. In the event of an emergency or unforeseen circumstance, the superintendent may authorize additional paid leave.Legal Reference:29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.Pub.L. 116–12729 C.F.R. §§ 825; 826.Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A; 55; 85; 216; 279.40; 607A.Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942). Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).Cross Reference:403.2Employee Injury on the Job409.3Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave409.8Licensed Employee Unpaid LeaveApproved Aug. 2020ReviewedRevised Policy Title PERSONAL ILLNESS Code 404.1Employees shall be granted ten days of sick leave in their first year of employment. Employees starting after July 1 for classified staff and after September 1 for certified staff will have personal illness days granted on a prorated basis the first year. Each year thereafter, one additional day of sick leave will be granted to the licensed employees up to a maximum of fifteen days per year. “Day” is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee. A new employee shall report for work at least one full work day prior to receiving sick leave benefits. A returning employee will be granted the appropriate number of days at the beginning of each fiscal year.Sick leave may be accumulated up to a maximum of 120 days for all employees.Should the personal illness occur after or extend beyond the sick leave accumulated allowance, the employee may apply for disability benefits under the group insurance plan. If the employee does not qualify for disability benefits, the employee may request a leave of absence without pay. It is the decision of the Board whether this leave is granted. Evidence may be required regarding the mental or physical health of the employee when the administration has a concern about the employee’s health. Evidence may also be required to confirm the employee’s illness, the need for the illness leave, the employee’s ability to return to work, and the employee’s capability to perform the duties of the employee’s position. It shall be within the discretion of the Board or the Superintendent to determine the type and amount of evidence necessary. When an illness leave will be greater than six consecutive days, the employee shall comply with the board policy regarding family and medical leave.The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the Board regarding the personal illness leave of such employees shall be followed for all employees.Legal References: Whitney v. Rural Md. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942). 26 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq. (Supp. 1993), 29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (1993) Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 216; 279.40 (1995), 1980 Op. Att’y Gen. 605., 1972 Op. Att’y Gen. 177, 353, 1952 Op. Att’y Gen. 91.Cross Reference:Approved: November 1999 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: March 2012Policy Title EXTENDED ILLNESS LEAVE FOR ALL STAFF Code 404.2 Employees who are advised of a health condition which may require absence for more than six (6) days (e.g. scheduled corrective surgery, pregnancy, required therapy) shall inform their immediate supervisor as soon as practical so that arrangements may be made for effective transition of responsibilities to a qualified substitute. A statement from the physician giving approval for the employee to continue work and recommending the date on which the employee should go on leave may be required.Employees on extended sick leave should report for work as soon as the individual is capable of performing duties.Should there be medical reasons supported by evidence from the attending physician, the leave will be extended. Pay provisions will be coordinated with sick leave benefits. At any time the District may require additional statements be provided by the employee from the physician.Upon returning to work, the employee must present medical evidence that they are physically capable of returning to work.Legal References: Iowa Code § 279.40Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: April 2008Policy Title MILITARY SERVICE OF CERTIFIED PERSONNEL Code 404.3Leaves of absence for military purposes–not exceeding the enlistment or draft period– will be granted. On completion of the military service, the individual is entitled to reinstatement at the same salary he or she would have received had he/she not taken such leave; provided, however: that the position was not abolished; that the individual is physically and mentally capable of performing the duties of the position; that the individual applies for reinstatement, in writing to the Superintendent, within 90 days after termination of military service; and that the individual submits proof of a honorable discharge from the military service.A leave of absence will be granted for reservist training, but not for more than a total of 30 days in any calendar year. Training leaves are granted without loss of pay, but employees are expected whenever possible to take their training at times when the schools are not in session.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 29a.28; 70.1Approved: March 1989Reviewed: March 2012Revised: ___________ Policy Title JURY DUTYCode 404.4Unless extraordinary circumstances prevent the absence, staff may be excused for jury duty. An employee may elect to receive paid leave from the District and surrender all payments for jury duty to the school, or take unpaid leave from the District and keep payments received for jury duty.If the individual is dismissed from jury duty prior to noon, they shall return for afternoon duties. If a collective bargaining agreement exists, its provisions shall apply.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 20.9; 607.2; 607.3Approved: January 1994 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: January 2002Policy Title EMPLOYEE SUSPENSION/ADMINISTRATIVE LEAVE Code 404.5Employees shall perform their assigned job, respect and follow Board Policies and guidelines and obey the law. The Superintendent or its designee is authorized to suspend an employee pending Board action on a discharge and for disciplinary purposes. It shall be within the discretion of the Superintendent to suspend an employee with or without pay. In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process shall be followed.The Superintendent is also authorized to place an employee on administrative leave for investigation purposes.Legal Reference:Related Administrative Rules and Regulations:Approved: Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: April 2008Policy TitleFAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE Code 404.6Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life. For purposes of this policy, year is defined as the twelve months immediately following the first date of an eligible leave under the Family Medical Leave Act. Requests for family and medical leave shall be made to the Superintendent.Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules. Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy.The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the Board regarding family and medical leave of such employees shall be followed.Links: h ttps://whd/regs/compliance/posters/fmlaen.pdfW H-380-E Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee’s Serious Health Condition (PDF)W H-380-F Certification of Health Care Provider for Family Member’s Serious Health Condition (PDF) W H-381 Notice of Eligibility and Rights & Responsibilities (PDF)W H-382 Designation Notice (PDF)W H-384 Certification of Qualifying Exigency For Military Family Leave (PDF)W H-385 Certification for Serious Injury or Illness of Covered Servicemember -- for Military Family Leave (PDF)Legal Reference: Whitney v. rural Ind. School District, 232Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942)26 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq. (Supp. 1993)29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (1993)Iowa code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 216; 279.40(1993)1980 Op. Att’y Gen. 6051972 Op. Att’y Gen. 177, 3531952 Op. Att’y Gen. 91Approved: July 1996 Reviewed: Aug. 2020Revised: Aug. 2020C ode No. 404.6EEMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE NOTICE TO EMPLOYEESThis document is available at:h ttps://sites/dolgov/files/WHD/legacy/files/fmlaen.pdfNOTE: FMLA section 109 (29 U.S.C. § 2619) requires FMLA covered employers to post a notice.Regulations 29 C.F.R. § 825.300(a) may require additional disclosures.Code No. 404.6E1Page 1 of 2EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE REQUEST FORMDate: I, , request family and medical leave for the following reason: (check all that apply) for the birth of my child; for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care; to care for my child who has a serious health condition; to care for my parent who has a serious health condition; to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition; or because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position. because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves. because I am the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical leave within 15 days of the request for certification.I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.I request that my family and medical leave begin on and I request leave as follows: (check one) continuousI anticipate that I will be able to return to work on . intermittent leave for the: birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district; serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary; because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves. because I am the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.Details of the needed intermittent leave:I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on .EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE REQUEST FORMCode No. 404.6E1Page 2 of 2 reduced work schedule for the: __________________ birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district; _serious health condition of myself, spouse, parent, or child when medically necessary; because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves. because I am the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.Details of needed reduction in work schedule as follows:I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on .I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave. I also realize that with foreseeable intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize interruptions to school district operations.While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer sponsored benefit plans. My contributions will be deducted from moneys owed me during the leave period. If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or cash for my contributions. I understand that I may be dropped from the employer-sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution.I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement of payments of my contributions in court.I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge.SignedDateIf the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave.C ode 404.6E2 Page 1 of 2Policy TitleEMERGENCY PAID SICK LEAVE REQUEST FORM UNDER THE FAMILIES FIRST CORONAVIRUS RESPONSE ACT (FFCRA)Name: Anticipated Begin Date: Expected Return to Work Date: 862330199390E mployee Request for Leave at Full PayEmployees satisfying one of the three standards noted below are eligible for two weeks of leave capped at 80 hours paid at the employee's full regular compensation rate. For a part-time employee it is the number of hours equal to the average number of hours that the employee works over a typical two-week period.Please select the applicable reason and follow the related instructions. I am unable to work or telework for the following reasons: I am quarantined pursuant to Federal, State, or local government order. I am quarantined on the advice of a health care provider due to COVID-19 concerns. I am experiencing COVID-19 symptoms and seeking a medical diagnosis.Please attach the applicable government order or documentation from medical provider corresponding to the item(s) selected. If you are experiencing symptoms and seeking a medical diagnosis, please identify your symptoms and the date of your medical appointment.00E mployee Request for Leave at Full PayEmployees satisfying one of the three standards noted below are eligible for two weeks of leave capped at 80 hours paid at the employee's full regular compensation rate. For a part-time employee it is the number of hours equal to the average number of hours that the employee works over a typical two-week period.Please select the applicable reason and follow the related instructions. I am unable to work or telework for the following reasons: I am quarantined pursuant to Federal, State, or local government order. I am quarantined on the advice of a health care provider due to COVID-19 concerns. I am experiencing COVID-19 symptoms and seeking a medical diagnosis.Please attach the applicable government order or documentation from medical provider corresponding to the item(s) selected. If you are experiencing symptoms and seeking a medical diagnosis, please identify your symptoms and the date of your medical appointment.Page 2 of 28600794438700E mployee Request for Leave at 2/3 PayEmployees satisfying one of the three standards noted below are eligible for two weeks of leave capped at 80 hours paid at the 2/3 of the employee’s regular compensation rate. For a part-time employee it is the number of hours equal to the average number of hours that the employee works over a typical two-week period. Please select the applicable reason and follow the related instructions.I am unable to work or telework for the following reasons: I need to care for an individual subject to quarantine pursuant to Federal, State, or local government order or advice of a health care provider due to COVID-19. I represent that no other person will be providing care for the individual during the period for which I am receiving Emergency Paid Sick Leave.Please attach the applicable government order or documentation from medical provider. I am experiencing a substantially similar condition as specified by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, in consultation with the Secretaries of the Treasury and Labor.Please attach the applicable government order or documentation from medical provider. I am unable to work or telework because I need to care for my child under age 18 because my child’s elementary or secondary school, childcare provider, or child’s place of care has been closed or is unavailable due to COVID-19. During this period of unavailability or closure, I represent that no other person will be providing care for my child during the period for which I am receiving Emergency Paid Sick Leave.If the age of one or more of the children is between 14 and 18, the following special circumstances exist requiring me to care for the child during daylight hours:Please attach notice or documentation related to the unavailability of the school, daycare, place of care or person providing care to the child. The District reserves the right to request confirmation regarding the nature of the closure or unavailability.If you are requesting 2/3 paid leave in conjunction with Expanded Family Medical Leave to care for a child under the age of 18 affected by school or care closure due to COVID-19, please complete the “Expanded Family and Medical Leave Request Form” to submit with this form.I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge. Signed Date Note: This type of emergency paid sick leave is only available through passage of the federal Families First Coronavirus Response Act and will expire on December 31, 2020. After that date, this exhibit should be removed from policy 404.6, as the benefit will no longer be available to employees.Code No. 404.6E3 Page 1 of 2EXPANDED FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE REQUEST FORM UNDER THE FAMILIES FIRST CORONAVIRUS RESPONSE ACT (FFCRA)Name: Anticipated Begin Date: Expected Return to Work Date: Employees may be entitled to expanded family medical leave in accordance with the Families First Coronavirus Response Act (FFCRA) if the employee satisfies eligibility standards.863600171450R eason for LeaveEmployees satisfying the standards below are eligible for 12 weeks* of leave. The first two weeks of the leave are unpaid unless the employee selects available options in the next box. The remaining 10 weeks of leave are paid at 2/3 of the employee's regular compensation rate unless other options are selected on this form. Please select the applicable reason and follow the related instructions.I, , request family and medical leave because I am unable to work or telework because I need to care for my child(ren) under 18 because my child(ren)’s elementary or secondary school, childcare provider, or child’s place of care has been closed or is unavailable due to COVID-19.During this period of unavailability or closure, I represent that no other person will be providing care for my child during the period for which I am receiving expanded family medical leave benefits.If the age of one or more of the children is between 14 and 18, the following special circumstances exist requiring me to care for the child during daylight hours:Please attach notice or documentation related to the unavailability of the school, daycare, place of care or person providing care to the child. The District reserves the right to request confirmation regarding the nature of the closure or unavailability.* An employee who qualifies for and utilizes the Emergency Paid Sick Leave provisions of the FFCRA, is entitled to an additional 10 weeks of Emergency FMLA.00R eason for LeaveEmployees satisfying the standards below are eligible for 12 weeks* of leave. The first two weeks of the leave are unpaid unless the employee selects available options in the next box. The remaining 10 weeks of leave are paid at 2/3 of the employee's regular compensation rate unless other options are selected on this form. Please select the applicable reason and follow the related instructions.I, , request family and medical leave because I am unable to work or telework because I need to care for my child(ren) under 18 because my child(ren)’s elementary or secondary school, childcare provider, or child’s place of care has been closed or is unavailable due to COVID-19.During this period of unavailability or closure, I represent that no other person will be providing care for my child during the period for which I am receiving expanded family medical leave benefits.If the age of one or more of the children is between 14 and 18, the following special circumstances exist requiring me to care for the child during daylight hours:Please attach notice or documentation related to the unavailability of the school, daycare, place of care or person providing care to the child. The District reserves the right to request confirmation regarding the nature of the closure or unavailability.* An employee who qualifies for and utilizes the Emergency Paid Sick Leave provisions of the FFCRA, is entitled to an additional 10 weeks of Emergency FMLA.8635124077065S ubstitution of Paid Leave for the First Ten Days of Expanded Family Medical LeaveIn accordance with the FFCRA, the first ten days of expanded family medical leave is unpaid, however you may be eligible to use Emergency Paid Sick Leave provided through the FFCRA to cover this period at 2/3 of full pay. In the event you have already used Emergency Paid Sick Leave, you are permitted to use available District-provided paid leave to cover this period at full pay. Please indicate if you would like to use paid leave during the first 10 days of your absence and how many hours you plan to use. Requested leave is subject to availability based on confirmation by the School District. If requesting Emergency Paid Sick Leave, please complete and submit an “Emergency Paid Sick Leave Request Form.” Emergency Sick Leave Sick Leave Personal Leave00S ubstitution of Paid Leave for the First Ten Days of Expanded Family Medical LeaveIn accordance with the FFCRA, the first ten days of expanded family medical leave is unpaid, however you may be eligible to use Emergency Paid Sick Leave provided through the FFCRA to cover this period at 2/3 of full pay. In the event you have already used Emergency Paid Sick Leave, you are permitted to use available District-provided paid leave to cover this period at full pay. Please indicate if you would like to use paid leave during the first 10 days of your absence and how many hours you plan to use. Requested leave is subject to availability based on confirmation by the School District. If requesting Emergency Paid Sick Leave, please complete and submit an “Emergency Paid Sick Leave Request Form.” Emergency Sick Leave Sick Leave Personal LeavePage 2 of 2S upplement 2/3 Pay with Accrued District LeaveEmployees may choose to supplement the 2/3 pay provided through expanded family medical leave with accrued District leave to earn full compensation. Please indicate if you would like to use paid leave during your expanded family medical leave to supplement your 2/3 expanded family medical leave compensation. Requested leave is subject to availability based on confirmation by the District. Emergency Sick Leave Sick Leave Personal LeavePage 2 of 2S upplement 2/3 Pay with Accrued District LeaveEmployees may choose to supplement the 2/3 pay provided through expanded family medical leave with accrued District leave to earn full compensation. Please indicate if you would like to use paid leave during your expanded family medical leave to supplement your 2/3 expanded family medical leave compensation. Requested leave is subject to availability based on confirmation by the District. Emergency Sick Leave Sick Leave Personal LeaveAfter completing the first ten days of expanded family medical leave, an employee may choose to take 10 weeks of continuous leave under expanded family medical leave for the reason indicated above.Continuous leave means the employee will not complete any District duties during this period but will be compensated based on the options selected above.An employee may also choose to take 10 weeks of intermittent leave only with the District’s permission. Intermittent leave means an employee will complete some District duties on a modified schedule as approved by the employee's supervisor. When using intermittent leave, the employee will receive full regular pay for hours worked and 2/3 of regular pay during periods on expanded family medical leave unless supplemented in a manner noted above.I am requesting (choose one): continuous leave intermittent leaveIf your need for leave is intermittent, please describe the requested schedule for your intermittent leave:103822519621500104013014160500104046210033000 I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge. Signed ________________________________________________________________________________Date Note: This type of emergency paid sick leave is only available through passage of the federal Families First Coronavirus Response Act and will expire on December 31, 2020. After that date, this exhibit should be removed from policy 404.6, as the benefit will no longer be available to employees.Policy TitleFAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE Code 404.6RA.School District notice.The school district will post the notice in Exhibit 404.6E regarding family and medical rmation on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided annually. The information will be in the employee handbook.When an employee requests family and medical leave, the District will provide the employee with information listing the employee's obligations and requirements. Such information will include:a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee's annual 12-week entitlement or 26 week entitlement depending on the purpose of the leave;a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so or proof of call to active duty in the case of military family and medical leave;an explanation of the employee's right to substitute paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; anda statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangements for paying any premium or other payments to maintain health or other benefits.B.Eligible employeesTo be eligible for Family Medical Leave, the employee has worked at least 1,250 hours during the 12 months immediately before the date FMLA leave is to begin. Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement.If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave.C.Employee requesting leave -- two types of leave.1.Foreseeable family and medical leave.Definition - leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical treatment.Employee must give at least thirty days notice for foreseeable leave. Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning thirty days after notice was received. For those taking leave due to military family and medical leave, notice should be given as soon as possible.Employees must consult with the District prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the District. The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider2. Unforeseeable family and medical leave.Definition - leave is unforeseeable in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.D. Eligible family and medical leave determination. The District may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.1. Six purposes. The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth; The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child's placement; To care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition; or Employee's serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee's positionbecause of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that an employee’s spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.f. because the employee is the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness2.Medical certification.When required:Employees shall be required to present medical certification of the employee's serious health condition and inability to perform the essential functions of the job.Employees shall be required to present medical certification of the family member's serious health condition and that it is medically necessary for the employee to take leave to care for the family member.Employees shall be required to present certification of the call to active duty when taking military family and medical leave.Employee's medical certification responsibilities:The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health condition.The District may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by the District if the District has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits. The second health care provider cannot, however, be employed by the District on a regular basis.If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the District may require a third health care provider to certify the serious health condition. This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and the District and paid for by the District. This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee and the District.c. Medical certification will be required fifteen days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so. The District may request recertification every thirty days. Recertification must be submitted within fifteen days of the District's request.d. Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member cannot be required to obtain a second opinion or to provide recertification.Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.E.Entitlement.1.Employees are entitled to twelve weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year. Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member are entitled to 26 weeks of unpaid family and medical leave but only in a single 12 month period.2. Year is defined as:Rolling: measured forward from the first day leave is used, or measured backward from the date leave is used.3.If insufficient leave is available, the District may:Deny the leave if entitlement is exhaustedAward leave availableF.Type of Leave Requested.1. Continuous - employee will not report to work for set number of days or weeks.2. Intermittent - employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.Intermittent leave is available for: birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the District; serious health condition of myself, parent, or child when medically necessary; because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves; because I am the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the District operation.During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the District may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits3. Reduced work schedule - employee requests a reduction in the employee's regular work schedule.Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for: birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the District; serious health condition of myself, parent, or child when medically necessary; because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ____spouse;_____son or daughter____parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves; because I am the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness. In the case of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the District operation. During the period of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the District may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefitsG.Special Rules for Instructional Employees.1.Definition - an instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an individual setting. This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver's education instructors and special education assistants.2.Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater than twenty percent of the work days in the leave period may be required to:Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment; orMove to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee is qualified.3.Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and medical leave through the end of the semester. The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled school breaks, such as summer, winter or spring break.If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the District may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the employee would return to work during the last three weeks of the semester if the leave was not continued.If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last five weeks of a semester, the District may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last more than two weeks and the employee would return to work during the last two weeks of the semester.If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee's own serious health condition during the last three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the District may require the employee to continue taking leave until the end of the semester.The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave. The District will continue to fulfill the District's family and medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee's health insurance and other benefits, if an instructional employee's family and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.H.Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless employee elects not to continue the benefits.The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the District at a time set by the superintendent.An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within thirty days after they are due will be notified that their coverage may be canceled if payment is not received within an additional 15 days.An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of an employee or family member once every thirty days and return the certification within fifteen days of the request.The employee must notify the District of the employee's intent to return to work at least once each month during their leave and at least two weeks prior to the conclusion of the family and medical leave.If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the District, in writing, of the employee's intent not to return. The District will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.I.Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave with appropriate paid leave available to the employee under the collective bargaining agreement. Paid leave includes, but is not limited to, sick leave, family illness leave, vacation, and personal leave.Upon the expiration of paid leave available to the employee under the collective bargaining agreement, the family and medical leave for the serious health condition of the employee is unpaid.Approved: Aug 2020Reviewed: Aug. 2020Revised: Aug 2020Code No. 404.6R2Page 1 of 4EMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE DEFINITIONSA ctive Duty - duty under a call or order to active duty under a provision of law referring to in section101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.C ommon Law Marriage - according to Iowa law, common law marriages exist when there is a present intent by the two parties to be married, continuous cohabitation, and a public declaration that the parties are husband and wife. There is no time factor that needs to be met in order for there to be a common law marriage.C ontingency Operation - has the same meaning given such term in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.C ontinuing Treatment - a serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes any one or more of the following:A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days and any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition that also involves:--treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders of, or in referral by, a health care provider; or--treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of a the health care provider.Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition. A chronic serious health condition is one which:--requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;--Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and--May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).Any period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective. The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider. Examples include Alzheimer's, a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).C overed Servicemember - a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list, for a serious injury or illness.E ligible Employee - The employee has worked for the district for at least twelve months and has worked at least 1250 hours within the previous year.Essential Functions of the Job - those functions which are fundamental to the performance of the job. It does not include marginal functions.Employment Benefits - all benefits provided or made available to employees by an employer, including group life insurance, health insurance, disability insurance, sick leave, annual leave, educational benefits, and pensions, regardless of whether such benefits are provided by a practice or written policy of an employer or through an "employee benefit plan."Family Member - individuals who meet the definition of son, daughter, spouse or parent.Group Health Plan - any plan of, or contributed to by, an employer (including a self-insured plan) to provide health care (directly or otherwise) to the employer's employees, former employees, or the families of such employees or former employees.Health Care Provider-A doctor of medicine or osteopathy who is authorized to practice medicine or surgery by the state in which the doctor practices; orPodiatrists, dentists, clinical psychologists, optometrists, and chiropractors (limited to treatment consisting of manual manipulation of the spine to correct a subluxation as demonstrated by X ray to exist) authorized to practice in the state and performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; andNurse practitioners and nurse-midwives, and clinical social workers who are authorized to practice under state law and who are performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and Christian Science practitioners listed with the First Church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts; Any health care provider from whom an employer or a group health plan's benefits manager will accept certification of the existence of a serious health condition to substantiate a claim for benefits;A health care provider as defined above who practices in a country other than the United States who is licensed to practice in accordance with the laws and regulations of that country.In Loco Parentis - individuals who had or have day-to-day responsibilities for the care and financial support of a child not their biological child or who had the responsibility for an employee when the employee was a child.Incapable of Self-Care - that the individual requires active assistance or supervision to provide daily self-care in several of the "activities of daily living" or "ADLs." Activities of daily living include adaptive activities such as caring appropriately for one's grooming and hygiene, bathing, dressing, eating, cooking, cleaning, shopping, taking public transportation, paying bills, maintaining a residence, using telephones and directories, using a post office, etc.Instructional Employee - an employee employed principally in an instructional capacity by an educational agency or school whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group, or an individual setting, and includes athletic coaches, driving instructors, and special education assistants such as signers for the hearing impaired. The term does not include teacher assistants or aides who do not have as their principal function actual teaching or instructing, nor auxiliary personnel such as counselors, psychologists, curriculum specialists, cafeteria workers, maintenance workers, bus drivers, or other primarily noninstructional employees.Intermittent Leave - leave taken in separate periods of time due to a single illness or injury, rather than for one continuous period of time, and may include leave or periods from an hour or more to several weeks.Medically Necessary - certification for medical necessity is the same as certification for serious health condition." Needed to Care For" - the medical certification that an employee is "needed to care for" a family member encompasses both physical and psychological care. For example, where, because of a serious health condition, the family member is unable to care for his or her own basic medical, hygienic or nutritional needs or safety or is unable to transport himself or herself to medical treatment. It also includes situations where the employee may be needed to fill in for others who are caring for the family member or to make arrangements for changes in care.N ext of Kin - an individual's nearest blood relativeO utpatient Status - the status of a member of the Armed Forces assigned to –? either a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient; or? a unit established for the purpose of providing command and control of members of the Armed Forces receiving medical care as outpatients.P arent - a biological parent or an individual who stands in loco parentis to a child or stood in loco parentis to an employee when the employee was a child. Parent does not include parent-in-law.P hysical or Mental Disability - a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual.R educed Leave Schedule - a leave schedule that reduces the usual number of hours per workweek, or hours per workday, of an employee.S erious Health Condition -An illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:Inpatient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice or residential medical care facility including any period of incapacity (for purposes of this section, defined to mean inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from), or any subsequent treatment in connection with such inpatient care; orContinuing treatment by a health care provider. A serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes:--A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:--Treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders or, or on referral by, a health care provider; or--Treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.--Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.--Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition. A chronic serious health condition is one which:--Requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;--Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of s single underlying condition); and--May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).--A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective. The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider. Examples include Alzheimer's a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.--Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).Treatment for purposes of this definition includes, but is not limited to, examinations to determine if a serious health condition exists and evaluation of the condition. Treatment does not include routine physical examinations, eye examinations or dental examinations. Under this definition, a regimen of continuing treatment includes, for example, a course of prescription medication (e.g., an antibiotic) or therapy requiring special equipment to resolve or alleviate the health condition (e.g., oxygen). A regimen of continuing treatment that includes the taking of over-the-counter medications such as aspirin, antihistamines, or salves; or bed rest, drinking fluids, exercise and other similar activities that can be initiated without a visit to a health care provider, is not, by itself, sufficient to constitute a regimen of continuing treatment for purposes of FMLA leave.Conditions for which cosmetic treatments are administered (such as most treatments for acne or plastic surgery) are not "serious health conditions" unless inpatient hospital care is required or unless complications develop. Ordinarily, unless complications arise, the common cold, the flu, ear aches, upset stomach, ulcers, headaches other than migraine, routine dental or orthodontia problems, periodontal disease, etc., are examples of conditions that do not meet the definition of a serious health condition and do not qualify for FMLA leave. Restorative dental or plastic surgery after an injury or removal of cancerous growths are serious health conditions provided all the other conditions of this regulation are met. Mental illness resulting from stress or allergies may be serious health conditions, but only if all the conditions of this section are met.Substance abuse may be a serious health condition if the conditions of this section are met. However, FMLA leave may only be taken for treatment for substance abuse by a health care provider or by a provider of health care on referral by a health care provider. On the other hand, absence because of the employee's use of the substance, rather than for treatment, does not qualify for FMLA leave.Absence attributable to incapacity under this definition qualify for FMLA leave even though the employee or the immediate family member does not receive treatment from a health care provider during the absence, and even if the absence does not last more than three days. For example, an employee with asthma may be unable to report for work due to the onset of an asthma attack or because the employee's health care provider has advised the employee to stay home when the pollen count exceeds a certain level. An employee who is pregnant may be unable to report to work because of severe morning sickness.Serious Injury or Illness- an injury or illness incurred by a member of the Armed forces, including the National Guard or Reserves in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces that may render the member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member's office, grade, rank, or rating.Son or daughter - a biological child, adopted child, foster child, stepchild, legal ward, or a child of a person standing in loco parentis. The child must be under age 18 or, if over 18, incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disability.Spouse - a husband or wife recognized by Iowa law including common law marriagesPolicy Title MILITARY SERVICE FOR CLASSIFIED PERSONNELCode 404.7 Military leaves of absence shall be granted to employees under provisions of the Selective Service Act. An employee granted a military leave of absence shall be eligible to return to a position in the District, with annual increments equivalent to the number of years spent in the service of the country.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 29A.28; 70.1Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: March 2012Revised: __________Policy TitleTAX SHELTERED ANNUITIESCode 405.1At the request of an employee through contractual agreement, the Board of Education shall purchase an annuity contract from such insurance organization authorized to do business in this state and through an Iowa-licensed insurance agent as the employee may select, for retirement or other purposes and shall make payroll deductions in accordance with such arrangements for the purpose of paying the entire premium due and to become due under such contract. The deductions shall be made in the manner which will qualify the annuity premiums for the benefit afforded under section 403b of the Federal Internal Revenue Code and amendments thereto. The employee’s rights under such annuity contract shall be non-forfeit able except for the failure to pay premiums.Legal References: Approved: October 1981 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: April 2008Policy Title VACATIONS AND HOLIDAYS Code 405.2To qualify for paid vacation periods, an employee must work or be scheduled to work 2000 hours annually. (July 1 through June 30 of the next year.)Vacation time for years of service by full-time employees at the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District shall accumulate as follows, or by individual contract agreements:1 year10 days2 years11 days3 years12 days4 years13 days5 years14 days6-9 years15 days10 years16 days11 years17 days12 years18 days13 years19 days14+ years20 daysStaff that starts after July 1 of each year will have vacation determined on a pro-rated basis for the time worked in the District for the first year. Less than the full-time employment, as described in the first paragraph, shall not count for vacation leave.Any employee who is hired or laid off prior to completing a full year of employment shall be compensated for pro-rata vacation time earned on June 30 or at the time of separation.Any employee, who voluntarily leaves our service without giving a two-week notice, shall not be entitled to any vacation days for that year. Any employee who is terminated will not be entitled to compensated vacation days; however, a severance allowance may be granted at the discretion of the Superintendent.Personnel must arrange their vacation with the Superintendent. Up to five days vacation time may accrue from one year to the next. A week shall be defined as a five (5) day work week. Additional unused vacation time shall not be cumulative from year to year unless circumstances prevent this and prior approval of Superintendent is granted.Unused vacation time that may not be cumulative from year to year may be added to accumulated sick leave. Days added in this manner may not allow accumulated sick leave to exceed the maximum accumulated sick leave allowed under board policy.Holidays considered for pay shall be limited to:New Years Day, Labor Day, Memorial Day, thanksgiving, Independence Day, Christmas Day, and for twelve month employees, the day after Thanksgiving and the day before or after Christmas or Independence Day.Less than full-time employees shall be granted the above holidays with pay when they fall within the regular contract year.Employees shall be eligible for holiday pay if they worked the last scheduled day prior to the holiday and the first scheduled day following the holiday. Eligible employees who do not work on a holiday shall be paid at their usual hourly rate based on the number of hours they normally worked.Legal Reference: Approved: March 1989Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: April 2008Policy Title EVALUATION CRITERIA Code 405.3 The Board of Directors shall employ, retain, and advance only the most qualified professional personnel on the staff. The administrative and consultative staff shall continuously evaluate the services of the l personnel and shall submit such manner and at such times as may be determined by the Board of Directors and the Superintendent of schools, and/or provisions of the master contract.The teaching staff shall be evaluated on criteria approved by the Board, upon recommendation of the Superintendent.Legal References: Approved: February 1981 Reviewed: July 2012 Revised: July 2012 Policy Title LICENSED EMPLOYEE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Code 405.4The Board encourages certified personnel to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills. The Board shall maintain and support an in-service program for certified personnel. Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the District, shall be made to the Superintendent or designee. Approval of the Superintendent or designee must be obtained prior to attendance by a certified employee in a professional development program. The Superintendent or designee shall have the discretion to allow or disallow certified employees to attend or participate in the requested event. When making this determination, the Superintendent will consider the value of the program for the employee and the District, the effect of the employee’s absence, on the education program and District operations and the District’s financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the Superintendent.Legal References: Iowa Code 279.8Related Administration Rule or Regulation: 670 Iowa Adm Code 3.7 Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: December 2019 Revised: December 2019 Policy Title PERSONNEL EARLY RETIREMENT INCENTIVECode 405.5PURPOSE The Board of Directors of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District is committed, through this plan, to reduce the potential for involuntary staff reduction, to provide a reward to certified employees and administrators for their service to the District and to afford them an opportunity to pursue other career or life interests, and to afford young, aspiring educational leaders an opportunity. This incentive will NOT be available on an annual basis. STATEMENT OF NON-DISCRIMINATION The School District will not discriminate against any employee on the basis of age, gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, race, color, creed, religion, national origin, marital status, or disability through the application or administration of this plan. ELIGIBILITY A regular, certified teacher or nurse employees or an administrator is eligible for early retirement if the employee: has reached the age of 55 at the actual date of retirement, has worked a minimum of fifteen (15) continuous years at the School District and is actively employed during the last fiscal year prior to early retirement, Notifies the Board as provided by this Plan, and, in any event, not later than 4:00 p.m. on December 1st, of the school year in which the plan is activated. Employee retires effective no later than June 30, of the completion of the retirement fiscal year, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon,has not received a notice concerning termination of the employee's contract, unless the notice is based upon reasons which are related to staff reduction, and Has not previously received early retirement benefits from the School District. DEFINITION OF TERMS Years of service - Years of service must be consecutive and all years used to establish eligibility must be years of service as a certified teacher, certified nurse or an administrator with no year of service being less than .50 FTE. Continuous Employment - Continuous employment must be without any voluntary interruptions of service. Absences due to reductions in force or due to approved leaves will not constitute a voluntary interruption in service, unless the absence or leave exceeds twenty-four (24) consecutive months in length. However, the period of time during which an employee is absent due to a reduction in force or due to approved leaves will not be counted for purposes of determining the minimum length of service required to establish eligibility.Regular employee - A regular employee is a certified employee who works a minimum of nine months or more each fiscal year.Certified teacher or nurse employee - An employee who is issued a contract under Iowa Code Chapter 279. Administrator – An employee who is serving in an identified administrator role including principals, superintendent, athletic director, directors of transportation/ business services/ operations/ teaching and learning / and technology departments.APPLICATION The date of retirement for eligible employees will ordinarily be the end of the individual's contract year or the end of a school term. However, another date may be agreed upon by the eligible employee and Superintendent and, subsequently, approved by the Board. Application materials must include the following forms: Resignation and Request for Retirement Release of Claims Form Agreement Not to Reapply for Employment. This agreement does not prohibit the School District from offering employment to the employee in the future. All application materials must be received by the Superintendent not later than 4:00 p.m. on December 1st, of the school year in which the plan is activated.An employee's application for early retirement benefits is not, in itself, a resignation of a contract with the School District nor does it require the Board to accept the application. However, acceptance by the Board of an employee's application for early retirement will be considered a voluntary resignation and termination of his/her continuing contract. If the Board does not accept the employee's application, the employee's contract will continue in effect. POLICY IMPLEMENTATION This policy will be implemented for a given period of time, only after formal Board approval.The Board reserves the right to limit and/or determine the number of employees who will be approved for and granted benefits under this policy and will set this limit by Board action.Employees who are eligible may apply immediately following the Board's adoption of this plan. Recipients will be determined by using District seniority based on years of service of employees and the most senior employee(s) will be granted early retirements benefits. VOLUNTARY EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFITS Basic TermsEarly retirement benefits are offered as an inducement to, and consequence of, retirement and are not to be construed as a continuation of salary. Retirement Benefit An eligible employee who is approved for early retirement shall receive:A non-elective (District paid) contribution into a District approved tax sheltered annuity plan of $25,000, unless otherwise prohibited by a legal annual cap, payable in January of 2020.Continuation of InsuranceAs provided by Iowa Code Section 509A.13, the employee retiring under the early retirement program may be eligible to continue participation in the School District’s group insurance plan at the employee’s own expense, to the extent permitted by state law. An employee who wishes to continue participation in the School District’s group insurance plan must be less than 65 years of age, must meet the requirements of the insurer and must submit payments for his/her monthly premiums in advance to the School District according to School District requirements. The employee may only continue to participate as long as it is allowed by the School District, its group plan and insurance carrier and/or until the employee dies or becomes eligible for Medicare for any reason (regardless of whether the employee actually applies for Medicare coverage).Nothing herein shall limit the School District’s ability to change the terms of its existing health and major medical insurance plan. This plan in no way guarantees that a participating employee will be provided any certain level of benefits during the time of the employee’s participation in the School District’s plan.NO VESTING/RIGHT TO AMEND OR REVOKEThe adoption of this Personnel Retirement Incentive shall not vest any right in any employee whether or not the employee is currently eligible for early retirement. The Board shall have the complete discretion to amend or repeal this plan or any provisions thereof at any time with or without notice and shall not be obligated to provide any benefits to any employee after the date of such amendment or repeal, except to those employees whose early retirement pursuant to this plan has commenced prior to amendment or repeal.TERMINATION Employees who are eligible for early retirement under the terms of this policy and who wish to apply for benefits must do so no later than December 1st, of the school year in which the plan is activated.CONFLICT/SEVERABILITYShould any portion of this policy be in conflict with state or federal rules, regulations or laws, that portion of the policy shall be invalid and all other portions remain in full force and effect. Any decision by the Board to waive a requirement or condition which is part of this policy shall not establish any precedent with regard to future requests for a waiver.INDEPENDENT ADVICEEmployees are advised to seek independent advice with regard to tax or financial consequences associated with any action taken by them under this plan. Legal References: Iowa Code §279.46. Approved: September 2018 Reviewed: August 2018 Revised: August 2018Policy Title SUBSTITUTESCode 405.6Personnel serving on a substitute or temporary basis in the District shall be certified for the positions that they are to fill. Every effort shall be made to fill temporary positions with substitutes who have qualifications at least equal to that of regular contract personnel. When such persons are not available, the employment of personnel who are properly certificated is authorized on a purely substitute or temporary basis.Properly certified substitutes shall be paid for their services at a daily rate set by the Board.Legal References: Iowa Code § 20.1, .9Related Administration Rule & Regulations: Iowa Adm Code 260.9Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: August 2008 Policy Title LICENSED EMPLOYEE RECRUITMENT, QUALIFICATIONS, AND SELECTION OF STAFF Code 406.1Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment. Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:* Training, experience, and skill;* Nature of the occupation;* Demonstrated competence; and* Possession of, or the ability to obtain, the appropriate state license required for the position.All job openings shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on TeachIowa, the online state job posting system. Additional announcements of the position may occur in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants shall be conducted by the District employee who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.The Board of Directors has the authority to officially employ all certified staff personnel after receiving a recommendation for action from the Superintendent. However, the Superintendent may employ a certified staff member on a temporary basis until a formal recommendation can be made and formal action can be taken by the Board of Directors on the position.Legal Reference:29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, 12101 et seq.Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 279.13.281 I.A.C. 12.282 I.A.C. 14.1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: December 2019 Revised: December 2019 Policy Title CERTIFICATION Code 406.2Certified personnel shall be certified or licensed for the position they hold with the District. The certification shall meet the requirements set out by the State Department of Education. Each certified employee must present a copy of their current certificate or license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary.All staff servings as extra curricular coaches/sponsors, shall have at least authorized coaching certification or teaching certification. The board may elect to waive this requirement if certification is not required by state or federal rules or laws.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 20.7, 289.8Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: December 2007Policy TitleLICENSED EMPLOYEE PROBATIONARY STATUSCode 406.2AThe first three years of a new licensed employee’s contract shall be a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the three-year probationary period in an Iowa District. New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa District will serve a one-year probationary period. For purposes of this policy, an employee will have met the requirements for successfully completing a probationary period in another Iowa District if, at the teacher’s most recent performance evaluation, the teacher received at least a satisfactory or better evaluation and the individual has not engaged in conduct which would disqualify the teacher for a continuing contract.Only the Board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period. The Board may extend the probationary period for one additional year with the consent of the licensed employee. The Board will make the decision to extend or waive a licensed employee’s probationary status based upon the superintendent’s recommendation. During this probationary period the Board may terminate the licensed employee’s contract at year-end or discharge the employee in concert with corresponding board policies.Licensed employees may also serve a probationary period based upon their performance. Such probationary period shall be determined on a case-by-case basis in light of the circumstances surrounding the employee’s performance as documented in the employee’s evaluations and personnel file.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §279.12-.19B(1999)Cross Reference: Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts Licensed Employee EvaluationApproved: November 2000 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: January 2002Policy Title TRUANCY OFFICERCode 406.3The Board shall appoint a licensed employee from each school building to serve as the building’s truancy officer.The principal shall notify the truancy officer when a student is truant. The truancy officer shall investigate the cause of a student’s and attempt to ensure the student’s attendance.Legal References: Iowa Code 299.10-.11,.15 (1995)Cross Reference: 501.16 Truancy – Unexcused AbsencesApproved: March 2000 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: November 2011Policy TitleEXTRA-CURRICULAR ASSIGNMENTCode 406.4Attendance CenterAssignments from each attendance center for extra-curricular activities shall be made. Teachers who have regular classes at more than one attendance center may be assigned extra-curricular duties at any center.Legal References: Approved: February 1980 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: Policy Title SABBATICAL LEAVECode 406.5A sabbatical leave may be granted at the discretion of the Board of Directors to a regular, certified, full-time employee for the purpose of study, travel or other recommended and approved reasons involving probable advantage to the school system. The Board of Directors shall make the final decision as to whether a sabbatical leave is granted. Recommendations by the building administrator and Superintendent of schools, length of service in the District, and nature of the sabbatical leave shall be considered by the Board of Directors in their deliberations prior to a final decision. A sabbatical leave shall be for either one or two consecutive semesters. Written application must be made to the school board before March 1 for the following school year or before September 1 for the second semester. An employee requesting sabbatical leave must have completed six (6) consecutive satisfactory full-time years of service with Dallas Center-Grimes Schools. The pay for an employee on sabbatical leave shall be $4,000 of the employee’s salary at the time of the sabbatical leave. Teachers on sabbatical leave shall be entitled to participate in any and all benefits at their expense that may be provided other contracted teachers by the Board, provided such benefits may be legally paid by the teacher(s) on a sabbatical leave or allowed by the insurance carrier. Such payments shall be made at the beginning of each semester. Not more than one (1) teacher may hold sabbatical leave simultaneously. During the period of sabbatical leave, an employee may engage in remunerative employment and may accept grants or fellowships without reduction in the sabbatical benefits. Employees who have been granted a sabbatical leave will agree to return to the service of Dallas Center-Grimes Schools for a period of two (2) years. Upon return from sabbatical leave, an employee shall be placed on the salary schedule where employee would have been placed when the leave commenced, plus any approved extra credits acquired prior to and/or during the sabbatical leave. If, at the expiration of the sabbatical leave, an employee does not fulfill this obligation to return to regular service the following school year or semester, all pay received during the sabbatical leave will become immediately due and payable to Dallas Center-Grimes Schools. In the case of extenuating circumstances, the administration and school board may review the terms of the sabbatical leave and make adjustments as deemed necessary.Legal References: Approved: May 1990 Reviewed: March 2012Revised: ___________Policy TitleResignation Of Certified PersonnelCode 407.1Resignations shall be in writing, signed by the resigning party, directed to the Superintendent of Schools; the Superintendent will submit it to the Board of Directors with recommendations, as provided by law.All resignations for the following school year submitted within twenty-one (21) days of the annual issuance of the contract modification form shall be accepted by the Board. The Board of Directors may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for the subsequent school year if, 1) a good faith effort was made to find a replacement, and 2) the individual remains on the staff.All other resignations, except those resulting from medical disability, must be filed at least thirty (30) days prior to the requested release from contract. Except as otherwise provided no teacher will be released until a suitable replacement has been found. The resigning teacher shall also be required, at the discretion of the Board, to reimburse the District up to the cost of advertising for the position that is incurred to hire the replacement teacher. Such expenses shall be payable to the District by the resigning teacher as a condition for the Board to accept the resignation. Failure to provide reimbursement will result in a charge being filed in small claims court. If an employee leaves without proper release, the Superintendent of Schools is directed to file a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 91A.2; 91A.3; 91A.5Related Administration Rule or Regulation: code 670-35.43 (259); 670-50Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: March 2012Policy Title DISCHARGE/DISMISSAL OF CERTIFIEDCode 407.2The Board of Directors may, by majority vote, discharge any employee for any just cause.A teacher may be discharged at any time during the contract year. The Superintendent may suspend a teacher pending hearing and determination by the Board as provided by Iowa Code Section 279.27.The procedure for dismissal (contract termination at year-end) shall be as provided in Iowa Code Chapters 279.15(2) to 279.19.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 279.15(2) through 279.19Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: ______________Policy Title COMPLIMENTARY PASSESCode 408.1A. All passes include staff personnel and guest. No children are admitted on a pass. All school activities that take place at DCG facilities are included, with the exception of state sponsored events.B. Conferences passes and District football passes are good when presented for admission at conference schools. These can be issued to administrators, teachers, coaches, board members, and bus drivers.Legal References:Approved: October 1981 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: March 2012Policy TitleEMPLOYMENT CONDUCT AND APPEARANCECode 408.2 Employees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours.? The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity.? To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner.? Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position.? Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste.? Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.Licensed employees of the District, including administrators, will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.Legal Reference:Iowa Code § 279.8 (2005).282 I.A.C. 13.Cross Reference:Approved:January 2006 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: __________Policy Title LICENSED EMPLOYEE PUBLICATION OR CREATION OF MATERIALS Code 408.3Materials created by licensed employees and the financial gain there from are the property of the District if school materials and time were used in their creation and/or such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employee's employment. The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.Legal Reference:17 U.S.C. § 101 et al.Iowa Code § 279.8 (2011).Approved July 2012Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised????????????????? Policy Title LICENSED EMPLOYEE TUTORINGCode 408.4Certificated personnel shall not render tutorial services for pay during the school year to students currently enrolled in the tutor’s class(es). District personnel may use facilities and equipment of the school district for tutoring outside contract hours for other pupils or for other purposes that support district programs that are outside the school curriculum. Use of the facilities and equipment shall be approved by the building principal.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2011).Approved July 2012Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ?????????????????? Policy Title REPLACEMENT (INTERIM) TEACHERS Code 409.1In order to gain knowledge of educational methods in other Districts – either inside or outside the United States – and to promote international goodwill, the Board of Directors may contract with another board or other educational authorities for the exchange of teaching services.Legal References: Iowa Code § 20.9; 28EApproved: March 1989Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: ____________Policy Title STUDENT TEACHERSCode 409.2It is the policy of the District to cooperate with the higher educational institutions in the practical preparation of future teachers. Contracts shall be confirmed annually for each institution that places student teachers in the District.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 260.27; 262.30Related Administration Rule or Regulation: Iowa Adm Code 19.15(3) (257)Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: _________Policy Title STUDENT TEACHERS Code 409.2RStudent Teacher Acceptance ProcessTeacher must be willing to accept student teacherPrincipal must approve for teacher to have a student teacherWould want DCG teacher in this capacityDCG teacher should only have a student teacher every two yearsPrincipal and teacher must interview student teacher to determine quality prior to acceptance.Once approved, principal contacts Cindy Ford to ensure a contract agreement is in place.Approved July 2012 Policy Title EDUCATION ASSOCIATESCode 410.1The Board may employ education associates or other instructional support personnel to assist certified personnel in non-teaching duties, including, but not limited to:*managing and maintaining records, materials, and equipment;*attending to the physical needs of children;*performing other limited services to support teaching duties when such duties are determined and directed by the teacher.Education associates whom hold a teaching certificate shall be compensated at the rate of pay established for their position as an education associate. It shall be the responsibility of the principal to supervise education associates.Legal References: Iowa Code 279.8; 280.3; 114Related Administration Rule or Regulations: Iowa Adm Code 670; 3.4(1), 3.7(1); 281m 12,4(9)Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: August 2008 Policy TitleRecruitment, QualificationsCode 410.2 And SelectionPersons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the District without regard to age, race, color, national origin, religion, sex, disability, sexual orientation, or gender identity. Job applicants for classified employee positions will be considered on the basis of the following:Training, experience, and skill;Nature of the occupation;Demonstrated competence; and Possession of, or ability to obtain, state or other license or certificate if required for the position.Announcement of the position will be through means the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Applications for employment may be obtained from and completed applications will be returned to the central administration office. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position.The superintendent has the authority to hire, without board approval, bus drivers, custodians, education associates, maintenance staff, clerical personnel, and food service workers. Legal Reference:29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1994).42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (1994)42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (1994).Iowa Code §§ 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2003).Cross Reference:Equal Employment OpportunityClassified Employees - GeneralApproved: March 1989Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: August 2008Policy Title RECRUITMENT QUALIFICATIONS AND SELECTION Code 410.2RPotential employees in a position that includes custodial duties will be required to have a post offer/pre-employment functional work screen and physical to determine the physical ability to perform the necessary tasks.A functional work screen that indicates the ability to do the job will be required prior to employment. This functional work screen will be performed by a company designated by the District at the expense of the District.Reviewed: March 2012 Code 411.0CLASSIFIED EMPLOYEE PROFESSIONAL PURPOSES LEAVEProfessional purposes leave may be granted to classified employees for the purpose of attending meetings and conferences directly related to their assignments. Application for the leave must be presented to the superintendent 7 days prior to the meeting or conference.It is within the discretion of the superintendent to grant professional purposes leave. The leave may be denied on the day before or after a vacation or holiday, on special days when services are needed, when it would cause undue interruption of the education program and school district operations, or for other reasons deemed relevant by the superintendent.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8281 I.A.C. 12.7.Cross Reference: 411 Classified Employees - General408.1 Classified Employee Professional DevelopmentApproved August 2020Policy TitleClassified Employee Contracts Code 411.1The board may enter into written contracts with classified employees employed on a regular basis. The contract will state the terms of employment.Each contract will include a two-week cancellation clause. Either the employee or the board must give notice of the intent to cancel the contract at the end of two-week. This notice will not be required when the employee is terminated during a probationary period or for cause.Classified employees will receive a job description stating the specific performance responsibilities of their position.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to draw up and process classified employee contracts. The contracts, after being signed by the superintendent, are filed with the board secretary.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.7A; 285.5(9) (2003).Cross Reference:Classified Employees - GeneralClassified Employee CompensationClassified Employee Wage and Overtime CompensationClassified Employee Termination of EmploymentApproved: ??November 2004? Reviewed: March 2012Revised: August 2008Policy Title RESIGNATION OF CLASSIFIED PERSONNEL Code 411.2Resignations shall be in writing or email, signed or electronically signed by the resigning party, and directed to the Superintendent of Schools.Classified personnel and the District are expected to give a two –week notice of termination. This notice will not be required when the employee is terminated during a probationary period or for cause.The Board recognizes that circumstances may force an employee to request a release from a contract before the contract expires; there, an employee will be released from their contract at any time, provided that a suitable replacement can be found.Legal References:Approved: March 1989Reviewed: July 2012 Revised: July 2012Policy Title DISCHARGECode 411.3The Board of Directors reserves the right to terminate any staff member for the following reasons:IncompetencyInattention to work assignedPersonal habits inconsistent with proper rules of conductFailure to maintain proper control over school property assigned to the employee’s supervision and responsibilityFailure to follow board policiesFailure to follow administrative rules, regulations, or directivesOther reasons as allowable by the Code of IowaLegal References:Approved: October 1981Reviewed: March 2012Revised: ___________Policy Title REDUCTION IN FORCE OF CLASSIFIED STAFFCode 411.4The number of support staff may be reduced due to budgetary considerations or other good reason as determined by the Board whose decision shall be final. Reduction shall be accomplished through normal staff attrition unless the best interests of the District dictate otherwise. When reductions beyond normal staff attrition are made, support personnel will receive two weeks notice of termination.Legal Reference: Iowa Code Section 20.7; 20.9Approved: March 1989 Reviewed: March 2012 Revised: MayPolicy TitleSTUDENT ATTENDANCE PHILOSOPHY Code 501It shall be the policy of this District to encourage regular attendance on the part of each student. An accurate and consistently maintained record system is crucial to alerting the staff of the attendance pattern of each student.The staff should use resources available to meet the goal of achieving regular attendance for all students. It is imperative that:Teachers let students know they care for them and want them in attendance every day.Parents and guardians be aware that teachers expect their help in seeing that students attend school daily.Students realize that valuable information and training is provided each day by the teachers, and they will miss important learning opportunities if they do not attend school daily.Students who are absent from school without a reasonable excuse shall be subject to disciplinary measures that may include, but will not be limited to, short-term and long-term suspension and expulsion.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279.8; 299.8Approved: April 1989Reviewed: October 2012Revised: August 2008Policy Title: RESIDENT STUDENTS Code?No.??501.01Children who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student. Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents. A student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education. Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.Legal Reference:Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984).Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4 (2011).1956 Op. Att'y Gen. 185.1946 Op. Att'y Gen. 197.1938 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.1930 Op. Att'y Gen. 147.Cross Reference:Legal Status of the School District Student AttendanceApproved: October 2012Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy Title: NONRESIDENT STUDENTS Code?No.??501.02Students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition. The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in the school district may be permitted to attend without the payment of tuition at the discretion of the superintendent and approval of the board. Students who plan to open enroll to the nonresident district may complete the school year without approval of the superintendent or board. These students, other than students in grades eleven and twelve, must have the recommendation of the principal.Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition. These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to October 1 may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.Legal Reference:Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).Mt.?Hope?School?Dist.?v.?Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).Oshel?v.?Creston?Comm.?School?Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.1, .2, .6, .7, .24 (2011).Cross Reference:501Student AttendanceApproved: October 2012Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleOPEN ENROLLMENT TRANSFERS PROCEDURES AS A SENDING DISTRICT Code 501.03The District will participate in open enrollment as a sending District. As a sending District, the Board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public District.Parents requesting open enrollment out of the District for their student shall notify the District no later than March 1 in the school year preceding the first year desired for open enrollment. The notice shall be made on forms provided by the Department of Education. The forms are available at the central administration office.Parents of children who will begin kindergarten in the District are exempt from the open enrollment March 1 deadline. Parents of children who will begin kindergarten shall file in the same manner set forth above by September 1. Parents who have good cause as defined by law for failing to meet the March 1 deadline may make an open enrollment request in the same manner set forth above.The Board shall take action on the open enrollment request by June 1 in the year preceding the first year desired for open enrollment.The Board will approve all other open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law. The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the start of the school year. The Superintendent shall notify the parents by mail within three days of the board’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request. Approved open enrollment requests shall be transmitted by the Superintendent to the receiving District within five days after the board’s action on the open enrollment request.The Board will not approve a student’s request to allow the receiving District to enter the District for the purposes of transportation.An open enrollment request out of the District from parents of a special education student shall be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving District is appropriate for the student’s needs. The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving District shall determine whether the program is appropriate. The special education student shall remain in the District until the final determination is made. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms. It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, 18; 299.1 (2005).House File 882, 2005 General Assembly 281 I.A.C. 17.1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 75.Cross Reference:Student AttendanceStudent RecordsApproved: November 2003 Reviewed: February 2013 Revised: February 2013Policy TitleOPEN ENROLLMENT TRANSFERS PROCEDURES Code 501.04AS A RECEIVING DISTRICTThe District will participate in open enrollment as a receiving District. As a receiving District, the Board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the District. The Board shall have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the District under open enrollment.The Board shall take action on timely open enrollment request no later than June 1 in the year preceding the first year desired for open enrollment and incoming kindergarten applications; good cause application; or continuation of an educational program application filed by September 1.The Superintendent shall notify the sending District within five days of the board’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request. The Superintendent shall notify the parents within fifteen days of the board’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request. Open enrollment requests into the District will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists. Open enrollment requests into the District will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the District the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the District from which the student was suspended or expelled. Once the student is reinstated, the student’s open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met.Open enrollment requests into the District that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different Districts, will be given highest priority. The Board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two Districts. Other open enrollment requests into the District shall be considered in the order received by the District with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.Generally, students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the District shall not be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics at the varsity level during the first ninety days of open enrollment into the District.Parents of students whose open enrollment requests are approved by the Board shall be responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving District without reimbursement unless the parents qualify for transportation assistance. An open enrollment request into the District from parents of a special education student shall be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the District is appropriate for the student’s needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed. The area education agency director of special education serving the District shall determine whether the program is appropriate. The special education student shall remain in the sending District until the final determination is made.Students open enrolled into the District will be placed in the attendance center that best balances the District’s class size and classrooms available. Enrolled resident students will be given priority for attendance center choice until June 15th of each school year. After an open enrolled student is assigned to an attendance center, he/she will retain all the same rights and privileges, as it relates to attendance centers, as any resident student.The policies of the District shall apply to students attending the District under open enrollment.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1 (2005).281 I.A.C. 17.1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 75.Cross Reference:Student Transfers InStudent Transfers Out or WithdrawalsOpen Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending DistrictStudent RecordsStudent Health and Well-BeingInsufficient Classroom SpaceApproved: November 2003 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013 Revised: March 2013Policy TitleSTUDENT TRANSFERS INCode 501.05Students who transfer into the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District must meet the immunizations, screenings, and age requirements for students who initially enroll in the District. The school district will request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district. If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination. The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level. Students expelled or suspended from their previous school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2010).Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 282.1, .3, .4; 299A (2011).Cross Reference:Approved: December 1996 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013Revised: March 2013Policy TitleSTUDENT TRANSFERS OUT OR WITHDRAWALSCode 501.06If the student's parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they should notify the superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program. The student or parent should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, etc. The notice should state the student's final day of attendance. If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district will maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents must notify the superintendent in writing. This notice will include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent. If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent. The notice will inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents will notify the superintendent that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.Legal Reference:20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2010).Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 299.1-.1A (2011).Cross Reference:501Student Attendance506Student Records604.1Competent Private InstructionApproved: March 2013Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleENTRANCE – ADMISSIONSCode 501.07Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five. The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program. The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's State Wide Voluntary Preschool Program (four-year old preschool program) beginning at age four. The child must be age four on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's four-year old preschool program. Children in the school district community will be allowed to apply for admission in the school district's three-year old preschool program beginning at age three. The child must be age three on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's three-year old preschool program. For students that are identified for the Early Childhood Special Education Program, the age and time of admission will be determined by the special education rules and regulationsThe board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence before the student may enroll in the school district's education program. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificates. Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent is reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 282.1, .3, .6 (2011).1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 258.Cross Reference:501Student Attendance507.1Student Health and Immunization CertificatesApproved: March 2013Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy Title ELEMENTARY STUDENTS’ BUILDING ASSIGNMENT Code 501.08The Dallas Center-Grimes elementary schools operate on a neighborhood concept.Neighborhood schools are determined by boundaries set by the Board. Elementary students will attend their neighborhood school, unless the school is overcrowded, the need exists to balance class sizes, \transportation is required due to safe egress or distance, or if a special provision is made by the Superintendent/ designee. Special provisions may be made if attendance at the neighborhood school will be detrimental to the health or welfare of a student. These situations may include a health problem, a behavior problem, the need for a special program, or an unusual family situation.In determining the assignment of elementary students to an attendance center, the highest priority will be given to placement in the neighborhood school. If at all possible, siblings will be enrolled in the same attendance center. Once students are placed in an attendance center, they should be allowed to complete their elementary schooling in that attendance center, unless the family moves to another neighborhood school area. If a student’s residence changes during the year, the student will be transferred to their new school if space is available. If space is not available, the student will be placed on a callback list to the new school. A transfer may be delayed if special circumstances exist: however, the delay should not disadvantage another student awaiting assignment.Students who are new to the district and who will require transportation due to safe egress or distance from a school will be placed as a family in an attendance center that has space to accommodate them. Families will be divided only if no other option is available. After being enrolled in an attendance center, transported students may consider that school their home school and should be allowed to complete their elementary schooling in that attendance center, unless the family moves to a non-transported area in another neighborhood. During spring kindergarten registration, parents with transported children already enrolled in an elementary school will register at the elementary school that the older children attend. An effort will be made to place the kindergarten child at the same attendance center as the older sibling.In determining overcrowding in an attendance center the class size guidelines that are approved annually by the board will be used. In determining the need to balance class sizes between attendance centers, staffing needs and the disparity of class sizes will be taken into consideration. When a grade level is at capacity in an attendance center, new students not otherwise eligible for transportation will be assigned to another attendance center that has space. Transportation will be provided by the district between the neighborhood school and the assigned attendance center. These students will be placed on a callback list to their neighborhood school according to date of registration. Those with the earliest registration will be called back first. If the callback is declined, students will remain on the call back list in the same order. Students who have been forced to attend a non-neighborhood school due to full capacity will be allowed to continue at their current attendance center for that school year. These students will be assigned to their neighborhood school for the next school year if space is available. Parents electing to have their child/children remain at a non-neighborhood school may need to assume transportation beginning on the date that space becomes available for return to their neighborhood school. Families with multiple students on callback may refuse callback and continue to receive transportation to the alternate site until all members of family are called back.Kindergarten registration will be held in the early spring. Parents of resident students attending this registration meeting will have first priority in having their child placed at their neighborhood attendance center. If registrations exceed capacity, parents will be asked to voluntarily transfer to an attendance center that has available space. If not enough voluntary transfers can be identified; students will be placed in another attendance center beginning with those living farthest from the school. If a large number of students must be transferred, consideration will be given to transferring based on a neighborhood concept. Those students who are not registered for kindergarten during the week of registration will be placed at their neighborhood attendance center if possible. If that attendance center if full, they will be placed at an attendance center that has available space and put on callback list according to the date of registration.Students open enrolled into the district will be placed in the attendance center that best balances the district’s class size and classrooms available. Enrolled resident students will be given priority for attendance center choice until June 15th of each school year. After an open enrolled student is assigned to an attendance center, he/she will retain all the same rights and privileges, as it relates to attendance centers, as any resident student.To the extent possible, all currently enrolled resident students will receive their school placement for the following year at the conclusion of the current school year. New families, moving into the district during the summer, will be assigned an attendance center by August 15. Assignments will be made by date of enrollment; earliest dates will receive first consideration. If at all possible, siblings will be enrolled in the same attendance center. If there is not room for a family at their neighborhood school, students will be assigned to another attendance center. These students will be placed on a callback list according to date of registration. Those with the earliest registration will be called back first.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: August 2001 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013 Revised: February 2012Policy Title ELEMENTARY STUDENTS’ BUILDING ASSIGNMENTCode 501.08RIn determining the assignment of elementary students to an attendance center, the highest priority will be given to placement in the neighborhood school and when possible, siblings will be enrolled in the same attendance center. Once enrolled, students will be allowed to complete the grade levels served at that attendance center.Central office, in conjunction with the building administration, will determine when a grade level is at capacity in an attendance center. Once an attendance center is full at that grade level and one student is placed in another attendance center, all students that enroll after that time at that grade level will be placed in another attendance center for the remainder of that school year. This will occur regardless of possible openings in the grade level of the attendance center determined to be at capacity.Students that have been placed at an attendance center that is not the neighborhood school will be placed on a callback list according to their date of registration. If there is space in the neighborhood school for the next school year, these families will have an opportunity to be assigned to the neighborhood school, but will not be required to do so. If the callback is declined, students will remain on the call back list in the same order.Reviewed: February 2013Policy TitleCOMPULSORY ATTENDANCECode 501.1Persons within the District who have children over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, will have the children attend the District at the attendance center designated by the board. Students will attend school the number of days school is in session in accordance with the school calendar. Students of compulsory attendance age will attend school a minimum of 177 days. Exceptions to this policy include children who:have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;are attending an approved or probationary approved private college preparatory school;are attending an accredited nonpublic school; or,are receiving competent private instruction.It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child’s mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child’s qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.The truancy officer will monitor and investigate the cause for a student’s unexcused absence (truancy) or habitual excused absences. Students in Kindergarten through 6th grade can be required in the Attendance Cooperation Process. If meeting is refused by parent or guardian, or if the Attendance Cooperation Process does not secure regular student attendance, a referral will be made to the County Attorney.Students in grade 7 through the school year in which he/she turns 16 can be required to participate in the Mediation Process. If meeting is refused by parent or guardian, or if the Mediation does not secure regular student attendance, a referral will be made to the county attorney.The building principal or designee will represent the school and participate in the Attendance Cooperation Process or Mediation.Legal Reference: Iowa Code – 239.5B; 259A; 279.10-11; ch. 299;299A (2001).441.1.A.C. 41.25 (8). 1978 Op. Att’y. Gen. 379Cross Reference: Student Absences - Excused 501.15Truancy- Unexcused Absences 501.16Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: February 2016 Revised: February 2016Policy TitleCOMPULSORY ATTENDANCECode 501.1RRegular attendance is a necessary life skill. To that end, DCG will use the following process. These are minimum expectations. Attendance issues can be addressed at any time there is a concern.School wide attendance will be reviewed at six (6) weeks. Students that have missed 10% or more of the school days to date will be reviewed. A letter will be sent to parents (unless the school has documentation for the absences.)School wide attendance will be reviewed a minimum of every three (3) weeks thereafter. Students that have missed 10% or more of the school days to date will be reviewed with appropriate notification to parents as outlined below.The first letter that is send is a notification of the number of absences.The second letter requires documentation of absences in order to be excused.The third letter is sent after five (5) unexcused absences.The letter templates are located in First Class in the Student Services Folder.February 2016Policy TitleHomeless Children And Youth Code 501.2 The board will make reasonable efforts to identify homeless children and youth within the District, encourage their enrollment and eliminate existing barriers to their receiving an education that may exist in District policies or practices. The designated coordinator for identification of homeless children and for tracking and monitoring programs and activities for these children is the Coordinator of Student ServicesLegal Reference:No Child Left Behind, Title X, Sec. 722, P.L. 107-110 (2002).42 U.S.C. §§ 11431 et seq. (1994).281 I.A.C. 33 (2005).Cross Reference:501Student Attendance503.3Fines - Fees - Charges506Student Records507.1Student Health and Immunization Certificates603.3Special Education711.1Student School Transportation EligibilityApproved: April 1991 Reviewed: October 2012Revised: August 2008Policy TitleSCHOOL ATTENDANCE AREASCode 501.3The board will have complete discretion to determine the boundaries for each attendance center, to assign students to the attendance centers, and to assign students to the classroom within the attendance center.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the assigned attendance center for each student. In making the recommendation, the superintendent will consider the geographical layout of the school district, the condition and location of the school district facilities, the location of student population, possible transportation difficulties, financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent or the board.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.11; 282.7-.8 (2011)Approved: April 1989Reviewed: October 2012Revised: October 2012Policy TitleATTENDANCE RECORDSCode 501.4Each building principal shall ensure that adequate attendance records are kept, and that required reports are made to the central administrative office.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 294.4Approved: April 1989 Reviewed: October 2012Revised: ___________Policy TitleINTERNATIONAL STUDENTSCode 501.7International or foreign students must meet the district requirements of age, immunization, reside within the boundaries of the District and are recommended by a licensed or authorized student exchange organization by the Iowa Department of Education. International students may be enrolled and attend school without a textbook fee or activity card fee.The Superintendent and/or principals may authorize the enrollment of such international students, provided; however, that no more than three international students are enrolled for the school year. Any additional international students may be enrolled only upon the approval of the Board of Directors.Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet one of the following requirements:The student resides with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;The student is in the United States with appropriate documentation (Form 1-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Services.Legal Reference: Iowa Code & 279.8 (2011).Approved: April 1989 Reviewed: March 2014Revised: October 2012Policy TitleINTERNATIONAL STUDENTSCode 501.7RPrincipals are to ensure that international students that apply for admittance to Dallas Center-Grimes meet the requirements as outlined in the policy.Also, before acceptance, the student’s information and application are to be reviewed to determine the appropriateness of placement based on academics, extracurricular activities and the reasons given for studying in the US.Reviewed: March 2014Policy TitleSTUDENTS OF LEGAL AGE Code 501.13Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of Tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are residents of the school District.Parents will be allowed to access and view the student’s records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes. In most cases, with the discretion of the principal or the superintendent, the student will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental permission or signature.Legal Reference:20 U.S.C. 1232g (1994). Iowa Code 22;282.2, .6, .7; 285.4; 599.1; 622.10 (2001). 281 I.A.C.12,3 (6).Cross Reference:Student AttendanceStudent RecordsApproved: June 2002 Reviewed: October 2012Revised: _________Policy TitleSTUDENT ABSENCES - EXCUSEDCode 501.15Regular attendance by students is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program. Parents and students alike are encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence. Students shall attend school unless excused by the principal of their attendance center.Student absences approved by the principal shall be excused absences. These absences include, but are not limited to: illness; family emergencies; recognized religious observances; appointments that cannot be scheduled outside the school day and school-sponsored or approved activities. Planned absences require the student to check out in advance. Students whose absences are approved shall make up the work missed and receive full credit for the missed schoolwork. It shall be the responsibility of the student to initiate a procedure with the student’s teacher to complete the work missed. Schoolwork missed due to excused absences must be made up within two times the number of days absent, not to exceed six days. The time allowed for make-up work may be extended at the discretion of the classroom teacher.If a student is absent four or more consecutive days due to illness, the student must bring a note from a licensed physician or have documentation from the school nurse for the absence.Students who wish to participate in school-sponsored activities must attend school the full day of the activity, except for professional appointments or unless permission has been given by the principal for the student to be absent for extenuating circumstances.It shall be the responsibility of the parent to notify the student’s attendance center as soon as the parent knows the student will not be attending school on that day. The principal may request evidence or written verification of the student’s reason for absence.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§294.4; 299(1995); 281 I.A.C. 12.2(4)Cross Reference: Student Attendance Student Discipline Student Activities Student RecordsApproved: ___________ Reviewed: August 2020 Revised: August 2020Policy TitleSTUDENT ABSENCES - EXCUSEDCode 501.15RIn so much as different levels have different procedures based on the level of the students, the administrative regulations and procedures for excused absences are outlined in each building student handbook.Reviewed: October 2012C ode No. 501.9E1 REQUEST FOR REMOTE LEARNING FORM Date: Student Name: Attendance Center: Parent/Guardian: I, (Parent/Guardian) am requesting accommodation for mychild, (Student Name) to participate in remote learning opportunities for the duration of the declared public emergency, or until I have determined my child can safely return to traditional in-person learning at his/her designated attendance center, whichever occurs first.I have attached to this form documentation from an Iowa Board of Medicine-licensed medical professional confirming that remote learning is medically necessary due to the vulnerable health condition of my child or of a family member residing within the same home as my child.I understand that the district will do their utmost to accommodate my child’s learning needs, but that some learning opportunities may need to be modified in a remote environment. The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.I understand that in order for my child to continue to participate in mandatory learning, his/her remote attendance will be taken, assessments administered, and grades will be counted toward my child’s cumulative grade average. I understand that any devices, technology, or materials given to my child to facilitate remote learning are the property of the district and must be returned at the end of the remote learning period.I am requesting that remote learning opportunities begin on (date) and continue until[ (date) or the declared public emergency is dismissed].(Parent/Guardian) (Date) Request approved by: (School official) (Date) Note: This form is to be utilized by parents/guardians of a student who, during the course of a declared public emergency, believe that further attendance by the student at traditional in person school would be detrimental to the health or safety of the student or the student’s family member residing with the student. This form is not necessary when the school building is closed to traditional in person learning and remote learning opportunities are already available to students. It is only to be utilized during a public emergency declared by state or local officials when traditional in person learning continues to be held.Policy TitleSTUDENT CODE - DISCIPLINE POLICYCode 502.1The goal of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District discipline policy is to ensure the rights of all students to a productive educational environment in which they may learn the skills necessary to develop into mature, responsible young adults, accountable for their own actions. Students shall be expected to conduct themselves in accordance with the applicable rules and policies of the District. While all employees of the District share the responsibility for seeing that behavior of students meets the standards of conduct conducive to a learning situation, the development of student self discipline is encouraged.The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises. Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.Students who fail to abide by this policy, and the administrative regulations supporting it, may be disciplined for conduct, acts or behavior which disrupts or interferes with an educational program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity, conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a scholarly, disciplined atmosphere. Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.Dallas Center-Grimes behavioral expectations shall apply to students while on school premises, while attending school sponsored events, while on school buses or school provided transportation, while students are engaged in school sponsored activities, while students are away from school at such activities, while under school supervision, and while students are away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficiency, management and welfare of the school.A student who commits an assault against an employee on school property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school-owned or school-operated chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school district activities will be suspended by the principal. Notice of the suspension is sent to the board president. The board will review the suspension and decide whether to hold a disciplinary hearing to determine whether to impose further sanctions against the student which may include expulsion. In making its decision, the board shall consider the best interests of the school district, which shall include what is best to protect and ensure the safety of the school employees and students from the student committing the assault. Assault for purposes of this section of this policy is defined as when, without justification, a student does any of the following:an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; orany act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.This act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace.CONSEQUENCES FOR VIOLATING THE REGULATIONS, RULES AND POLICIES OF THE SCHOOL DISTRICTStudents who violate policies, rules or regulations of the District, or who have documented cases of conduct detrimental to the best interest of the District, may be suspended or expelled from school or otherwise punished as provided by this policy.The principals or designee(s) may impose a range of penalties based on their professional judgment and the facts and circumstances of each situation. Consequences may range from warning, counseling, reprimand, detention, suspension, loss of privileges, suspension from participating in activities, or recommendation for expulsion.The administration reserves the right to use discretion in determining the severity of any student violation of a policy, rule, or directive of the District and/or inappropriate act or behavior on the part of the student. Additionally, the administration reserves the right to use discretion in determining the appropriate penalty for student violations and behavior.Suspension means; either an in-school suspension, an out-of-school suspension, a restriction from activities or loss of eligibility. An in-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision. An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days. An out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities. An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days. A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded. The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty. Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws.Specifics of the application of this policy can be found in each building’s student handbook.Approved: ___________Reviewed: February 2016 Revised: February 2016Policy TitleSTUDENT EXPULSIONCode 502.3Only the Board may remove a student from the school environment. The removal of a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, is an expulsion from school.Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law. It shall be within the discretion of the Board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.It shall be within the discretion of the Superintendent to recommend to the Board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes. Only the Board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student. The principal shall keep records of expulsions in addition to the Board’s records.When a student is recommended for expulsion by the Board, the student shall be provided with:Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the Superintendent;An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student’s behalf;The right to be represented by counsel; and,The results and finding of the Board in writing open to the student’s inspection.In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures. A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct. A staffing team should determine whether the student’s behavior is caused by the student’s disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement. Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.If the special education student’s conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the District’s expulsion hearing procedures. If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the District.Legal Reference: Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565(1975) Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975) Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979) Iowa Code §§ 21.5; 282.3, .4, .5 (1995) 281 I.A.C. 12.3(8)Cross Reference: 502 Student Rights and Responsibilities 503 Student DisciplineApproved: April 1989 Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: September 2000Policy TitleTobacco - Drinking- DrugsCode 502.4The Board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol, tobacco, other controlled substances, or “look alike” substances that appear to be tobacco, beer, wine, alcohol or controlled substances or drug paraphernalia or apparatus used with a controlled substance by students while on District property or on property within the jurisdiction of the District; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the District.The Board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion. Use, purchase or being in possession of cigarettes, tobacco or tobacco products for those under the age of eighteen, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities. Possession, use or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol, a controlled substance, and/or possession of drug paraphernalia or apparatus used with a controlled substance shall also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board. If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.The Board believes the substance abuse prevention program shall include:Age-appropriate, developmentally-based drug and alcohol curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social and health consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;A statement to students that the use of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession and use of alcohol is wrong and harmful;Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions; A statement that students may be required to successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program;Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; andNotification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop Legal Reference: 34 C.F.R. Pt 86 (1993) Iowa Code §§ 124; 279.8,0.9; 453A(1995) 281 I.A.C. 12.3(9); .5(3)(e), .5(4)(e), .5(5)(e), .5(21).Cross Reference: Student Rights and Responsibilities Student Discipline Student Health and Well-BeingApproved: May 1989 Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: August 2008Policy TitleSEARCH AND SEIZURECode 502.5All District property is held in public trust by the Board of Directors. School authorities may, without a search warrant, search students, or protected student areas based on a reasonable and articulated suspicion that a District policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated. The search shall be in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the District facilities. The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, shall not create a protected student area and shall not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk or other facility.Lockers and desk inspections without prior notice may be conducted periodically throughout the school year and when conducted, the students will be present for the inspection. Lockers or protected student areas may be checked without a student being present based on a reasonable and articulated suspicion that a District policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated.School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search, Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, non-prescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property. Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on District property or on property within the jurisdiction of the District; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the District. Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspensions or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials. The Board believes that illegal, unauthorized contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the District premises or property within the jurisdiction of the District.The administration may, from time to time, arrange for law enforcement officials to bring in drug-sniffing animals for the purpose of inspecting lockers, desks, cars, and other storage areas used by-students. Drug-sniffing animals may be used in these areas without school officials holding any individualized suspicion of wrong doing on the part of a student or students. However, in the event that the drug-sniffing animal goes on ”alert” at a locker, car, desk or other area on the school grounds, this shall create a reasonable suspicion for school official to initiate a further search, possibly including the student’s possessions or the student him/herself.Under no circumstances will drug-animals be used to sniff the bodies of students. Whenever a law enforcement-trained animal is brought into the school to inspect cars, lockers, or other storage areas, the administration will not ask students to be present for the inspection because Iowa law prohibits the use of drug-sniffing animals on students’ bodies and the presence of students at their lockers or desk while the dog is working could create a conflict of law. There shall always be another adult present in addition to the school employee, whenever any student/s locker, desk, car or other storage area is inspected.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, in conjunction with the principal to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: October 1997 Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: October 2012Policy TitleSEARCH AND SEIZURECode 502.5RGeneral lockers and desk inspections without prior notice may be conducted periodically throughout the school year and when conducted, the students will be present for the inspection. Lockers or protected student areas may be checked without a student being present based on a reasonable and articulated suspicion that a District policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated. Whenever this occurs, two adults will be present for the inspection.On any inspection, any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search will be seized. If any illegal substance is found, the student will be detained and the police and the parents will be called. This may also result in the search of a person, as outlined below. For Drug Dog searches, an announcement will be made that all students will be required to stay in class and no one will be allowed to leave while the search is conducted. It is suggested to use this time to practice lock down procedures. All students would be required to stay in class and supervised during the time of the search. If it is imperative that if someone needs to leave the room, the teacher will contact the office and a staff member will escort them to a designated room. It is best to have the entire search completed within a class period. A search by two adult staff members will be conducted on any locker in which the dogs ‘hit’ plus the lockers on both sides. This would occur during the time the students are in the classroom, therefore, it will not be evident or known to the faculty or the other students whose locker is being searched. The student(s) assigned to these lockers will be escorted to office to do a further search of their bags/possessions and person, at principal’s discretion. A person search consists of having the student empty his/her pockets, taking off shoes, lifting the pant leg to observe if anything is in the socks and lift up the bottom of the shirt above the waistband to observe if there are items tucked into the waistband. If any illegal substance is found, the student will be detained and the police and the parents will be called.In all cases, when the locker has been searched due to reasonable suspicion, students and their parents are informed.The drug dog will not be used to search classrooms nor individuals. In general, the drug dog will not be used to search the parking lot, but this can be granted with permission from the superintendent.Policy TitleVANDALISM (ELEMENTARY & SECONDARY)Code 502.7Students will treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property. Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property or private property on the school grounds; during a school activity or event off the school grounds, may be required to reimburse the school district. They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations. They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.Legal Reference: Approved: December 1981 Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: October 2012Policy TitleTRANSFER ELIGIBILITYCode 502.9AAny student declared ineligible under the prior District’s Good Conduct Rule, and then without having completed the full period of ineligibility at that school transfers to the Dallas Center-Grimes Schools, may not be eligible for interscholastic competition at Dallas Center-Grimes Schools until reviewed by the administration. The administration’s consideration should include, but is not limited to, the following:If what the student did would violate Dallas Center-Grimes’ Good Conduct Policy.Whether that deed or misconduct is generally known to the students at Dallas Center-Grimes Schools.Nature and seriousness of the offense.After considering these factors, the administration will determine if and for how long a student may be ineligible. If ineligibility is given to a student transferring to Dallas Center-Grimes, once that time period of ineligibility has been completed, the student will become eligible for interscholastic competition at the Dallas Center-Grimes Schools for this situation.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: October 2012Policy TitleCORPORAL PUNISHMENTCode 502.11Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student and is prohibited. It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain. No employee is prohibited from:Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following: – To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person. – To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil’s control. – For the purpose of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3. – For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.4 or 704.5. – To remove a disruptive pupil from class or any area of school premises, or from school-sponsored activities off school premises. – To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm. – To protect the safety of others.Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.Reasonable physical force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation. The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student; The nature of the student’s behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any;The motivation of the school employee using physical force.Upon request, the student’s parents shall be given an explanation of the reasons for physical force. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal References: Ingraham v. Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977); Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975); Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961); Lai v. Erickson, PTPC Admin. Doc. 83-12 (1983); Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21 (1999); 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 103; 1980 Op. Att’y Gen. 275.Cross Reference: 402.3Abuse of Students by School District Employees502Student Rights and Responsibilities503Student Discipline Approved: April 1994Reviewed: October 2012Revised: June 2002Policy TitleCORPORAL PUNISHMENTCode 502.11RThe family of each student that has a behavior plan that includes seclusion or restraint will be sent the following letter. The letter outlines the requirements and expectations set forth for DCG.The Iowa Board of Education has amended IAC Chapter 103 laws on November 12, 2008, to specify parameters for the acceptable use of timeout and impose limits on the confinement, seclusion, and restraint of students. The rules require Dallas Center Grimes to meet prescribed conditions with respect to “timeout” rooms or other enclosures in which students may be confined, and place reasonable restrictions on the duration of such confinement. The Dallas Center Grimes District must also adhere to specific notification, documentation, and training requirements regarding the use of timeout. The rules make specific provisions relating to the use of physical restraints. What is the purpose of this rule?IAC 281-103 prohibits corporal punishment of students. The recent amendment clarifies the limits on school personnel “in applying physical contact or force” to restrain, confine, seclude or detain students. It also ensures the use of physical restraint and seclusion (i.e. “time out” rooms) is both reasonable and necessary.What constitutes physical confinement?“Physical confinement” is defined as confinement of a student in a time-out room or some other enclosure, whether within or outside the classroom, from which the student’s egress [i.e. exit, withdrawal, escape] is restricted.” Intent is the compelling factor in determining whether a circumstance constitutes confinement. If school personnel prevent a student from leaving an enclosed area physical confinement occurs. These requirements do not necessarily apply to “In-School Suspension” or before or after school “Detention” unless school personnel act to restrict the passing of a student.These rules also limit the use of “material restraints” (i.e. devices, objects, or techniques) that are used for the purpose of detention, rather than safety or therapeutic or medical treatment.What conditions must be met when confining or detaining a student?Be of reasonable dimensions and free from hazard and dangerous objects (with respect to age, size, and physical and mental condition of the student)Provide sufficient light and adequate ventilation for human habitationMaintain a comfortable temperature consistent with the larger facilityProvide reasonable break periods for student to attend to bodily needsProvide adequate and continuous adult supervisionComply with “all applicable building code requirements” when a locking mechanism is employedLocking MechanismsMust be constructed so it engages only when a handle or knob is held in position by a personWhen locking mechanism is released, the door must be able to be readily opened from the insideHow long can a student be in physical confinement?If a period of physical confinement and detention exceeds the shorter of 60 minutes or the school’s typical class period, staff members need to evaluate the continued need for continued School must attempt to notify a child’s parent or guardian on the same day the child is subjected to physical restraint, confinement, or detentionphysical confinement and detention. Beyond the shorter of 60 minutes or the school’s typical class period, an administrator (or designee) must approve any additional time.What are the mandatory procedures? Training:All school employees, before using physical restraint or physical confinement and detention, need to receive adequate and periodic training. It needs to be documented and include training on:Chapter 103 Rulesdistrict policies and procedurespositive behavior supports and interventionsdisciplinary alternatives to seclusion and restraintcrisis prevention & crisis interventioncrisis de-escalation techniquesstudent and staff debriefingsafe and effective use of physical restraint and physical confinement and detention DocumentationDallas Center Grimes will need to maintain documentation for each incident of physical restraint or physical confinement and detention. This documentation needs to include the following:name of the student and the employees involved in the restraint, confinement, or detention as well as the administrator who authorizes any additional periods of confinement or detentiondate, time, and duration of the occurrenceactions of the student before, during, and after the occurrenceactions of the employees involved in the occurrence before, during, and after the occurrence (including a student and staff debriefing)alternatives to physical restraint or physical confinement and detention attempted before the occurrencea description of any injuries (to any parties involved), including any property damagea description of future approaches to the student’s behavior Parental Involvement:Parents and students are notified at least annually of Chapter 103 content and requirements and Dallas Center Grimes’ policies/procedures in relation to physical restraint or confinement and detentionDallas Center Grimes will attempt to notify the child’s parents or guardian on the same day the child is physically restrained, physically confined or detained.Parent or guardian must be provided a written copy of the documentation. This documentation needs to be postmarked within 3 school days of the incident. If the family indicates in writing they are in agreement, the communication can occur through either e-mail or fax.Additional minimum mandatory procedures:Physical restraint and detention shall not be used as discipline for minor infractionsThese procedures may only be used after other disciplinary techniques have been attemptedAny physical restraint shall be reasonable and necessary in durationAre there any other aspects to Chapter 103 I need to be aware of?The use of prone restraint (defined as being held face down on the floor) is prohibitedThe use of any restraint which obstructs the airways of a child is prohibitedFor a student who uses sign language or an augmentative mode of communication as the student’s primary mode of communication, the student shall be permitted to have their hands free of restraint for brief periods, unless it is determined that having their hands free appears likely to result in harm to them or others.The family of the child that has a behavior plan that includes seclusion or restraint will also be asked to give permission by signing the following form. Parental Understanding of Time-Out ProceduresMy child’s positive behavior support plan, dated _______________, has been reviewed with me by ________________________. It has been explained to me that seclusionary time-out will be used in conjunction with a variety of instructional and reinforcement strategies with the purpose of increasing my child’s appropriate behaviors and decreasing inappropriate behaviors. I have been made aware of the criteria for when seclusionary time-out will be used, the procedures that will be implemented during time-out and the criteria for when my child is allowed to exit time-out. I have seen the room where seclusionary time-outs will be implemented and understand the strategies that will be used to prevent my child from leaving that room until he demonstrates that he is safe. I understand the procedures that will be used to document my child’s behavior and the behavior of the adult(s) implementing time-out throughout the period that the time-out is being implemented. The progress monitoring strategies that will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of my child’s positive behavior support plan has also been reviewed with me.I understand that the seclusionary time-out procedures are included in the positive behavior support plan that is part of the IEP dated for my child. I have received a copy of the Procedural Safeguards Manual for Parents (Parents Rights in Special Education) and understand steps that I may take if I am in disagreement with my child’s IEP, including the positive behavior support plan.Child’ Name:Parent Signature:_____________________________________Date:_____________Parent Signature:_____________________________________Date:_____________LEA Staff Signature:__________________________________Date:_____________Reviewed: October 2012Policy TitleWEAPONSCode 502.13The Board believes weapons and other dangerous objects in District facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on the District premises or property within the jurisdiction of the District.School District facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons or dangerous objects. Weapons and other dangerous objects shall be taken from students and others who bring them onto the District property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the District or from students who are within the control of the District.Parents of students found to possess a weapon or dangerous objects on school property shall be notified of the incident. Confiscation of weapons or dangerous objects shall be reported to the law enforcement officials, and the student will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.In cases where students bring “look-a-like” weapons, weapons that look like real weapons, the administrator will recommend action based on the following:1. The student’s use and intent for the “look-a-like” weapon.2. Other individual’s perception of the student’s intended use of the “look-a-like” weapon.3. Number of times this student has been dealt with regarding weapons and/or look-a-like weapons.Students bringing a firearm to school shall be expelled for not less than twelve months. The Superintendent shall have the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for a student on a case-by-case basis. For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term “firearm” includes any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, or any explosive, incendiary or poison gas.Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials shall be exempt from this policy. The principal may allow authorized persons to display weapons or other dangerous objects for educational purposes. Such a display shall also be exempt from this policy. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference: Goals 2000: Educate America Act, Pub. 1No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994) McClain v. Lafayette County Bd of Education, 673 F.2d 106 (5thCir 1982) Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 724(1993)Cross Reference: Student Rights and Responsibilities, Student Discipline, Student Health and Well-BeingApproved: ___________Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: March 2000Policy TitleWEAPONSCode 502.13RParents of students found to possess a weapon or dangerous objects on school property shall be notified of the incident. Confiscation of weapons or dangerous objects shall be reported to the law enforcement officials, and the student will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.Dangerous weapons are defined by Iowa Code to be any instrument or device designed primarily for use in inflicting death or injury upon a human being or animal, and which is capable of inflicting death upon a human being when used in the manner for which is was designed. Additionally, any instrument or device of any sort whatsoever which is actually used in such a manner as to indicate that the defendant intends to inflict death or serious injury upon the other, and which, when so used, is capable of inflicting death upon a human being, is a dangerous weapon. Dangerous weapons include, but are not limited to, any offensive weapon, pistol, revolver, or other firearm, dagger, razor, stiletto, switchblade knife, or knife having a blade exceeding five inches in length.Reviewed: October 2012Policy TitleUse And/Or Possession Of Electronic Code 502.14 Communication DevicesIn an effort to avoid disruptions to the educational process of the Dallas Center-Grimes School, the use of electronic communication devices such as pagers, cellular phones or any similar electronic communication devices shall be determined at the building level, following the administrative regulation guidelines.To protect privacy, electronic communication devices such cellular phones or any similar electronic communication devices shall not be used in restrooms, locker rooms, dressing rooms, or other similar situations or locations at any time.The medical or emergency use of an electronic communication device by a student may be approved by the building principal after a meeting with parent(s) or guardian and the receipt of a letter of necessity from a doctor. The authorization to carry an electronic communication device shall be in writing from the principal and shall be carried at all times the student has an electronic communication device that is turned on or used during the school day.This policy does not apply to members of a fire department, medical unit, law enforcement department or others that are not students and his/her employment require the electronic communication device.At no time are students or visitors authorized to video capture, photograph or audio record others in the school building, on school property, in school vehicles, or at school activities (unless recording a public performance, such as a game, honor assembly, concert, contest, etc.) without the consent of a teacher, coach, or school administer.The principal may, on a case-by-case basis, authorize the use of electronic communication devices when warranted by unusual circumstances. Such authorization shall be in writing and shall be carried at all times the student has the electronic communication device turned on or used during the school day.The District will not be responsible for financial charges related to student Handheld Technology Devises at any time, to include during times of confiscation.The District will not be responsible for lost, damage, destruction or theft of any electronic device brought to school.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: April 1995 Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: July 2012Policy TitleUse And/Or Possession Of Electronic Code 502.14R Communication DevicesAs the educational use of technology changes, the use of electronic communication devices must also change.The use of personal cell phones in the classroom will be restricted to educational purposes with the permission and direction of the classroom teacher. Any charges incurred due to the use of personal cell phones at school will be the responsibility of the student, including times of confiscation. In extreme or unusual circumstances or for use by emergency personnel, the principal may allow a cell phone to be on and used in the classroom. The student will carry the principal’s permission with him/her at all times.At the discretion of the principal, cell phones may be used during non-instructional times. These times will be determined and communicated to students. The impact of the use of cell phones will be monitored by the administration on a regular basis to ensure it is not negatively affecting education or the school environment.Definition in this policy:cell phones - cell phones, smart phones and similar electronic communication devices Educational Purpose: Uses that are approved and supported by the District curriculum.Approved: October 2012Policy TitleSTUDENT COMPLAINTS AND GRIEVANCES Code 502.15Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations and other matters should be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint. It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.If the complaint cannot be resolved by a licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within five school days of the employee's decision. If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within five days after speaking with the principal.If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.Legal Reference:Iowa Code § 279.8 (2007).Cross Reference:210.8Board Meeting Agenda215Public Participation in Board Meetings307Communication Channels502Student Rights and Responsibilities504.3Student PublicationsApproved: Dec. 2008Reviewed: Feb-March 2013???????????????Revised: March 2013???????????Policy TitleSECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Code 503.2Secondary school student-initiated, non-curriculum-related groups must request the use of school facilities with the building principal. Approval or denial will be made by the principal or their designee.Approved groups may meet only during non-instructional times. Attendance is limited to students and participation shall be strictly voluntary and student initiated. Meetings shall not interfere with the orderly conduct of educational activity. Non-instructional time shall mean any time before the first period in the day when the students attend class or after the last period in the day that students attend class.Student-initiated, non-curriculum related groups will not use the school name, school mascot name, District name, or any name that might imply school or District sponsorship. The use of school equipment will be subject to board policy.Either certified or classified employees will be required to monitor authorized meetings. It is the responsibility of the student group to arrange for supervision. An employee may be allowed to monitor more than one such meeting held concurrently if the principal determines that adequate order and discipline can be maintained to ensure that attendance of students at the meeting is voluntary. In determining whether a group is curriculum related, the school principal or their designee should be able to answer these two questions affirmatively:1. Does the school usually sponsor an activity dealing with this subject matter?2. Does the school require or directly encourage student participation in such a group in connection with curriculum course work?As a means of determining whether a student’s attendance at an approved meeting is voluntary, a school principal or their designee may require parental consent for attendance at meetings of non-curriculum-related groups.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 287.1; 287.3Approved: April 1989Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: October 2012Policy TitleSTUDENT PUBLICATIONS/ANNUAL SALESCode 503.3Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal. Official school publications include material produced in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy. The District, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression. The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law. A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.No student will express, publish or distribute in an official school publication material which is obscene, slanderous, or encourages students to: commit unlawful acts; violate school rules; cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity; disrupt or interfere with the education program; interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or infringe on the rights of others.Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 104. Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 505.18.Selling advertisement for the school annual (yearbook) to local businesses will be permitted. Business firms that do business with the school and are not located in the community, may be contacted by phone or letter to purchase advertisement.If necessary, general fund monies may be applied to the annual fund, with Board approval.Legal Reference:Hazelwood?School?District?v.?Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).Bystrom?v.?Fridley?High?School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).Iowa Code § 280.22 (2007).Approved: April 1989Reviewed: March 2014Revised: March 2014Policy TitleSTUDENT SOCIAL EVENTSCode 503.4All school-sponsored events shall be under the control and supervision of school personnel. Approval for an event shall be secured from the principal of the building involved, and the event shall be placed on the school calendar before any public announcement is made. Hours, behavior, and activities related to school-sponsored events shall be reasonable and proper.Legal ReferenceApproved: April 1989 Reviewed: October 2012Revised: ___________Policy TitleTRANSPORTATION (ACTIVITIES)Code 503.5For any approved educational or activity trip, the school will furnish a bus and driver, unless the distance or time of the trip, or the minimum number of students involved make it unadvisable to use a bus. In this case, passenger vehicles, with certified staff members or adult volunteers driving as approved by the administration, may be used.There are some educational activities for high school students in which students are allowed to drive and/or ride with other students. This requires Principal approval and a waiver signed by the students’ parent.Costs for non-educational trips must be paid by students involved. Fees to include payment for driver services.Pupils participating in extra-curricular activities shall ride to and from the activity in school vehicles provided. Exceptions will be made for parents requesting other travel arrangements for the return trip to DC-G and may be made for parents to transport their child to the event. Administrative regulations will be outlined in the student handbook.SPECIAL NEEDS PUPILSResident special education pupils receiving instruction outside the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District shall be transported to these schools whenever the receiving District is having school except that when school is called off at Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District and buses are not operating because of bad weather, transportation for these out-of-District special education pupils will not be provided.Legal Reference:Approved: March 1979Reviewed: October 2012Revised: Dec. 2008Policy TitleTRANSPORTATION (ACTIVITIES)Code 503.5RParticipants are expected to travel to and from contests in transportation provided by the DCG School District. There will be few exceptions to this rule. Many coaches ask the athletes ride back to the District with the team as a way to build team unity. In the event that a parent requests other travel arrangements for the return trip to DC-G:-Students may only ride with his/her parent/adult family member or the parents of another student. -Parent must make personal contact with the coach and provide permission in writing.-At no time will a student be allowed to leave the contest site with another student or student(s) without the presence of a parent in the vehicle.-For a participant to ride home with anyone other than parent, written and personal contact must be made prior to departure for the event.Students are expected to ride to the event on the school vehicles that are provided. In the event of an unusual family circumstance, arrangements can be made in advance with the coach/sponsor and the administration for the family to take the student to the activity. Parent must make personal contact as well as provide permission in writing.Students who miss the departure time of the bus will not be allowed to participate in the contest except in extreme circumstances beyond the control of the student or family. Any damage on buses or school vehicles will be the responsibility of the student causing it. Any inappropriate behavior on any trip will result in disciplinary action.Reviewed: October 2012Policy TitleSTUDENT POLICIES FOR SPECIAL TRIPSCode 503.75In order to continue identified special trips, the following stipulations must be met:1. It shall be considered a DC-G special trip if all of the following apply: a. DC-G students are attending b. DC-G staff members are organizing and/or supervising c. Any meetings and/or fund-raising is conducted at school d. Any trip that is out-of-state and/or requires students to stay overnight2. Parents and students will be informed regarding special trip policies and interpretation before the end of the year prior to the trip.3. The policy will be interpreted and administered separate from the Good Conduct Code, educational trips, or extra curricular activities and rules.4.Demonstrate educational value: When requesting a special trip, sponsors must address the following areas: a. How does the trip or activity relate to identified curriculum? b. What specific educational activities will enhance student learning? c. Why can’t this student learning occur in the regular classroom, or during a regular school field trip? (Local area)If there is a loss of school time, could this trip be taken at a time that school will not be missed? e. Special value or nature of this trip. f. What will be the impact on other classes the teacher or teachers attending this trip teach? How will any negative impact be addressed?Conduct for special trips:The Board and administration consider student conduct during the school year prior to the special trips as an indication of a student’s probable conduct on a special trip. Irresponsible or disruptive behavior raises concern as to a student’s ability to conduct him/herself in a proper manner while on the special trip.A letter of consent and responsibilities must be signed by a parent and student before going on the special trip.C. A student’s eligibility for a trip starts when school is out in the spring of the year prior to the special trip being taken. Eligibility for a trip that is held after school is out in the summer will start when school is out the year before.D. Any student who has been determined to be in violation of the Good Conduct Code during the time period identified in (C), shall not be allowed to go on the special trip and all monies that are non-refundable will be forfeited. E. If a student demonstrates significant undesirable behavior that may jeopardize the success or safety of a trip, the building principal may refuse to allow a student to attend. This will be done only after consultation with and agreement from the trip sponsor and Superintendent. Examples of undesirable behavior are, but not limited to: fighting, verbal or physical abuse, dangerous misuse of usage of an object, open defiance or willful disobedience, threats to students or teachers, cheating, malicious mischief, skipping school..F. If the special trip is ever canceled, all money deposited through fund raising for the trip in the class or activity treasury, after expenses, will remain with that class or group for future trip expenses. G. The Superintendent, or designee, will determine the number of sponsors, including school staff, that must supervise any special trip. Types of activities for the trip, location of the trip, groups of students attending, and student safety will be used to determine the number of sponsors needed, using 8-10 students per chaperone as a guideline. If the trip is part of an organized and approved trip planning program, their requirements for supervision will be followed. All sponsors for a trip shall be approved by the building level principal. When reasonable and possible, there should be an even number of male and female sponsors. If an odd number is required, the extra sponsor should be determined by whether there are more boys or girls going on the trip. Students attending the trip will pay the cost of transportation and lodging for all chaperones that are needed to go on the trip. Chaperones may be required to pay for meals and/or other ticket fees. At least one-half of the sponsors shall be from the professional staff.Legal Reference:Approved: February 2000 Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: Dec. 2008Policy TitleSTUDENT HONORS AND AWARDSCode 503.8To qualify for student awards and recognition, a student must be regularly enrolled on a full-time basis. High school enrollment (full-time) shall be defined as enrollment of six classes per semester for the applicable reference period. Students shall be made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them. Class rank distinctions are established based upon total high school attendance at an accredited school, including four years of full-time attendance and students that are in full attendance until granted early graduation. Special Education students that have a functional life skills curriculum would be excluded from class rank distinction. Qualifications for such awards shall be established by professional school personnel who have been given that responsibility by the Superintendent or designee.Students transferring in from non-accredited settings will only be eligible for honors and awards for the actual period of time they have been enrolled as full-time students in the District. Students transferring into the high school from a non-accredited setting will not be eligible for class ranking nor academic graduation honors. Such students must meet the graduation requirements of the District with credits from an accredited school in order to be eligible for a diploma.Credits and grades earned through concurrent enrollment under Iowa Code Section 282.26 at an accredited setting will be accepted towards graduation and class rank and honors and awards, if all other criteria are met.Legal Reference:Approved: April 1989 Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: October 2012Policy TitleSTUDENT ACTIVITY PROGRAMCode 503.9Participation in school activities is a privilege. School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetime.Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons. If the activity is an intramural or interscholastic athletic activity, students of the opposite sex will have comparable opportunity for participation. Comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys and girls will be allowed to play on each other’s teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities, which are the promotion of additional interests and abilities in the students.Student activity events must be approved by the Superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the Board will take action. The events must not disrupt the education program or other District operations.Participation in Non-School Sponsored activities.All students wishing to participate as an individual or a team member in a non-school event during the season that they are a member of a Dallas Center-Grimes School team in that activity will be allowed to do so provided:The student, parents, and head coach sign a waiver. This waiver is available from the Activities Director and must be filed prior to any non-school competition taking place. Participation in the non-school event will not result in a loss of practice time or games being missed with the Dallas Center-Grimes School team. If this does occur, the penalties for such action are outlined in the student handbook.This does not affect students from participating in another activity during a given season. (Playing basketball during volleyball season) although missing practice or games may result in disciplinary action by the coach.This only pertains to students in grades 9-12.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations for each school activity. These regulations shall include, but not be limited to, when physical examinations will be required and how and when parents will be informed about the risk of the activity. Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the District for participation in the activity.Legal Reference:Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: October 2012Policy TitleSTUDENT ACTIVITY PROGRAMCode 503.9RAll students that are in an athletic activity must provide a current physical, and a completed emergency card before students are allowed to participate. The student activity handbook, as well as these regulations, state that athletic activities have inherent risks associated with participation. Parents and students accept a level of risk when students participate in extra-curricular activities.Participation in Non-School Sponsored activities.The student, parents, and head coach sign a waiver. This waiver is available from the Activities Director and must be filed prior to any non-school competition taking place. Participation in the non-school event will not result in a loss of practice time or games being missed with the Dallas Center-Grimes High School team. If this does occur, the student will miss one scheduled game for each game and/or practice that is missed.Reviewed: October 2012 Good Conduct Code Policy 503.10 Good Conduct Code The Board of Directors of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District offers a variety of voluntary activities designed to enhance the classroom education of its students. Students who participate in extra-curricular and co-curricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school (district) throughout the calendar year, whether away from or at school. Students who wish to exercise the privilege of participating in extracurricular or co-curricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities that are illegal, immoral, unhealthy, or highly inappropriate. Participation in these activities is a privilege, conditioned not only upon meeting the eligibility criteria established by the board, administration, and individual activity coaches and sponsors, but by demonstrating lawful and reasonable conduct. This policy shall be in effect for the entire calendar year (365 days), both during the regular school year as well as all vacation periods. The Activities Director shall keep records of violations of the Good Conduct Rule. The following activities are covered by the board’s policy and these rules: Athletics (includes Cheerleaders, Dance Team and Managers), Instrumental and Vocal Music contests, Drama productions, Speech contests, Debate contests, Mock Trial, and any other School Activity where the student is representing Dallas Center-Grimes in a contest or event. Direct extensions of the curriculum that are not extra-curricular contests or competition will not be subject to the Good Conduct Policy. To retain eligibility for participation in the Dallas Center-Grimes extra-curricular or co-curricular activities, students must conduct themselves as good citizens both in and out of school at all times. Students who represent the school in an activity are expected to serve as good role models to other students and to the members of the community. A student who has allegedly violated the Good Conduct Code shall be confronted with the allegation, the basis of the allegation, and given an opportunity to tell his/her side. A student who is found to have violated the Good Conduct Code will be deemed ineligible for a period of time, as described below. A student may lose eligibility under the Good Conduct Rule for any of the following behaviors: ● Possession, use, sale, manufacture, distribution or purchase of tobacco products and items recognized as “look-a-likes” (electronic cigarettes, vape pens) regardless of the student’s age; ● Possession, use, sale, manufacture, distribution or purchase of alcoholic beverages, including beer and wine (“use” includes having the odor of alcohol on one’s breath); ● Possession, use, sale, manufacture, distribution or purchase of any controlled substance, or a “look alike” substance, unless such substance was prescribed for that student by a valid prescription or order of a licensed medical practitioner while acting in the course of his or her duties; ● Possession, use, sale, manufacture, distribution or purchase of any drug paraphernalia or apparatus used to allow the person using it to be involved with a controlled substance; ● Engaging in any act that would be grounds for arrest or citation in the criminal or juvenile court system, excluding minor traffic offenses, regardless of whether the student was cited, arrested, convicted, or adjudicated for the act(s); ● In light of each student’s role as a representative of the school both on and off campus, evidence obtained through the student’s use of technology may result in a violation of the Good Conduct Rules and Regulations. Such violations may include, but are not limited to: the inappropriate use of computers, cell phones, texting, emails, social networking sites (Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Snap Chat, etc) to transmit, post or otherwise communicate speech and/or photos that the school deems as harassing, threatening, lewd or obscene. ● Repeated violations of rules and regulations established by the Board. When the administration believes it is more likely than not that the student violated the Good Conduct Rule, during the school year or summer, the student is subject to a loss of eligibility as follows: First Offense: The student will be ineligible for 25% of the scheduled contest dates of an athletic season; and/or one major fine arts activity. The student must also perform five hours of approved community service or participate in a minimum four-hour, substance abuse education program. Arrangements are to be made, and fees paid, by the student. The number of contests may be reduced to 15% of the contests of an athletic season if the student admits to the violation to the administration within 48 hours of the occurrence. Second Offense: The student will be ineligible for 50% of the scheduled contest dates of an athletic season and/or two major fine arts activities. The student must also perform 10 hours of approved community service to be arranged by the student. For both offenses, the minimum penalty will be one contest. If a student is in more than one activity at the time of the declaration of ineligibility, the penalties for each will be served concurrently. The ineligibility may involve more than one activity season. Third Offense: The student will be ineligible for 12 calendar months from the date of the violation. Any Additional Offenses: The student will be ineligible for the remainder all school activities. ● A major Fine Arts activity is a drama production, speech and debate contest, mock trial competition, vocal and instrumental contest ● Percentages that do not divide evenly into the total number of contests will be rounded to the greater number. ● If it has been at least one calendar year since a previous violation and the student had only one previous Good Conduct Code offense, the offense number will drop back one level. For example, if a students has served for a first offense, has another violation at least one calendar year later, he/she will be given the consequences for a first offense again. ● If student transfers in from another school or school district and the student had not yet completed a period of ineligibility for a violation of a Good Conduct Rule in the previous school or school district, the student shall be ineligible. ● Students must continue to participate in the activity from which they have been suspended for the length of the season or activity. Failure to do so will result in the suspension being carried over to the next activity. ● Students must continue to practice with the team/activity and meet the expectations of the coach/director relative to all other participants during the suspension. Ineligible students may not be in uniform for contests or events, but will be required to attend with the team/activity. ● Students found in violation of the Good Conduct Code may not register for a new activity after the state mandated/district-defined start date to avoid a penalty at a later time from another activity.(A sponsor may allow the student to practice, but the activity will not count toward fulfilling the ineligibility.) ● If a student is in violation of the Good Conduct Rules and Regulations in 7th or 8th grade, the students violations will not carry over to 9th grade (student will begin with a clean Good Conduct record). A student is considered a 9th grade student, the day they complete their 8th grade school year. This rule also applies to seniors who have graduated and participate in state association or school sponsored activities during the spring and summer months. ● If a student is in both athletics and fine arts at the same time, the penalty will be served concurrently, otherwise a student will be serve their penalty with their next activity. A student may not be eligible for one activity with eligibility pending for another activity. ● Individuals who are academically ineligible will serve their suspension upon regaining their academic eligibility. Eligibility Appeal Process Whenever a student is declared ineligible for more than one contest, the following shall apply: ● A verbal conference will be held with the administrator and the student and his/her parents. At that time, the length of the period of ineligibility and a specific explanation of the reasons for ineligibility will be discussed. The offense and the consequences will be put in writing and sent to the parents. If parents do not wish to appeal the ineligibility, the principal’s decision will be in effect and be considered final. ● Should the student or his/her parent(s) feel that the offense or circumstances of this case is/are not a violation of the Good Conduct Code, they may appeal in the following manner: ● The request for the appeal must be received by the principal in writing within seven (7) business days of being declared ineligible. ● Upon receipt of the notice of appeal, an advisory, three-member panel of disinterested DCG certified teachers shall review the case. The school principal shall appoint two members of the review panel. The student may choose one of these two appointed staff members if he/she so desires. The superintendent of schools will designate the third panel member. ● The student and his/her parent(s) shall be notified in writing three (3) days prior to the meeting of when and where the review panel will meet. The student and his/her parents shall be allowed to appear before the review panel. The meeting shall be held at the earliest feasible opportunity but no later than fourteen (14) business days following the request for appeal. ● The review panel shall consider the circumstances and evidence and determine whether the offense/circumstance(s) are a violation of the Good Conduct Code, and make its recommendations in writing to the student and parent(s) and to the school principal. Responsibility for the decision rests solely with the principal of the school. The decision of the principal shall be mailed to the student and his/her parents. ● If the student wishes to appeal the principal’s decision, he/she must do so in writing to the superintendent and Board of Education within three (3) business days of the receipt of the principal’s decision. The appeal shall be heard at the earliest feasible opportunity, but no later than seven (7) business days following the filing of the appeal. ● The Board shall schedule a special meeting for the purpose of conducting a formal hearing with all individuals involved. At the hearing, both the student and his/her parents and the administration will have an opportunity to meet and present evidence and information in support of their position. The appeal will be conducted in closed session. However, any formal action by the Board of Education must be taken at an open meeting. The Board shall issue a written decision after the hearing, which includes finding of fact and conclusions. ● During the appeal procedure the student will be ineligible. Approved: August 2018Policy Title GOOD CONDUCT RULECode 503.10RGood Conduct Code The Board of Directors of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District offers a variety of voluntary activities designed to enhance the classroom education of its students. Students who participate in extra-curricular and co-curricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school (District) throughout the calendar year, whether away from or at school. Students who wish to exercise the privilege of participating in extracurricular or co-curricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities that are illegal, immoral, unhealthy, or highly inappropriate. Participation in these activities is a privilege, conditioned not only upon meeting the eligibility criteria established by the board, administration, and individual activity coaches and sponsors, but by demonstrating lawful and reasonable conduct. This policy shall be in effect for the entire calendar year (365 days), both during the regular school year as well as all vacation periods, as well as anywhere in the world. The principal shall keep records of violations of the Good Conduct Rule.The following activities are covered by the board’s policy and these rules: Athletics, instrumental and vocal music contests, drama productions, speech contests, debate contests, cheerleading and drill team. Direct extensions of the curriculum that are not extra-curricular contests or competition will not be subject to the Good Conduct Code.To retain eligibility for participation in the Dallas Center-Grimes High School extra-curricular or co-curricular activities, students must conduct themselves as good citizens both in and out of school at all times. Students who represent the school in an activity are expected to serve as good role models to other students and to the members of the community. A student who has allegedly violated the Good Conduct Code shall be confronted with the allegation, the basis of the allegation, and given an opportunity to tell his/her side. A student who is found to have violated the Good Conduct Code will be deemed ineligible for a period of time, as described below. A student may lose eligibility under the Good Conduct Code for any of the following behaviors: Possession, use, sale, manufacture, distribution, or purchase of tobacco products, regardless of the student’s age;Possession, use, sale, manufacture, distribution, or purchase of alcoholic beverages, including beer and wine (“use” includes having the odor of alcohol on one’s breath);Possession, use, sale, manufacture, distribution, or purchase of any controlled substance, or a “look alike” substance, unless such substance was prescribed for that student by a valid prescription or order of a licensed medical practitioner while acting in the course of his/her duties;Possession, use, sale, manufacture, distribution, or purchase of any drug paraphernalia or apparatus used to allow the person using it to be involved with a controlled substance;Engaging in any act that would be grounds for arrest or citation in the criminal or juvenile court system, excluding minor traffic offenses, regardless of whether the student was cited, arrested, convicted, or adjudicated for the act(s);Being suspended for six or more days total during the school year for fighting, harassment, verbal abuse, aggression, or use of profanity;Repeated violations of rules and regulations established by the Board. When the administration believes it is more likely than not that the student violated the Good Conduct Code, during the school year or summer, the student is subject to a loss of eligibility as follows:First Offense Within the Student’s High School Career: The student will be ineligible for 25% of the scheduled contest dates of an athletic season and/or one major fine arts activity. The student must also perform five hours of approved community service or participate in a minimum four-hour substance abuse education program. Arrangements are to be made, and fees paid, by the student. The number of contests may be reduced to 15% of the contests of an athletic season if the student admits to the violation to the administration within 48 hours of the occurrence.Second Offense Within the Student’s High School Career: The student will be ineligible for 50% of the scheduled contest dates of an athletic season and/or two major fine arts activities. The student must also perform ten hours of approved community service to be arranged by the student. If a student admits to the violation to the administration within 48 hours of the occurrence, the student can choose the option of reducing the ineligibility length to 33% of the season and 20 hours of community service. For both offenses, the minimum penalty will be one contest. If a student is in more than one activity at the time of the declaration of ineligibility, the penalties for each will be served concurrently. The ineligibility may involve more than one activity season. This policy is in effect 12 months a year. Third Offense Within the Student’s High School Career: The student will be ineligible for 12 calendar months from the date of the violation.Fourth Offense Within the Student’s High School Career: The student will be ineligible for the remainder of the student’s high school career.Additional Good Conduct Code GuidelinesA major Fine Arts activity is a drama production, speech or debate contest, and vocal or instrumental contest. Percentages that do not divide evenly into the total number of contests will be rounded to the greater number. If it has been at least one calendar year since a previous violation, the offense number will drop back one. For example, if a student has served for a first offense and has another violation at least one calendar year later, he/she will be given the consequences for a first offense again.If a student transfers in from another Iowa school or District and the student had not yet completed a period of ineligibility for a violation of a Good Conduct Code in the previous school or District, the student shall be ineligible.In satisfying an ineligibility penalty, a student must complete the activity season they have started. If a student has been declared ineligible, he/she will not be allowed to participate in an activity if that activity season has already started. (A sponsor may allow the student to practice, but the activity will not count toward fulfilling the ineligibility.)Students who are participating in summer activities between grade 8 and grade 9 are considered to be in grade 9. This rule also applies to seniors who graduated and participated in state association or school sponsored activities during the spring and summer months.If a student is in both athletics and fine arts, a student will be ineligible for the assigned athletics and a maximum of one fine arts event that falls during the period of athletic ineligibility.Eligibility Appeal ProcessWhenever a student is declared ineligible for more than one contest, the following shall apply:A verbal conference will be held with the administrator and the student and his/her parents. At that time, the length of the period of ineligibility and a specific explanation of the reasons for ineligibility will be discussed. The offense and the consequences will be put in writing and sent to the parents. If parents do not wish to appeal the ineligibility, the principal’s decision will be in effect and be considered final.Should the student or his/her parent(s) feel that the offense or circumstances of this case is/are not a violation of the Good Conduct Code, they may appeal in the following manner:The request for the appeal must be received by the principal in writing within seven (7) business days of being declared ineligible. Upon receipt of the notice of appeal, an advisory, three-member panel of disinterested DC-G certified teachers shall review the case. The school principal shall appoint two members of the review panel. The student may choose one of these two appointed staff members if he/she so desires. The superintendent of schools will designate the third panel member.The student and his/her parent(s) shall be notified in writing three (3) days prior to the meeting of when and where the review panel will meet. The student and his/her parents shall be allowed to appear before the review panel. The meeting shall be held at the earliest feasible opportunity but no later than fourteen (14) business days following the request for appeal.The review panel shall consider the circumstances and evidence and determine whether the offense/circumstance(s) are a violation of the Good Conduct Code, and make its recommendations in writing to the student and parent(s) and to the school principal. Responsibility for the decision rests solely with the principal of the school. The decision of the principal shall be mailed to the student and his/her parents.If the student wishes to appeal the principal’s decision, he/she must do so in writing to the superintendent and Board of Education within three (3) business days of the receipt of the principal’s decision. The appeal shall be heard at the earliest feasible opportunity, but no later than seven (7) business days following the filing of the appeal.The Board shall schedule a special meeting for the purpose of conducting a formal hearing with all individuals involved. At the hearing, both the student and his/her parents and the administration will have an opportunity to meet and present evidence and information in support of their position. The appeal will be conducted in closed session. However, any formal action by the Board of Education must be taken at an open meeting. The Board shall issue a written decision after the hearing, which includes finding of fact and conclusions.During the appeal procedure the student will be ineligible.Reviewed: August 2018Policy TitleSTUDENT FUND RAISINGCode 503.11Students may raise funds for school-sponsored events or programs with the permission of the principal and school board. Fund raising by students for events or programs other than school-sponsored events or programs is not allowed. Collection boxes for school fund raising must have prior approval from the principal before being placed on school property.It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference:Senior?Class?of?Pekin?High?School?v.?Tharp, 154 N.W.2d 874 (Iowa 1967).Iowa Code § 279.8 (2011).Cross Reference:Approved: March 2013Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleSTUDENT FUND RAISINGCode 503.11RSchool sponsored groups that want to do fund raising must apply prior to May 1st of each year with the form that is provided. The dates of each fundraiser will be determined by the activities director in conjunction with the sponsor. The calendar of fund raising activities is approved by the board.Any fund raising activities that are not approved in advance due to extenuating circumstances must obtain administrative approval. Fund raisers in which the public is not solicited at their home is more likely to be approved. Reviewed: February 2013Policy TitleCLASS PARTIESCode 503.12Class parties and celebrations will be approved by the building principal.Legal Reference:Approved: December 1981 Reviewed: March 2014Revised: June 2009Policy TitleSTUDENT USE OF BICYCLESCode 504.4The principal of each building shall set rules for students who ride bicycles to and from school. The privilege of riding a bicycle to school may be withdrawn if a student fails to observe these rules.Legal Reference:Approved: April 1989Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: __________Policy Title: STUDENT USE OF MOTOR VEHICLES/SCHOOL DRIVING PERMITS Code 504.5The Board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center. However, the Board believes that driving is a privilege rather than a right.Students that drive to a school attendance center shall only drive to and park in designated areas at either their attendance center or a district’s attendance center for the purpose of attending shared extracurricular activities. Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle nor leave the school grounds in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal or of their designee.Students that wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations of the District established by the Superintendent or designee and outlined in the High School Student Handbook. Failure to comply with this policy or the District rules shall be reason for revocation of your parking privileges.Students wishing to apply for an Iowa School License permit must schedule a meeting with the superintendent or designee to review rules and procedures. Iowa School License permit requirement shall apply, except for distance from the school of attendance and only in cases the superintendent or designee believes that for safety reasons the one-mile minimum distance from school of attendance should be waived.Legal Reference: Iowa Code Chap 321Approved: April 1989 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: March 2015Policy TitleSTUDENT WORK PERMITSCode 504.6The administration shall, when requested, issue age and work permits to students in accordance with provisions of the state and federal child labor laws.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 92.11Approved: April 1989Reviewed: October 2012 Revised: October 2012Policy Title GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Code 505.1Students must successfully complete the courses required by the Board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to ensure that each student completes grades one through twelve and that high school students complete the required credits prior to graduation. The following credits will be required: Core, Regular and Honors DiplomaLanguage Arts 8 credits Core and Regular DiplomaEnglish I 2 creditsEnglish II or Advanced 2 creditsEnglish III or Advanced 2 creditsSpeech or Advanced Speech 1 creditElective 1 creditHonors DiplomaRegular Diploma requirements including two semesters of AP English and Language Composition. Science 6 credits Core and Regular Diploma#Graduates through 2024Integrated Science 1 creditFound. of Physics, Physics or AP Physics 1 credit or 2 creditsBiology or AP Biology 2 creditsChemistry or AP Chemistry 1 credit or 2 creditsScience Elective, if needed 1 credit#Beginning with the graduating class of 2025:Chemistry I1 creditPhysics I1 creditBiology or AP Biology 2 creditsEarth & Env. Science 1 creditScience Elective1 creditHonors DiplomaRegular Diploma requirements plus two additional credits to include advanced coursework. Mathematics 6 credits Core and Regular Diploma Elective 6 credits (to include minimum of Algebra I)Algebra I 2 credits Geometry 2 creditsAlgebra II 2 creditsAug. 2018 requirement change: any student, at any grade level, who satisfactorily completes a high school-level unit of instruction at an accredited school has satisfactorily completed a unit of the high school graduation requirements for that area of instruction and the school district or accredited nonpublic school of enrollment shall issue high school credit for the unit to the student. These requirements are not retroactive to credits earned before that date.) Class of 2021 and 20226 credits needed for math graduation requirements (must be taken during 9-12 grade). No high school level math credits earned before 9th grade could be accepted toward the math graduation requirements.Class of 20236 credits needed for math graduation requirement. High school level math courses, at an accredited school, completed in 8th grade are accepted toward meeting graduation requirements.Class of 2024 and beyond6 credits needed for math graduation requirement. High school level math courses, at an accredited school, completed before 9th grade are accepted toward meeting graduation requirements.Honors DiplomaRegular Diploma requirements plus two additional credits to include advanced coursework. Social Studies 7 credits Minimum of 7 credits and at least one class in each group Core and Regular DiplomaClass of 2024 and beyond*7 credits requiredGroup 1: (Geography)World GeographyAP World History1 credit2 creditsGroup 2: (US History)US History or AP US History2 creditsGroup 3: (Behavioral Sciences)SociologyPsychology or AP Psychology1 credit1 creditGroup 4: (Economics)Economics1 creditGroup 5: (Civics & Government)American Government or AP US Govt & Politics1 creditGroup 6: (World History)West. Civ: Age of Exploration to TodayAP World History1 credit2 creditsClass of 2022 and 2023*7 credits required to include 1 credit US Government, 1 credit of Economics and 2 credits US History Class of 2021*6 credits required to include 1 credit US Government and 2 credits US History Honors DiplomaRegular Diploma requirements plus 1 additional Social Studies credit to include advanced coursework. Health 1 credit Core, Regular and Honors DiplomaFinancial Lit 1 credit Core, Regular and Honors DiplomaElectives Core Diploma 7, Regular Diploma 17 and Honors Diploma 12 Physical Education 2 credits (minimum) Core, Regular and Honors DiplomaCPR Coursework that leads to CPR certification Core, Regular and Honors Diploma*Fine Arts 1 credit Honors Diploma only *3 consecutive years of the same world language Honors Diploma onlyRegular Diploma requires Forty-Eight (48) credits for graduation. This diploma requires 17 electives to be earned in addition to the Core requirements to complete graduation requirements.Core Diploma requires Thirty-Eight (38) credits for graduation. This diploma requires 7 electives to be earned in addition to the Core requirements to complete graduation requirements. Honors Diploma requires Fifty-four (54) credits for graduation. This diploma requires additional coursework in each of the core areas, Fine Arts, Foreign Language and a Grade Point Average of 3.5 or higher. Core DiplomaEnglish/Lang. Arts 8 credits Courses to include skills in reading, writing, speaking, listening and viewing.Science 6 credits Courses to include chemical, physical, life and environmental contentMathematics 6 credits Algebra I, Geometry and Algebra IISocial Studies 7 credits At least one class from each identified Social Studies content standards groupHealth 1 creditFinancial Literacy 1 creditElectives 7 creditsPhysical Education 2 credits (minimum) The Board will review the required courses of study annually. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative and handbook guidelines that meet the graduation requirements and inform students and patrons regarding courses, requirements, and options. Legal References:Cross References: Approved: December 1996 Reviewed: November 2020 Revised: November 2020Policy Title GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Code 505.1R Students must successfully complete the courses required by the Board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate. Please refer to board policy for specific area requirements. Core, Regular and Honors Diploma Other Guidelines· Students would only be eligible to be considered for the district issued diploma after completing the 9th grade.An alternative and/or reduced schedule may be allowed for any high school student.Special Education Graduation requirements for special education students will be in accordance with state-required and local district standards. Current state-required standards include: four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies, and three years of science (4-3-3-3). Local standards include: four years of English, three years of math, three and a half years of social studies, and three years of science (4-3-3.5-3). Graduation requirements will also be in accordance with the prescribed course of study as described in the Individualized Education Plan (IEP). The total credits required for graduation may not be modified by the IEP. Progress toward completion of 4-3-3.5-3 should be communicated at least annually in the course of study section of the individual’s IEP.Course work and credit issuesSchedule changes will be very limited, as the schedule is developed and resources are allocated based on student request. Withdrawals from a class can only occur in the first ten days of each semester. Any change of a recommended class after the first ten days of each semester will require parent approval, as any withdrawal after the ten days will result in an F. The student will be ineligible for activities according to student handbook and will be assigned to study hall with no privileges. Retaking classes in which credit has been earned:Students may repeat any course that has been passed for a higher grade under the following conditions:The course must be retaken within a year of the completion of the initial course.If a higher-level course has been taken, the option of repeating a lower course is no longer available. (i.e., cannot repeat English I after English II has been passed.)The course may be repeated once.Enrollment will be on a space available basis.The original course and grade will show on the transcript, but the higher of the two grades will be used to determine GPA.While the grade may be updated, the credit will only be issued one time High school courses that are taken prior to the fall of full-time enrollment as a freshman will be recorded on the transcript. High school credit will be given and the grade will be calculated into the GPA. Students that desire to take high school credits prior to the fall of their freshman year or accelerate in grade level and/or content will follow the acceleration process as outlined in Policy 602.7. Summer school offered by an institution that has been accredited by the Iowa Department of Education is an option for students that have failed one or more courses and must be pre-approved by the guidance counselor or principal. Summer school grades that are earned by an institution that has been accredited by the Iowa Department of Education will be given credit and will be recorded on the high school transcript. The grades will be brought in as pass/fail and will not impact GPA. The original grade of a failed class will remain on the transcript. The cost of summer school is the responsibility of the student. Apex Online Learning CoursesAnnually, a limited number of digital student licenses are purchased. “Enrollments” will be filled first with students that are not on track for graduation. Students that want to enroll in an Apex course must be self-motivated. A history of incomplete and/or late work, discipline issues, or attendance problems may make course completion much more difficult. If a student is taking a required course, the student must have failed the course with a DCG teacher prior to taking an Apex course, with the exception of irresolvable scheduling conflicts. The grade earned will be recorded and be calculated in the student’s GPA.If a student uses Apex for ‘component/concept recovery’ of a failed course, students may recover credits by earning a minimum of 80% for the units assigned plus the final semester assessment. If these are met, the grade for this course will be changed on the students’ transcript to a D-.For academic eligibility purposes, a student that fails a course with a final percentage of 50 or above must complete the failed units/semester test within two weeks of the end of the semester and/or enrollment is available. The student’s grade will be listed as an Incomplete and the student will be ineligible during the time of credit recovery. If a student is approved to use Apex for other course completion reasons, courses that are offered by DCG are not eligible for enrollment, unless there are irresolvable scheduling conflicts. College classes can be taken, at student’s cost, during the summer with pre-approval from the building principal. College classes cannot replace a required course for high school credit, unless there are extenuating circumstances and preapproved by the principal. College class grades will be recorded as given by the college and will be calculated into DCG’s GPA. Post-Secondary Enrollment Options (PSEO) and concurrent enrollment classes will be given college and high school credit. The grade will be recorded on the transcript and will be used to calculate GPA. PSEO course grades will be reported on a student's transcript like any other course. If a student fails or does not complete a PSEO course, the cost of the actual cost of the course or up to $250 will be reimbursed to the district by the student/family. Neither concurrent enrollment courses that are not offered on the DCG campus nor PSEO courses can be of similar content to a course offered at DCG. All Senior Year Plus guidelines must be followed. Home school credits: DCG graduation requirement credits will be awarded for home school credits only in instances that the credit has been issued by an institution that has been accredited by the Iowa Department of Education. Reviewed: February 2013 Approved: Nov. 2020 Reviewed: Nov. 2020 Revised: Nov. 2020Policy TitleEARLY GRADUATION Code 505.2Generally, students will be required to complete the necessary course work and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve. Students may graduate prior to this time if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in board policy.A student who graduates a year or more early will have class rank determined at the end of the final year of attendance in high school. The student will be eligible for local honors, awards, and scholarships with the student’s original graduating class. A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the District. However, the student who graduates early may participate in commencement exercises and Jr./Sr. Prom.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (1995) 281 I.A.C. 12.2, .3(7), .5.Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013 Revised: March 2013Policy Title COMMENCEMENT Code 505.3Students that wish to participate in commencement exercises must have completed all the requirements as set forth by the Board of Directors of the Dallas Center-Grimes School District and provided they abide by the proceedings organized by the school district.Failure of a student to participate in commencement will not be a reason for withholding the student's final progress report or diploma certifying the student's completion of high school.Approved: March 2013 Reviewed: Revised: ___________Policy TitleSTUDENT HONORS AND AWARDSCode 505.4To qualify for student awards and recognition, a student must be regularly enrolled on a full-time basis. High school enrollment (full-time) shall be defined as enrollment of six classes per semester for the applicable reference period. Students shall be made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them. Class rank distinctions are established based upon total high school attendance at an accredited school, including four years of full-time attendance and students that are in full attendance until granted early graduation. Special Education students that have a functional life skills curriculum would be excluded from class rank distinction. Qualifications for such awards shall be established by professional school personnel who have been given that responsibility by the Superintendent or designee.Students transferring in from non-accredited settings will only be eligible for honors and awards for the actual period of time they have been enrolled as full-time students in the District. Students transferring into the high school from a non-accredited setting will not be eligible for class ranking nor academic graduation honors. Such students must meet the graduation requirements of the District with credits from an accredited school in order to be eligible for a diploma.Credits and grades earned through concurrent enrollment under Iowa Code Section 282.26 at an accredited setting will be accepted towards graduation and class rank and honors and awards, if all other criteria are met.Legal Reference:Approved: April 1989 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013 Revised: March 2013Policy TitleSTUDENT HONORS AND AWARDSCode 505.4ROn completion of the course of study in the senior high school, students shall be awarded the following honors:Valedictorian: Student(s) with the highest grade point average using weighted gradesSalutatorian:Student(s) with the second highest grade point average using weighted gradesIn addition, those students with the following cumulative GPA’s will be awarded with the corresponding award:High Honors3.80 and aboveHonors3.50 to 3.79The requirements for graduation honors and awards as well as honor roll criteria and lettering will be published in the student handbook. Any board actions that occur after the printing of these books each year will supersede what is printed.Reviewed: February 2013Policy Title GRADING Code 505.5GradingGrading is a very important part of any school program and must be as consistent as possible. The following grading system is to be used when recording all grades on the office grade sheets in grades 6-12. All grades will be converted to the following:PercentageGradeNon-weighted Weighted Quality PtsQuality Pts-628653683000100-93=A4.05.0 92-90=A-3.674.6789-87=B+3.334.3386-83=B3.04.082-80=B-2.673.6779-77=C+2.333.3376-73=C2.03.072-70=C-1.672.6769-67=D+1.332.3366-63=D1.02.062-60=D-.671.6759-0=F00Daily grades may be recorded either in %, letter grades or points.Academic recognitions by the Dallas Center-Grimes Community Schools will include both weighted and non-weighted grading systems. (i.e. grade point averages, class rank, graduation honors, etc.)In order to achieve weighted quality points for a class, both of the following requirements would need to be met:The course is an Advanced Placement course that is recognized and approved by the College Board.Students will register for and take the Advanced Placement exam (a passing score is not required for the weighting.) All courses that do not meet the above requirements would accumulate non-weighted quality points.All students who take an Advanced Placement course would also have the AP distinction on their transcript.An explanation of the weighted grades system will be communicated to staff, students, and parents through the course registration book and process. Student transcripts will reflect both weighted and non-weighted grading for all high school students.Transfer transcripts will be evaluated by principal or designee and weighting assigned based on local weighted course standards.Legal Reference:Approved: October 1982Reviewed: April 2016 Revised: May 2016Policy TitleSTUDENT PROMOTION – RETENTION Code 505.6Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student’s achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.Reading retention/promotion – grades kindergarten through threeIn accordance with law, students in grades kindergarten through three will be assessed for their level of reading or reading readiness. Those students who exhibit a substantial deficiency in reading will be provided intensive reading instruction, and their parents/guardians will be provided written notice at least annually of the deficiency and the services that will be provided which are designed to remediate the deficiency.?Beginning?May 1, 2017, unless the school district is granted a waiver, if a student’s reading deficiency is not remedied by the end of grade three, the student’s parent/guardian will be informed that the student may enroll in an intensive summer reading program.?If the student does not enroll in the intensive summer reading program, the student will be retained in grade three unless the student is exempt for good cause as provided by law.?If the student is exempt from participating in an intensive summer reading program, or if the student completes the intensive summer reading program but is not reading proficient upon completion of the program, the student may be promoted to grade four; provided, however, that the student will continue to be provided intensive reading instruction until the student is proficient in reading.??In determining whether to promote a student in grade three to grade four, the school district will place significant weight on any reading deficiency identified that is not yet remediated.?The school district will also weigh the student’s progress in other subject areas as well as the student’s overall intellectual, physical, emotional, and social development. A decision to retain a student in grade three will be made only after direct personal consultation with the student’s parent/guardian and after the formulation of a specific plan of action to remedy the student’s reading deficiency.Retention/Promotion other than reading retention in grades kindergarten through three: The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the licensed employee and the principal. When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, parents will be involved in the decision-making process. It shall be within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required course work necessary to be promoted each year. When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed. It shall be within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may be accelerated. With the permission of the principal and parents, students may take classes beyond their current grade level using the Acceleration process as outlined in 602.7R. Enrichment opportunities outside the District may be allowed when they do not conflict with the District’s graduation requirements. Legal Reference: Iowa Code: 256.11, .11A; 279.8; 280.3 (1995) 281 I.A.C. 12.3(7); 12.5(16)Cross Reference: 501 Student Attendance 505 Student Scholastic Achievement 602.7 Talented and Gifted/AccelerationApproved: __________ Reviewed: February 2016 Revised: February 2016Policy TitleSTUDENT PROGRESS REPORTS AND CONFERENCESCode 505.7Students shall receive a progress report at the end of each semester grading period. Students, who are doing poorly, and their parents, shall be notified prior to the end of the semester in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade. The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the semester.Parent-teacher conferences will be held twice per year for all grade levels to keep the parents informed. Conferences in grades PK-8 will be scheduled each semester. High School conferences are not scheduled.Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades through 12th grade in addition to the scheduled conference time. Parents and students are encouraged to discuss the student’s progress or other matters with the student’s teacher.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280 (1997) 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), .3(7); .5(16)Cross Reference: Student Scholastic Records; Student RecordsApproved: December 1999 Reviewed: October 2018 Revised: October 2018Policy TitleTESTING PROGRAM Code 505.8A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the District and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.No student is required, as part of any applicable program, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:?political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent:?mental or psychological problems of the student or the student’s family;?sex behavior or attitudes;?illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;?critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;?legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;?religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent; or?income,(other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.Legal Reference:No Child Left Behind, Title II, Sec. 1061, P.L. 107-110 (2002).Goals 2000: Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994).Iowa Code §§ 280.3; 256B; 282.1, .3, .6 (2001).281 I.A.C. 12.5(13), .5(21).Cross Reference:Student Scholastic AchievementStudent RecordsStudent Health ServicesApproved: October 2003 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013 Revised: _________Policy TitleACCOUNTABILITY TEST INTEGRITY/TEST PREPARATIONCode 505.9The Dallas Center Grimes Community School District is committed to ensuring the integrity of the information obtained from the use of educational assessments. This policy is intended to apply to two assessments in particular: the assessment used to meet the reporting requirement under the No Child Left behind Act and the assessment used to meet the reporting requirements for the Annual Progress Report to the Iowa Department of Education. The purpose of this policy is to identify procedures that can ensure assessment results are truly representative of the achievement of students in our District. It is also our intent to create awareness of the potential negative impact that inappropriate assessment practices might produce, to outline processes to be followed, and to identify the potential consequences of violating the policy. If test scores become questionable because of inappropriate practices in either preparing students or in administering tests, the meaning of the scores will be distorted and their value for their original purpose will be diminished or lost.Appointment of District Test CoordinatorThe District shall appoint a District Test Coordinator, who may in turn delegate responsibility for testing-related functions to one or more Building Test Coordinators. The District Test Coordinator is the School Improvement Coordinator or Superintendent. The District Test Coordinator is responsible for ensuring that materials are stored from Iowa Testing Program in a secure area with restricted access both prior to and after the testing period. Test PreparationAs a function of educating students, staff may prepare students for assessments by providing instruction in the content areas to be assessed. Staff may also prepare students for assessments by teaching general test-taking skills that are applicable to any test or test format.Staff shall not conduct reviews or drills that use actual test items or identical format items of the accountability assessments, use copies of tests from previous years, or review test-specific curriculum content with students at any time. Administration of TestsIn the administration of standardized tests, it is a violation of test security to do any of the following:Provide inappropriate test preparation such as any of the following:Copy, reproduce, or use in any manner any portion of any secure test booklet, for any reason.Share an actual test instrument in any form.Use test preparation materials or strategies developed specifically for Annual Progress Reporting or the Annual Yearly Progress report.Deviate from the test administration procedures specified in the test examiner’s manual.Provide inappropriate assistance to students during the test administration.Make test answers available to students.Change or fill in answers on student’s answer documents.Provide inaccurate data on student’s answer documents.Engage in any practice to artificially raise student scores without actually improving underlying student achievement.Participate in, direct, aid, counsel, assist, encourage, or fail to report any of the acts prohibited in this policy.After testing is completed, test booklets are to be returned according to procedures established by the District Test Coordinator.Policy TitleSTUDENT RECORDS ACCESS Code 506.1The Board recognizes the importance of maintaining student records and preserving their confidentiality. Student records containing personally identifiable information are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages. The board secretary is the custodian of student records. Student records are maintained at the administrative office of the student’s attendance center. Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12.Parents and eligible students will have access to the student’s records during the regular business hours of the District. An eligible student is a student who has reached eighteen years of age or is attending an institution of post-secondary education at the post high school level. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to the student records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student. A representative of the parents or eligible student, who has received written permission from the parents or eligible student, may inspect and review a special education student’s records. Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student’s records if the District has a court order stating such or when the District has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records.A student record may contain information on more than one student. Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information. Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves or be informed of the information.Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student’s records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five days after the request is made. Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student’s records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing. Copies of student records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the student records. Fees for copies of the records shall be waived if it would prevent the parents or student from accessing the records. A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from student records.Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the District shall provide an explanation and interpretation of the student records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the District. If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the student records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the District amend the student records. The District will decide whether to amend the student records within a reasonable time after receipt of the request. If the District determines an amendment is made to the student record, the District will make the amendment and inform the parents or the eligible student of the decision in writing.If the District determines that amendment of the student’s records is not appropriate, it will inform the parents or the eligible student of their right to a hearing before the hearing officer provided by the District. If the parents’ and the eligible student’s request to amend the student record is further denied following the hearing, the parents or the eligible student are informed that they have a right to place an explanatory letter in the student record commenting on the District’s decision and or setting forth the reasoning for disagreeing with the District. Additions to the student’s records will become a part of the student record and be maintained like other student records. If the District discloses the student records, the explanation by the parents shall also be disclosed.Student records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student’s written permission. This disclosure is made on the condition that the student record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student. This disclosure may be made to the following individuals or under the following circumstances:to school officials within the District and AEA special education personnel whom the Superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;to officials of another District in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other District notifies the parents the student records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new Districts; (7)to the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;in connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or which the student has received if the information is necessary to receive the financial aid;to organizations conducting educational studies and the study does not release personally identifiable information;to accrediting organizations;to parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;to comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;consistent with an interagency agreement between the District and juvenile justice agencies;in connection with a health or safety emergency; or,as directory information.The Superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions that are authorized to view a special education student’s records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student. Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student’s written permission. This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.The Superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student’s records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records. The Superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the District that have accessed the student’s records. This list for a student record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of student records.Permanent student records, including a student’s name; address; phone number; grades; attendance record; classes attended; grade level completed and year completed will be maintained without time limitation. Permanent student records will be kept in a fire-safe vault. Permanent student records shall be maintained at the building level.Cumulative student records, including a continuous and current record of significant information on progress and growth, should reflect information such as courses taken, scholastic progress, school attendance, physical and health record, experiences, interests, aptitudes, attitudes, abilities, honors, extra- curricular activities, part- time employment, and future plans. It is the “working record” used by instructional professional staff in understanding the student. At the request of a receiving school or District, a copy of the cumulative record shall be sent to officials of that school when a student transfers. Cumulative student records will be kept for three years after a student graduates or leaves the District. Cumulative student records shall be maintained at the building level.Teacher grade reporting records (grade books) shall be maintained for one full year after the end of a school year. This is done through either electronic backup or paper copy. All student grades must be included on a student’s permanent and cumulative record prior to disposing of the teacher grade reporting records (grade books).If at anytime the District is dissolved or reorganized with another District, all permanent and cumulative records must be transferred to the new or reorganized District. When personally identifiable information, other than permanent student records, no longer needs to be maintained by the District to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified. This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the District. If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the District will destroy the records. Prior to the destruction of the records, the District must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes. The District will cooperate with the juvenile justice system in sharing information contained in permanent student records regarding students who have become involved with the juvenile justice system. The District will enter into an interagency agreement with the juvenile justice agencies (agencies) involved. The purpose of the agreement is to allow for the sharing of information prior to a student’s adjudication in order to promote and collaborate between the District and the agencies to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.The District may share any information with the agencies contained in a student’s permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system’s ability to effectively serve the student. Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the District to the parties without parental consent or court order. Information contained in a student’s permanent record may be disclosed by the District to the agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order. Information shared pursuant to the agreement shall be used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student’s family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student’s family. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student’s parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.Confidential information shared between the District and the agencies will remain confidential and shall not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student’s parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian. The District may discontinue information sharing with an agency if the District determines that the agency has violated the intent or letter of the agreement.Agencies will contact the principal of the attendance center where the student is currently or was enrolled. The principal will then forward copies of the records within 10 business days of the request.The District will provide training or instruction to employees about parents’ and eligible students’ rights under this policy. Employees shall also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy.It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students of their right to inspect and review the student’s records. The notice shall be given in a parents’ or eligible student’s native language. The notice shall include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the District failed to comply with this policy. Complaints are forwarded to Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 600 Independence Avenue, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, D.C. 20202-4605.Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C.§ 1232g, 1415 (1994). 34 C.F.R. Pt.99, 300.560-.574(1999). Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B; 280.24, .25; 622.10(2001). 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6);41.2 1980 Op. Att’y Gen. 720, 825.Cross Reference: Student Attendance Student Scholastic Achievement Student Records Student Health and Well-Being Special Education Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records Public Examination of School District RecordsApproved: April 1989 Reviewed: March 2019 Revised: July 2012Policy Title STUDENT DIRECTORY INFORMATION Code 506.2The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), a Federal law, requires that Dallas Center-Grimes Community School, with certain exceptions, obtain parent/guardian written consent prior to the disclosure of personally identifiable information from a child's education records. Dallas Center-Grimes Community School may disclose appropriately designated "directory information" without written consent, unless a parent/guardian has advised the District to the contrary in accordance with District procedures. The primary purpose of directory information is to allow the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School to include this type of information from a child's education records in certain school publications. Examples include:? A playbill, showing your student's role in a drama production;? The annual yearbook;? Honor roll or other recognition lists;? Graduation programs; and? Sports activity sheets, such as for wrestling, showing weight and height of team members.Directory information, which is information that is generally not considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if released, can also be disclosed to outside organizations without a parent's prior written consent. In addition, two federal laws require local educational agencies (LEAs) receiving assistance under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) to provide military recruiters, upon request, with three directory information categories - names, addresses and telephone listings - unless parents have advised the LEA that they do not want their student's information disclosed without their prior written consent. If parent/guardians do not want Dallas Center-Grimes Community School to disclose directory information from a child's education records without your prior written consent, the parent/guardian must notify the District in writing by the first day of school each year. Dallas Center-Grimes Community School has designated the following information as directory information: Student's nameParticipation in officially recognized activities and sportsWeight and height of members of athletic teamsPhotographDegrees, honors, and awards receivedDates of attendanceGrade levelThe most recent educational agency or institution attendedRelease of information on the District’s web site will be limited to information that does not allow the for the identification of individual students by address or telephone numbers.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: August 1992 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013 Revised: March 2013Policy TitleCLASS OR GROUP GIFTS TO SCHOOLCode 506.3Student groups may make gifts to the District after obtaining their principal’s recommendation and the approval of the Superintendent. Gifts may be accepted and acknowledged by the Superintendent or the designated representative acting for the Board.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.42; 565.6Approved: April 1989 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013Revised: __________Policy Title INTERVIEWS OF STUDENTS BY OUTSIDE AGENCIES Code 506.4A student may not be interviewed during the school day or periods of extra-curricular activities unless the principal or another delegated staff member is present or permission given by the parents.If police officers or other officials request an interview for any issue other than child abuse, an attempt shall be made to contact the student’s parents or legal guardian and to have one of them present during the interview. If the topic of the interview is child abuse and the investigator determines that the child should be interviewed independently of their parent(s) and the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, school officials will allow the investigation without contacting the parents. It shall be the responsibility of the investigator in abuse cases to determine who will be present during the interview.Legal Reference: AGO #82-4-8(L), HF 2302-70th General Assembly (amended Iowa Code 232)Cross reference: 505.13 Cooperation with Law Enforcement Officials Respecting the Rights of StudentsApproved: April 1989 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013 Revised: March 2013Policy Title COOPERATION WITH LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICIALSCode 506.5 It shall be the policy of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District to maintain a cooperative relationship with law enforcement agencies. In most instances, administrators have he responsibility and the authority to determine when the assistance of law enforcement officers is necessary. Law enforcement officials may be present and/or summoned to the school or to a school-sponsored activity to maintain a safe educational environment. The District administrators and law enforcement officials shall at all times act in a manner that respects the rights of students.The School Liaison Officer is considered to be both a member of the school(s) leadership team and a law enforcement official and is expected to function appropriately with this dual role in mind.No student may be taken from school without an attempt to contact the parents, guardian or designated person or without the consent of the building principal and without a proper warrant. In all cases, the welfare of the child and the protection of his or her constitutional rights shall be the principal’s first considerations. The building principal or designee will continue attempts to notify parents or guardians if a student is removed from the school.Subpoenas may not be served on students while they are in a class of instruction.Legal References:Approved: January 2001 Reviewed: Feb-March 2013 Revised: March 2013Policy Title FAMILY NIGHT AND SUNDAYCode 506.6Organized practice, performances or study sessions sponsored and/or sanctioned by the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School will not be held on Sunday nor on Wednesdays after 7:00 PM. Exceptions will be at the discretion of the Superintendent.Legal Reference:Approved: November 1979Reviewed: Feb-March 2013Revised: March 2013Policy Title STUDENT LIBRARY CIRCULATION RECORDSCode 506.7Student library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the District libraries. As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent. Individuals who may access such records include a student's parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department. Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents. Parents may not access records, without the student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.It is the teacher-librarian's responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records. Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the District. If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying may be charged.It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the teacher or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference:20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2004).34 C.F.R. Pt. 99 (2004).Iowa Code §§ 22; 622.10 (2007).281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), (12)1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.Cross Reference:505.1Student Records AccessApproved: Dec 2008Reviewed: March 2014Revised: Policy Title STUDENT LIBRARY CIRCULATION RECORDSCode 506.7RStudents’ library circulation records may be accessed, according to board policy, during the regular business hours of the District. Requests are to be made to the building principal, who will determine the appropriateness of the request. The principal will work with the teacher-librarian to comply, as appropriate. The District is to respond to such requests within seven business days.If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying may be charged.Reviewed: March 2014Code 507.1Policy TitleSTUDENT HEALTH AND IMMUNIZATION CERTIFICATESStudents enrolling for the first time in the school district will submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law. The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so. Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission. Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission. The district may conduct TB tests of current students.In addition, documentation of all other screenings, such as lead and dental, will need to be provided as required by law.Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law. The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 13A.8; 280.13 (2011).281 I.A.C. 33.5.641 I.A.C. 7.Cross Reference:402.2Child Abuse Reporting501Student Attendance507Student Health and Well-BeingApproved March 2013Reviewed ??Oct. 2020????? Revised ????Oct. 2020????Policy Title Life-Threatening Allergy PolicyCode 507.16 Dallas Center-Grimes CSD will promote a safe physical environment that protects children with allergies and provide a climate that supports their positive psychological and social development. Children with allergies need an environment where they feel secure and can interact with caring people they trust. Dallas Center-Grimes CSDProcedure Regarding Life-Threatening Allergies*The parent of a student with a life-threatening allergy should notify the building principal, including an explanation of the severity of the health threat, a description of signs and symptoms to be aware of, and a list of foods and materials to avoid. Parents, in consultation with their primary care provider or board certified allergist, will provide the list of allergens to be avoided. The allergy must be clearly documented by the student’s primary care physician or a board certified allergist. Building principals, in consultation with the school nurse/health associate, will be responsible for notifying classroom teachers, classroom associates, substitutes, and parents of students in classrooms where one or more students have a life-threatening allergy. This information shall also be written on the DCG online registration health form.The building principal is responsible for notifying the Director of Transportation with the name(s) of students with life-threatening allergies. The Director of Transportation shall be responsible to communicate this information to the student(s) regular bus driver and any substitute driver. A referral may be made to the Section 504 Building Coordinator to request parental consent for a Section 504 evaluation for the identified student. Individualized accommodation plans will be developed for eligible students based on need.When appropriate, the building principal may request that the parent sign a Health Release of Information to allow ongoing communication between school personnel and the student’s physician or allergist regarding the implications of any life threatening allergy and development of an allergy action plan.The USDA requires medical verification that a student has a food allergy disability before food service staff in the Child Nutrition Program can make meal accommodations and provide a safe meal. Parents requesting accommodation will be provided a copy of the Department of Education’s form. The form must be completed and returned to the building principal for food modifications to be implemented.Staff that work directly with children identified as having a life- threatening allergy will be trained by the school nurse/health associate. This includes, but is not limited to the teacher(s), associates, food service staff, administration, bus drivers, and extra-curricular sponsors/coaches/directors. Instruction will include:how to read food labels appropriately for the allergen,use of the student’s Food Allergy & Anaphylaxis Emergency Action Planwhich is located in the student’s health file and is written by the child’s physician, anduse of an epinephrine auto injector (EpiPen or AuviQ) and its location during the school day and during extra-curricular activities.how to recognize indications of a life-threatening allergy and how to assistAny allergic reaction will be documented appropriately in the student’s electronic health record and the parent will be notified. A review of emergency procedures will occur after each incident requiring use of emergency medication.Homemade treats, snacks, or other food items for groups of students (i.e., class celebrations) may not be brought into any school building by any student, parent, or staff member. Only prepackaged or commercially-prepared foods that contain a complete ingredient list will be allowed for groups of students. Classrooms with students who have life-threatening allergies may have more specific guidelines depending on the type(s) of allergy that will be communicated to all students and their parents in that classroom. This may include a request to parents that they avoid sending snacks or food to the classroom that contains the identified allergen. Alternative snacks will be provided by the parent (if deemed necessary) and may be kept with the teacher for times when the student may not be able to participate in the regular classroom snack.Handwashing procedures meant to avoid exposure, including washing hands with soap and water before and after eating will be emphasized in a classroom where a food allergy exists.A table will be designated in the lunchroom that is allergy aware. Any student with food allergies may elect to sit at this table. Seating accommodations may be provided to minimize access to the food allergen. *Dallas Center-Grimes CSD uses the Center for Disease Control and Prevention’s Voluntary Guidelines for Managing Food Allergies in Schools and Early Care and Education Programs to guide its policies, procedures, and training.Approved: March 2018Reviewed: October 2020Revised: October 2020Policy Title ADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATION TO STUDENTS Code 507.2The board is committed to the inclusion of all students in the education program and recognizes that some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program.Medication shall be administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container. When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by the authorized practitioner with the student and the student's parent. Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication. A written statement by the student's parent shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated. By law, students with asthma or other airway constricting diseases or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student's parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.Persons administering medication shall include authorized practitioners, such as licensed registered nurses and physicians, and persons to whom authorized practitioners have delegated the administration of medication (who have successfully completed a medication administration course). A medication administration course and periodic update shall be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course completion shall be maintained by the school.A written medication administration record shall be on file including: ? date; ? student’s name; ? prescriber or person authorizing administration;? medication; ? medication dosage; ? administration time; ? administration method; ? signature and title of the person administering medication; and ? any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions. Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented. Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted. Medication information shall be confidential information. Disposal of unused, discontinued/recalled, or expired medication shall be in compliance with federal and state law. Prior to disposal school personnel shall make a reasonable attempt to return medication by providing written notification that expired, discontinued, or unused medications needs to be picked up. If medication is not picked up by the date specified, disposal shall be in accordance with the disposal procedures for the specific category of medication.Legal Reference:Disposing on Behalf of Ultimate Users, 79 Fed. Reg. 53520, 53546 (Sept. 9, 2014).Iowa Code §§124.101(1); 147.107; 152.1; 155A.4; 280.16; 280.23.281 IAC §41.404(1)(f), (3)(f)657 IAC §8.32(124); §8.32(155A).655 IAC §6.2(152).Cross Reference:506 Student Records507 Student Health and Well-Being603.3 Special Education607.2 Student Health ServicesApproved: Dec. 2008 Reviewed: Oct. 2020 Revised: Oct. 2020Policy TitleADMINISTRATION OF MEDICATION TO STUDENTSCode 507.2RDallas Center-Grimes Community SchoolsHealth ServiceStudents shall be absent from school when:The illness prevents the student from participating comfortably in activities as observed by the school staff.The illness results in a greater need for care than the school staff determine they can provide without compromising their ability to care for other studentsThe student has the following conditions, unless a health professional determines the student’s condition does not require exclusion:The student appears severely ill—Could include lethargy, lack of responsiveness, irritability, persistent crying, difficult breathing, or quickly spreading rasho Fever (temperature above 100.4 in association with the other signs of illness such as headache, behavior change, sore throat, coughing, sneezing, rash, vomiting or diarrhea).Note: Exclusion from school for any temperature of 100.4 will be for a minimum of 24 hours fever free without the use of fever reducing medication.Screenings:Vision screening is required for all students before they enter Kindergarten and 3rd grade. Parents will provide documentation of the screening to the school nurse. Screening will be done in the fall for the K and 3rd grade students for which documentation is not on file and on all referred students at any time throughout the year. screening is required prior to entering Kindergarten and 9th grade. Authorized providers for kindergarten include dentists, dental hygienists, physicians, physician assistants, advanced registered nurse practitioners, and registered nurses. Authorized providers for ninth grade include dentists and dental hygienists.Hearing screening will be done on all students in grades K-5 and on all referred students. This will be done during school by AEA audiologists and audiometrists.o MedicationsMedication administration will rigidly adhere to the Code of Iowa.Administration of prescribed medication during the school day will be dispensed by trained school personnel. In addition, the following guidelines must be met.Written permission by parents/guardianMedicine is in the original prescription container which shall be labeled with:Name of person to whom medicine is prescribedName of medicineAmount of medicine in containerDirections for useName of physicianName and address of pharmacyDate of prescriptionNote: When medicine is to be administered at school, physicians and pharmacists are asked to provide a separate, labeled container for school.Self-Administration of MedicationsCertain medications that require ongoing professional health judgment may be self-administered with oversight from the school health care practitioner. Competency must be demonstrated by a health care professional and written parent permission must be filed. By law, students with asthma or other airway constricting diseases may self-administer their medication upon approval of their parents and prescribing physician regardless of competency. A written form will be on file (507.2E1). The school district and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student. Over the Counter MedicationsAny administration of over-the-counter medication during the school day will be dispensed by trained school personnel. In addition, the following guidelines must be met.Written permission by parents/guardianMedicine is in the original containerOver-the-counter medication will be administered in accordance to the July 12, 1985 Iowa State Board of Nursing Declaratory Ruling:The Iowa Board of Nursing has determined that the Code of Iowa and the Iowa Administrative code do not forbid administration of over-the-counter medication by a registered nurse.The registered nurse, using education and experience, may determine that the use of over-the-counter medications, ordered by a parent, is the appropriate care for some children. Thus, the registered nurse may follow a parent’s direction to give such medication.However, the registered nurse may use professional judgement that an over-the counter medication sent by the parent to be administered at school, may be detrimental to the child. In this case, the registered nurse will contact the parent by phone to discuss this decision, and request that the parent follows up with the child’s doctor for further guidance.In keeping with the standard (Declaratory No 81 by Iowa Board of Nursing November 21,1995 Administration of Natural Remedies and Supplements to School Children at the Request of Their Parents or Guardians by Registered School Nurses During the School Day) School health care practitioner may not administer natural remedies and supplements to school children at the request of their parents or guardians, during the school day, when the nurse is unable to determine the appropriateness; safety; possible side effects, or toxic effects of the substance; the appropriate dose for a child of a specific age, weight and body surface area; and treatment of overdose.All head injuries shall be reported to the school health care practitioner and the parents.The school district and its health service will comply with the Iowa Immunization law.Signature______________________________Date___________________________Signature______________________________Date___________________________Signature______________________________Date___________________________Approved: Dec. 2008 Reviewed: Oct. 2020 Revised: Oct. 2020Code No. 507.2E1Page 1 of 2Authorization Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self-Administration Consent Form________________________________/___/_______________________/___/___Student's Name (Last), (First) (Middle) Birthday School DateIn order for a student to self-administer medication for asthma or any airway constricting disease:Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.Physician (person licensed under chapter 148, 150, or 150A, physician, physician's assistant, advanced registered nurse practitioner, or other person licensed or registered to distribute or dispense a prescription drug or device in the course of professional practice in Iowa in accordance with section 147.107, or a person licensed by another state in a health field in which, under Iowa law, licensees in this state may legally prescribe drugs) provides written authorization containing:purpose of the medication, prescribed dosage, times or;special circumstances under which the medication is to be administered.The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.Authorization is renewed annually. If any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, a student with asthma or other airway constricting disease may possess and use the student's medication while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed.Pursuant to state law, the school district or accredited nonpublic school and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district or nonpublic school is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication by the student as established by Iowa Code § 280.16.__________________________________________________ _________________________MedicationDosage RouteTimePurpose of Medication & Administration Instructions: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Code No. 507.2E1Page 2 of 2Authorization-Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self-Administration Consent FormSpecial Circumstances: ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date: _______________________________________________________________________________________________ Prescriber’s SignatureDateI request the above named student possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication(s) at school and in school activities according to the authorization and instructions. I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student's self-administration of medicationI agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment. I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.Parent/Guardian Signature____________________________________________Date_______________Parent/Guardian Address________________________________________________________________Home Phone_____________________________________ Business Phone________________________Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information :_____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ Approved: Oct 2020Reviewed: Oct. 2020 Revised: Oct. 2020 Code No. 507.2E2Page 1 of 2Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students____________________________________/___/_______________________/___/___Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle) Birthday School DateSchool medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container. The medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.Authorization is renewed annually and immediately when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.___________________________________ _______________________________________________ Medication/Health Care DosageRouteTime at SchoolAdministration instructions:________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Special Directives, Signs to Observe and Side Effects ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date:____________________________________________________________________________________________________Prescriber’s SignatureDate___________________________________________________________________________Prescriber's AddressEmergency PhoneCode No. 507.2E2Page 2 of 2I request the above named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, instructions, and a written record kept. Special considerations are noted above. The information is confidential except as provided to the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and prescriber when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.Parent's Signature __________________________________________ Date ____________________Parent's Address ______________________________________________________________________Home Phone ________________________________ Business Phone____________________________Additional Information____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Authorization FormApproved: Oct. 2020Reviewed: Oct. 2020 Revised: Oct. 2020 Policy TitleCOMMUNICABLE DISEASESCode 507.3Students with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or employees. The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the District's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan. The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping. The health risk to immunosupressed students is determined by their personal physician. The health risk to others in the District environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's personal physician, a physician chosen by the District or public health officials.It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with students with a communicable disease. For more information on communicable disease charts, and reporting forms, go to the Iowa Department of Public Health Web site: handbooks will contain standing orders for students to be absent from school.Legal Reference:School?Board?of?Nassau?County?v.?Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).29 U.S.C. §§ 701 et seq. (2004).45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2004).Iowa Code ch. 139A.8 (2007).641 I.A.C. 1.2-.5, 7.Approved: April 1989 Reviewed: October 2020Revised: October 2020Code?No.?507.3RCOMMUNICABLE DISEASES REGULATIONProcedures for dealing with communicable diseases will follow the guidelines as set forth by the Iowa Department of Public Health. : October 2020Reviewed: October 2020Revised: October 2020Policy TitleINJURY OR ILLNESS AT SCHOOLCode 507.4The Board believes parents or guardians of children who are injured or become ill at school should be informed as soon as practicable under the circumstances of the incident. When a student becomes ill or is injured at school, the student’s parents or guardian shall be notified by the school nurse, principal, or, if these individuals are not available, by the principal’s designee as soon as possible after these individuals are aware of the incident.The District, while not responsible for medical treatment of an ill or injured student, will have authorized school personnel administer emergency or minor first aid when needed. An ill or injured child will be turned over to the care of the parents or qualified medical personnel as quickly as possible.It shall be the responsibility of the principal to file an accident report within 24 hours after the student is injured at school.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 613.17Approved: April 1989Reviewed: October 2020Revised: October 2020Policy TitleINJURY OR ILLNESS AT SCHOOLCode 507.4RThe following are guidelines for students to follow relevant to the school nurse: Students returning after four or more days of illness shall report to the nurse/health associate. The nurse/health associate will indicate to the secretary if it is permissible to admit the student to school.Students who wish to leave school due to illness must report to the nurse/health associate. The nurse/health associate must give permission before the students will be allowed to leave. If the nurse/health associate is unavailable, the secretary or principal will make the decision after consultation with the nurse/health associate. In all cases, the parents will be notified before the student may leave the building.Students asking to be excused from PE class due to illness will report to the nurse/health associate. The nurse/health associate will serve as a resource person to all students who have questions or concerns relating to health matters.The nurse/health associate will administer medication with written permission from the student's parent or guardian. All medications must be brought to school in the original container from the pharmacy and will be kept under the nurse’s/health associate’s supervision. Students may not carry any medication at school without expressed permission from the school nurse/health associate. The school nurse/health associate may administer over-the-counter medicine with written permission from the parent or guardian. Students will furnish their own over-the-counter medication. Medication will be stored in a secured cabinet.Temporary exclusion is recommended when:The illness prevents the student from participating comfortably in activities as observed by the school staff.The illness results in a greater need for care than the school staff determine they can provide without compromising their ability to care for other studentsThe student has the following conditions, unless a health professional determines the student’s condition does not require exclusion:The student appears severely ill—Could include lethargy, lack of responsiveness, irritability, persistent crying, difficult breathing, or quickly spreading rashFever (temperature above 100.4 in association with other signs of illness such as headache, behavior change, sore throat, coughing, sneezing, rash, vomiting or diarrhea).Note: Exclusion from school for any temperature of 100.4 will be for a minimum of 24 hours fever free without the use of fever reducing medication. Approve: October 2012Reviewed: Oct. 2020Revised: Oct. 2020Policy TitleEMERGENCY PLANS AND DRILLSCode 507.5 By mandate of the state fire marshal, school officials shall conduct periodic evacuation, shelter and other disaster drills during the school year, with a minimum of two drills of each before December 31st and two drills of each after January 1st. Fire safety standards will be checked each year to ascertain that schools are meeting state standards.Each attendance center will maintain a written plan for emergency procedures. The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees. Employees will participate in emergency drills. Legal Reference: Iowa Code Section 100.31Iowa Code § 100.31.281 I.A.C. 41.25(3).Cross Reference:507 Student Health and Well-Being804 Safety ProgramApproved: April 1989 Reviewed: Oct. 2020Revised: Oct. 2020Policy TitleSTUDENT SPECIAL HEALTH SERVICESCode 507.8The Board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day. These students shall receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized education program.The Superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, shall establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.Legal Reference: Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982); Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F .2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982); Southwest Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979); 20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq. (1994); 34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq.(1996); Iowa Code 256.11(7); 256B; 273.2,.5,.9(2)-(3); 280.8 (1999); 281 I.A.C. 41.12(6)(e); 41.96Approved: February 2000Reviewed: October 2020 Revised: Oct. 2020Code?No. 507.8RPage 1 of 3STUDENT SPECIAL HEALTH SERVICES Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program. These students will receive special health services in accordance with their individualized educational program.Definitions"Assignment and delegation" - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services. Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel. Each designation considers the student's special health service. The rationale for the designation is documented. If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion."Co-administration" - the eligible student's participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student's special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel."Educational program" - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds."Education team" - may include the eligible student, the student's parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student's educational program."Health assessment" - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student's educational program."Health instruction" - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student's health plan. Documentation of education and periodic updates are on file at school."Individual health plan" - the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program. It includes assessment, planning, implementation, documentation, evaluation and a plan for emergencies. The plan is updated as needed and at least annually. Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with the education team."Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications."Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications."Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.“Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:Interpretation or intervention,Administration of health procedures and health care, orUse of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function."Supervision" - the assessment, delegation, evaluation and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel. Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:physically present.available at the same site.available on call.B.Licensed health personnel will provide special health services under the auspices of the school. Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:Participate as a member of the education team.Provide the health assessment.Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services.Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parent and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.Maintain a record of special health services. The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school administration, and prescriber.Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.C.Prior to the provision of special health services the following will be on file:Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.Written statement by the student's parent requesting the provision of the special health service.Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.D.Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, will determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services. The documented rationale will include the following:Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs.Review of the designated person's competency.Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services. E.Licensed health personnel will supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision and document the supervision.F.Licensed health personnel will instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan. Documentation of instruction and periodic updates are on file at school.G.Parents will provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such. The equipment is stored in a secure area. The personnel responsible for the equipment are designated in the individual health plan. The individual health plan will designate the role of the school, parents, and others in the provision, supply, storage and maintenance of necessary equipment. Approved: October 2012Reviewed: October 2020 Revised: Oct. 2020Policy TitleWELLNESS POLICYCode 507.9The Dallas Center - Grimes Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting. The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following: The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas: Nutrition Education and Promotion: Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle. The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to: Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law;Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum. This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities; Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance with law. The district will provide an order form with foods that can be purchased through the nutrition services for classroom celebrations.Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutritional standards on campus during the school day. The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval;Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy; Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc). This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and?Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators or measurement of progress consistent with law and district policyLegal Reference: 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. 42 U.S.C. §§ 1771 et seq. Iowa Code §§ 256.7(29); 256.11(6).281 I.A.C. 12.5; 58.11.Approved Oct. 2020 Reviewed Oct. 2020 Revised Oct. 2020 Wellness RegulationCode 507.9R1Integrating Physical Activity into Classroom Settings For students to receive the nationally recommended amount of daily physical activity and for students to fully embrace regular physical activity as a personal behavior, students need opportunities for physical activity beyond the physical education class. Toward that end, the school district will: offer classroom health education that complements physical education by reinforcing the knowledge and self-management skills needed to maintain a physically active lifestyle and to reduce time spent on sedentary activities; discourage sedentary activities, such as watching television, playing computer games, etc.; provide opportunities for physical activity to be incorporated into other subject lessons; and, encourage classroom teachers to provide short physical activity breaks between lessons or classes, as appropriate. OTHER SCHOOL-BASED ACTIVITIES THAT PROMOTE STUDENT AND STAFF WELLNESS Communication with Parents: The school district will support parents’ efforts to provide a healthy diet and daily physical activity for their children. The school district will: send home nutrition information, post nutrition tips on school websites and provide nutrient analyses of school menus, and/or offer healthy eating seminars for parents; encourage parents to pack healthy lunches and snacks and to refrain from including beverages and foods that do not meet the established nutrition standards for individual foods and beverages. The District will consult with appropriate leaders in food/exercise and employees when making changes to this policy. Goals for nutrition education:The District will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that:is offered at each grade level as part of a sequential, comprehensive, standards-based program designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote and protect their health; is part of not only health education classes, but infused as often as possible into the regular classroom instruction in subjects such as math, science, language arts, social sciences and elective subjects; includes when possible, enjoyable, developmentally appropriate, culturally relevant participatory activities, such as contests, promotions, taste-testing, promotes fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, healthy food preparation methods and health-enhancing nutrition practices; emphasizes caloric balance between food intake and physical activity; emphasizes the nutritional components of smart snacks and choosing snacks wiselyGoals for physical activity:Daily RecessElementary schools should provide recess for students that:is preferably outdoors; encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity verbally and through the Integrating Physical Activity into Classroom Settings: For students to receive the nationally recommended amount of provision of space and equipment; and,discourages extended periods (i.e., periods of two or more hours) of inactivity. Middle School and High school students are allowed time for rigorous activity following meal service periods:Short break period provides students an opportunity to connect with one another and teachers in a new way, participate in physical activity, and as a result, students feel more productive and more connected to the school communityPhysical EducationThe District will provide physical education that: is for all students in grades K-12 for the entire school year; is taught by a certified physical education teacher; includes students with disabilities, students with special health-care needs may be provided in alternative educational settings; and, engages students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time. Goals for other school-based activities that are designed to promote student wellness:When activities, such as mandatory school-wide testing, make it necessary for students to remain indoors for long periods of time, schools should give students periodic breaks during which they are encouraged to stand and be moderately active. Integrating Physical Activity into Classroom Settings: For students to receive the nationally recommended amount of daily physical activity and for students to fully embrace regular physical activity as a personal behavior, students need opportunities for physical activity beyond the physical education class. Toward that end, the District will:discourage sedentary activities, such as watching television, playing computer games, etc.;encourage classroom teachers to provide short physical activity breaks between lessons or classes as appropriate;provide opportunities for physical activity to be incorporated into other subject lessons. School MealsMeals served through the National School Lunch and Breakfast Programs will:be appealing and attractive to children; be served in clean and pleasant settings; meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by local, state and federal law;offer a variety of fruits and vegetables; Sharing of Foods: The District discourages students from sharing their foods or beverages with one another during meal or snack times, given concerns about allergies and other restrictions on some children’s diets.The board will monitor and evaluate this policy by:Monitoring: The superintendent will ensure compliance with established District-wide nutrition and physical activity wellness policies.Policy ReviewAssessments will be repeated every three years to help review policy compliance, assess progress and determine areas in need of improvement. A report will be made periodically to the board and community regarding the content and effectiveness of this policy and recommend updates if needed. When monitoring implementation, schools will be evaluated individually with reports prepared by each school and the District as a whole. The report will include which schools are in compliance with this policy, the extent to which this policy compares to model Wellness policies and describe the progress made in achieving the goals of this policy. Legal Reference: Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, 42 U.S.C. 1751 et seq. (2005)Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 42 U.S.C. 1771 et seq., Approved: April 2017 Reviewed: Oct. 2020 Revised: Oct. 2020Policy Title SCHOOL CALENDARCode 601.2The school calendar will accommodate the education program of the District.? The school calendar is for a minimum of two hundred days and include, but not be limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences.The academic school year for students is for a minimum of one-hundred and eighty days or 1080 hours in the school calendar. The academic school year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23. Employees may be required to report to work at the District prior to this date.Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days of instruction after the District requirements for graduation have been met.? The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the District's graduation requirements.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the District's education program. The board shall hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10, 280.3 (2001). 1 I.A.C. 12.2(1).Approved:May 1989 Reviewed: February 2016 Revised: February 2016Policy TitleSCHOOL DAY Code 601.3The student school day for grades one through twelve shall consist of a minimum of six hours, not including the lunch period. The school day consists of the schedule of class instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the District. Time during parent/teacher conferences may be counted as part of the student’sinstructional time. The minimum school day shall meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.The Board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten. The school day shall consist of a schedule as recommended by the Superintendent and approved by the Board.The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any five consecutive school days equals a minimum of thirty hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of a staff development opportunity provided for the instructional staff or parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day. If the total hours of instructional time for the first four consecutive days equal at least thirty hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day.Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the SuperintendentWhen the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, the part of the day during which school was in session will constitute a school day. The [superintendent/building principal] will create administrative regulations necessary to utilize any remote learning opportunities that are available and permitted by law during the period of closure. Remote learning opportunities will count toward instructional time requirements as allowed by law. During the time of remote learning, student attendance will be taken, assessments may be administered and grades will count toward students’ cumulative grade point average. The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans during periods of closure will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to inform the Board annually of the length of the school day.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995) 281 I.A.C. 12.2(2), .2(3), .2(6).Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: August 2020 Revised: August 2020Policy Title NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF SECTION 504 OF Code 602.2THE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973 AND THE AMERICANSWITH DISABILITIES ACT AMENDMENTS ACT OF 2008 (ADAAA)It is the policy of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District not to discriminate against any otherwise qualified individual with a disability, solely by reason of his/her disability, in admission to or access to, or treatment or employment in, any program or activity sponsored by the District.The District will establish a grievance procedure to resolve complaints of discrimination related to Section 504/ADA. Due process rights of disabled students, parents, employees, applicants or patrons under Section 504/ADA will be enforced.The Board of Directors will designate an individual to serve as the District’s Section 504/ADA Coordinator and compliance officer and will publicize the name, office address and office telephone number of the designee. Inquiries regarding compliance with this policy should be directed to the District’s Section 504/ADA coordinator or to the Office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Kansas City, Mo, 816-891-8026.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: August 2010Policy Title NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF SECTION 504 OF Code 602.2RTHE REHABILITATION ACT OF 1973 AND THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AMENDMENTS ACT OF 2008 (ADAAA)The District’s Section 504/ADA Coordinator and Compliance office is Michelle Wearmouth, 1414 Walnut St., Dallas Center, IA 50063. She may be reached at 515-992-3866 or mwearmouth@dc-Grimes.k12.iaReviewed: December 2013Policy Title: Basic Instruction ProgramCode 602.3The basic instruction program will include the courses required for each grade level by the State Department of Education.? The instructional approach will be gender fair and multicultural.The basic instruction program of students enrolled in kindergarten is designed to develop healthy emotional and social habits, language arts and communication skills, the capacity to complete individual tasks, character education and the ability to protect and increase physical well-being with attention given to experiences relating to the development of life skills and human growth and development.The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades one through six will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, physical education, traffic safety, music, and visual art.The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades seven and eight will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, family and consumer, career, technology education, physical education, music, and visual art.The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades nine through twelve will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, physical education, fine arts, foreign language, and Career and Technical education. The minimum units offered will be in accordance to Chapter 12 Administrative Rules. The board may, in its discretion, offer additional courses in the instruction program for any grade level.Each instruction program is carefully planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the District and other factors deemed relevant by the board or superintendent.? Each instruction program's plan should describe the program, its goals, the effective materials, the activities and the method for student evaluation.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend the required courses and optional courses for kindergarten, grades one through six, grades seven and eight, and grades nine through twelve.Legal Reference:20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994); 34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2001); Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11; 279.8; 280.3? -.14 (2001); 281 I.A.C. 12.5.Cross Reference:Equal Educational Opportunity Long-Range Needs Assessment Student Scholastic Achievement Curriculum Development Instructional CurriculumApproved:June 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: December 2013Code No. 602.31APPROPRIATE USE OF Online LEARNING PLATFORMSIt is important to embrace technology that can foster a creative, interactive learning environment for students, and facilitate employee professional development and collaboration. The use of online platforms to host remote interaction between students and employees and to facilitate learning is encouraged in the district.While student and employee instruction and communication using virtual and online platforms provides a wide array of learning opportunities, it is imperative that employees and students recognize that the use of such platforms is a privilege. Training related to the use of online learning platforms will be provided to employees and students.The district shall carefully safeguard the right of students and employees to learn and teach in a respectful environment regardless of the method. All instruction and communication through online learning platforms should be appropriate to the age and ability of the participants. Students and employees should be aware that online platforms may be monitored by the district. Verbal and written communication occurring on these platforms may be recorded and stored by the district in accordance with applicable laws.Any verbal or written communication on these platforms deemed to be inappropriate will subject the student and/or employee to the same disciplinary measures that would exist if the interaction took place through traditional in-person learning. Students and employees who have concerns about the proper use of these platforms are encouraged to speak with their teachers or building principal. The superintendent will make administrative regulations necessary to enforce this policy.Legal Reference:20 U.S.C. §1232g; 34 C.F.R. Part 9947 U.S.C. §25420 U.S.C. §6777Iowa Code §§ 715CCross Reference:104Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment401.13Staff Technology Use/Social Networking506.1Student Records605.4Technology in the Classroom605.6Internet Appropriate Use501.6Student Transfers InApproved Aug. 2020ReviewedRevised Policy Title SUMMER SCHOOL INSTRUCTION Code 602.5The Dallas Center-Grimes School District recognizes the importance of ongoing learning opportunities for students. As such, the district shall offer summer school instruction in accordance with the following: Beginning in the summer of 2017, the district shall offer, unless a waiver from this requirement is granted by the Iowa Department of Education, an intensive summer literacy program for students assessed as exhibiting a substantial deficiency in reading. The applicable legal requirements for the intensive summer literacy program, including, but not limited to those relating to criteria and notification, shall be followed.If a child who is eligible for special education has been determined to need extended school year services as necessary to receive a free appropriate public education, as determined according to state and federal law, such services shall be provided as described in the child’s individualized education program.Summer School may also be offered to:Provide enrichment and extension of the program provided during the regular academic year;Provide remedial work for those pupils who need and can profit from further study in the basic subjects.Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district's budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .11, .68; 280.3; 282.6 (20135).Iowa Admin. Code. r. 281—41.106 (2015).Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.11; 282.6Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: February 2016 Revised: February 2016 Policy TitleSpecial Education Code 602.6The board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students. The board shall provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education. The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law. Students requiring special education shall attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student. The appropriate education for each student shall be written in the student's Individualized Education Program (IEP).Special education students shall be required to meet the requirements stated in board policy or in their IEPs for graduation. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 shall be provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system. The District shall work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2. This shall be done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.Legal Reference:Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982). Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982). Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979). 20 U.S.C. §§1400 et seq. (1994). 34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (1996). Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.1, .2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (1999). 281 I.A.C. 41.Cross Reference:Student DisciplineGraduation RequirementsStudent RecordsAdministration of Medication to StudentsStudent Special Health ServicesSchool Calendar Instructional CurriculumApproved: May 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: Feb. 2003Policy TitleSpecial Education Code 602.6RStudents in special education will have their graduation requirements stated as part of their IEP. All students are expected to meet the all the content area credit requirements, although the specific courses required may be altered. For example, all students will be required to have eight credits of Language Arts as stated in board policy, but the courses may be different. Instead of English I, English II, Am Lit, etc., the courses may be Gen English I, Language Arts Lab, General English II, Global Communications, etc. If a student has an altered course specific requirement, there must be a goal in an area that impacts that requirement. For example, if a student takes General Math and will not complete the Algebra requirement for graduation, the student must have a math goal. The same would be true for English. Other areas may be impacted by the reading goal of a student.If a student has an altered course specific requirement, the student is to be taking courses in that area throughout high school, even if they have reached the number of credits needed for graduation. For example, a student with a math goal may take three years of general math which meets the three years of math for graduation, but since they did not meet the same math as others and still have a math goal, their math education should continue with appropriate course work.Reviewed: December 2013Policy Title: Talented & Gifted ProgramCode 602.7The board recognizes some students require programming beyond the regular education program.? Staff will identify students with special abilities and provide education programming.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a talented and gifted program which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for training of employees.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 257.42? -.49 (2001). 281 I.A.C. 12.5(12);? 59.Cross Reference:Student Scholastic Achievement Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational InstitutionApproved:June 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: Feb. 2003Policy Title: Talented & Gifted Program/AccelerationCode 602.7RPage 1 of 4Dallas Center-Grimes Acceleration Process with OptionsDefinition of Acceleration:Acceleration is progress through an educational program at rates faster, or at ages younger, than conventional, based on readiness and motivation. The Dallas Center-Grimes School District recognizes the following as options for acceleration. See p. 3 for a short explanation of each.Option 1: Content-based acceleration: This provides students with advanced content, skills, or understandings before the expected age or grade level. In this option students typically remain with peers of the same age and grade. Content-based acceleration can also refer to allowing a student to work on higher-grade level instruction in their regular classrooms in lieu of grade-level instruction.Single-subject accelerationCurriculum compactingConcurrent/dual enrollmentWeb based individual courses Credit by examination or prior experienceMentoringExtracurricular programsAdvanced Placement Classes Central AcademyOption 2: Grade-based acceleration: This type of acceleration typically shortens the number of years a student spends in the K-12 system. In practice, a student is placed on a full-time basis in a higher-grade level than is typical given the student’s age for the purpose of providing access to appropriately challenging learning opportunities. Grade-based acceleration is commonly known as “grade skipping,” but it can include other means to shorten the number of years a student remains in the K-12 school system (Rogers, 2004; Southern & Jones, 2004). Forms of grade-based acceleration Early admission to first gradeWhole-grade accelerationIndependent studyTelescoping curriculumEarly entrance into middle school, high school, or collegeEarly graduationDecisions about the appropriateness of acceleration and the extent of acceleration for a given student will be made based on the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School DistrictAcceleration Process explained below.District Acceleration ProcessPage 2 of 4Established Acceleration Patterns: Dallas Center-Grimes has some established patterns of acceleration. The procedures for these repeated type of accelerations in the educational program are established by the district, for example Middle School Math. Individual Case Accelerations: An initial referral for acceleration may be made by the student, classroom teacher, parent/guardian, any other educator that works with the student (e.g., music, physical education, art, etc.), or the Talented and Gifted (TAG) teacher/facilitator. The TAG teacher starts the SAT referral form.Step 1: The TAG teacher meets with the SAT team. The Principal and the TAG teacher will determine the SAT Team members based upon the needs of the student. The SAT team will review the student’s assessment data and other student information, and if needed, develop an assessment plan to gain more detailed information on the student’s abilities and needs.Assessments and data could include:paper-pencil assessments (may include out of level Iowa Assessments, ACT, SAT, current grade/course level end of year assessment, next grade/course level end of year assessment, aptitude tests, ability tests, etc.)completed Iowa Acceleration Scale interviews of student, parents, teachers, and other school personnelteacher observation dataother assessments as neededindividual student motivationStep 2: The TAG teacher/classroom teacher will meet (face to face or by phone) with the student and/or parents to:discuss the student’s strengths, history, needs and concerns (See SAT Form)review the assessment plan/datagive recommendations to accelerate or not to accelerateif recommendation is to accelerate, provide possible acceleration option or schedule a meeting to discuss possible acceleration options (Steps 3 & 4)determine if the parent/guardian and student supports moving to the next stepinvite the parents to consult with other experts for an opinion regarding acceleration (e.g., family doctor, pediatrician, tutor, etc.)If acceleration option is acceptable, then TAG teacher completes the SAT and develops/updates the student’s Personal Education Plan (PEP)Step 3: The TAG teacher will coordinate the completion of the assessment plan and compile all appropriate data using the SAT referral form.Step 4: The TAG teacher will schedule a SAT meeting to determine the appropriate acceleration, if any, for the student. If needed, an acceleration plan will be developed for the student with progress monitoring dates to determine the appropriateness of the acceleration option chosen. Acceleration Option ExplanationsPage 3 of 4Curriculum compactingThe student’s instruction entails reduced amounts of introductory activities, drill, and practice. Instructional experiences may also be based on relatively fewer instructional objectives compared to the general curriculum. The time gained may be used for more advanced content instruction or to participate in enrichment activities. Instructional goals should be selected on the basis of careful analyses for their roles in the content and hierarchies of curricula. The parsing of activities and goals should be based on pre-instructional assessment (such as using a unit test as a pre-test).Concurrent/dual enrollmentThe student takes a course at one level and receives credit at a higher level (e.g., taking algebra at the middle school level and receiving credit at both the middle school and the high school level or taking a high school chemistry course that is of college-level difficulty and receiving credit for a university course upon successful completion).Web based Individual coursesThe student enrolls in coursework delivered through the internet. Examples are APEX and on-line college courses.Credit by examination or prior experienceThe student is awarded advanced standing (e.g., in high school or college) by successfully completing some form of mastery test or activity.MentoringA student is paired with a mentor or expert tutor who provides advanced or more rapid pacing of instruction. Extracurricular programsStudents elect to enroll in coursework or after school or summer programs that confer advanced instruction and/or credit.Advanced PlacementThe student takes a course (traditionally in high school) that will confer college credit upon successful completion of a standardized examination. For acceleration, this would be earlier in the school career than offered to the general student population.Central AcademyCentral Academy, located at Central Campus, is an educational program specifically designed for highly gifted and talented students. Students typically enter the Academy in 8th grade. The curriculum at Central Academy is compacted and accelerated. Students begin taking the rigorous Advanced Placement courses in 10th grade.Whole-grade accelerationA student is considered to have been whole-grade accelerated (“grade skipped”) if he or she is given a grade-level placement ahead of chronological-age peers. Whole-grade acceleration may be done at the beginning of or during the school year.Page 4 of 4Independent StudyThe student is given content progressively as prior content is completed and mastered. The practice is accelerative when the student’s progress exceeds the performance of chronological-age peers in rate and level. Provision for providing sequenced materials may or may not be with the discretion of the teacher or within the control of the student.Telescoping curriculumThe student is provided instruction that entails less time than is normal (e. g., completing a one-year course in one semester, or three years of middle school in two). Telescoping differs from curriculum compacting in that time saved from telescoping always results in advanced grade placement. Early entrance into middle school, high school, or collegeThe student is awarded an advanced level of instruction at least one year ahead of normal. This may be achieved with the employment of other accelerative techniques such as dual enrollment and credit by examination or by determination of college teachers and administrators.Early graduationThe student graduates from high school or college in three-and-a-half years or less. Generally, this is accomplished by increasing the amount of coursework undertaken each year in high school or college, but it may also be accomplished through concurrent enrollment or extracurricular and correspondence coursework.Reviewed: December 2013Revised: December 2013Policy TitleCAREER EDUCATIONCode 602.8Preparing students for careers is one goal of the education program. Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve. This education shall include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relations to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program. Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature. The Board, in its review of the curriculum, shall review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280.9 (1995); 281 I.A.C. 12.5(7).Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: March 1995 Policy TitleCURRICULUM DEVELOPMENTCode 602.14Curriculum development is an ongoing process in the District and consists of both research and design. Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline. This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area). Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experiences for all students.A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensures the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learnings for our students.Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.Facilitates communication and coordination.Improves classroom instruction.The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities. A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities to:Study the latest thinking, trends, research, and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);Identify content expectations for the content/discipline;Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment related to the content/discipline;Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences;Communicate with internal and external public regarding the content area;Involve staff members in curriculum development decisions; Verify integration of local, state, an/or federal mandates (MCNS, school-to-work, etc.);Verify how the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of necessary curriculum revisions, progress of each content area related to curriculum development activities, and to develop the expectations for curriculum development including recommendations to the Board.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7; 279.8; 290.3-.14 (1999) 20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994) 34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (1996) 281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(c)(1).Cross Reference: Educational Philosophy of the School District Long-Range Needs Assessment Student Scholastic Achievement Curriculum Development Instructional CurriculumApproved: May 1989Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: December 2013 Policy TitleCURRICULUM IMPLEMENTATIONCode 602.15Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended. How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as compared to what was supposed to happen. Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level. There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.The superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation. A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities to:Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content; Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources;Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content;Study the current status of instruction in the content area (how teachers are teaching);Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts (address the gaps);Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;Communicate with internal and external public regarding curriculum implementation;Involve staff members in curriculum implementation decisions.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop the expectations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the Board.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7; 279.8; 290.3-.14 (1999) 20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994) 34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (1996) 281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(c)(1).Cross Reference: Educational Philosophy of the School District Long-Range Needs AssessmentStudent Scholastic Achievement Curriculum Development Instructional CurriculumApproved: June 2000Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: December 2013 Policy TitleCURRICULUM EVALUATION Code 602.16Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collection, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and can do. It refers to the full range of information gathered in the School District to evaluate (make judgments about) student learning and program effectiveness in each content area.Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability. The curriculum evaluation and assessment system:1) is committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, 2) is standards-based, and 3) results are used to make decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning. A curriculum framework shall describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities:Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;Identify procedures for analyzing and interpreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (including analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data based decision making);Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external public; Define data reporting procedures;Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates;Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning;Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in District-wide assessments.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop expectations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the Board.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7; 279.8; 290.3-.14 (1999) 20 U.S.C. § 1232h (1994) 34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (1996) 281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(c)(1).Cross Reference: Educational Philosophy of the School District Long-Range Needs Assessment Student Scholastic Achievement Curriculum Development Instructional CurriculumApproved: June 2000Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: December 2013Policy TitleCITIZENSHIPCode 602.17Being a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the District community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and District community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.As part of the education program, students shall have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and District community. As part of this learning opportunity students shall be instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and District community.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 256.11(1989)Related Administration Rule or Regulation: 281 Iowa Adm. Code 12.3(8)Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: __________Policy Title: Physical EducationCode 602.18Students in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student's religious beliefs.Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if: *the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or *the student has obtained a physical education waiver for a semester because the student is actively involved in an athletic program.Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work study or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student's absence from school.Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.Legal Reference:Iowa Code § 256.11 (2001). 281 I.A.C. 12.5.Cross Reference:Student Activities Instructional CurriculumApproved: June 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: Feb. 2003Policy TitleMulti-Cultural & Gender-Fair Equity Education Opportunity Code 602.19Students shall have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, color, creed, national origin, religion, socio-economic status, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity or marital status.The education program shall be free of discrimination and provide equal opportunity for the students. The education program shall foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society. Special emphasis shall be placed on Asian Americans, African Americans, Hispanic Americans and person with disabilities. It shall also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.The Board shall adopt a written plan for the implementation of multi-cultural and non-sexist education and shall evaluate this plan at least every five years. During the evaluation process, the Board shall involve parents, students, employees and community members.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11 (1995); 281 I.A.C. 12.5(8)Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: Nov. 2010Policy TitleMulti-Cultural & Gender-Fair Equity Code 602.19REducation Opportunity Nondiscrimination StatementStudents, parents, employees and others doing business with or performing with or performing services for the Dallas Center Grimes Community School District are hereby notified that this District does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, gender, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), or socioeconomic status (for programs) in admission or access to, or treatment in, its programs and activities or hiring and employment practices. Any person having inquiries concerning the District’s compliance with the regulations implementing Title VI, Title VII, Title IX, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), -B504 or Iowa Code –B 208.3 is directed to contact: Michelle Wearmouth, 1414 Walnut St. Suite 200, Dallas Center, Iowa 50063, telephone: 515-992-3866,who was designated by the District to coordinate the District’s efforts to comply with the regulations implementing Title VI, Title VII, Title IX, the ADA, -B 504 and Iowa Code 280.3.Reviewed: December 2013Policy TitleGLOBAL EDUCATIONCode 602.20Because of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education shall be incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual’s self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world. Global education, in the education program, is the lifelong growth in understanding, through study and participation, of the world community and the interdependency of its people and systems–social, cultural, racial, economic, linguistic, technological, and ecological.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 256.11Related Administration Rule or Regulation: 281 Iowa Adm Code 12.5(11)Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: _________Policy TitleHEALTH EDUCATIONCode 602.21Students in grade levels one through twelve shall receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; communicable diseases, including sexually transmitted diseases and acquired immune deficiency syndrome; and current crucial health issues. The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being.The areas stated above shall be included in health education and the instruction shall be adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction. The written request shall include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the Superintendent. The Superintendent shall have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (1995); 281 I.A.C. 12.5Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: March 1995Policy Title PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS AT RISKCode 602.22The Board recognizes some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program. The Board shall provide a program to encourage and provide an opportunity for students at risk to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop a plan for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of District personnel.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.9; 261C; 262.71; 280.19; 442.51-.54Related Administration Rule or Regulation: 670 Iowa Adm Code 58, 281 Iowa Adm Code 12.5(13)Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: December 2013Policy TitleUSE OF THE INTERNET AND DIGITAL DEVICESCode 602.26BY STUDENTS/ACCEPTABLE USE Electronic information resources are available to qualifying students in the Dallas-Center-Grimes School District. These resources include access to computers, the Internet, networks systems and other network files or accounts of the District. Our goal in providing electronic information resources to students is to promote educational excellence by facilitating resource sharing, innovation, and communication. Appropriate and equitable use of this network of information libraries is a privilege that will allow students to access a wide variety of resources. Internet access is coordinated through a complex association of government agencies as well as regional and state networks. The District makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet. Although students will be under teacher supervision while on the network at school, it is not possible to constantly monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network. Some students might encounter information that may not be of educational value. Student Internet records and access records are confidential records treated like other student records. Students’ Internet activities will be monitored by the District, to the extent possible, to ensure students are not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors. The District will use technology protection measures to protect students from inappropriate access, including sites that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors. Users who create, access, publish or transmit, or attempt to create, access, publish or transmit, inappropriate or illegal material or Internet sites, or who otherwise violate this policy, will be subject to discipline; which may include the possibility of suspension or expulsion from school and/or referral to legal authorities. The District may limit, suspend or revoke student access to electronic resources at any time. Fines or other charges may also be imposed as a result of loss or damage to the District’s electronic information resources caused by a student. Students are required to provide full cooperation to District administration and staff, or other agencies, associated with any investigation concerning or relating to misuse of the District’s electronic information resources. The smooth operation of the network is dependent upon the proper conduct of the users who must adhere to strict guidelines, rules and regulations. Such are provided so that student users are aware of the responsibilities they are about to accept. In general, their responsibilities necessitate legal, acceptable, ethical, and appropriate utilization of the electronic network resources.The use of the District’s computers, network, and Internet access shall be for educational purposes only. The District may monitor any and all aspects of its computers, network, Internet access, and/or other technology resources without prior notice, including, but not limited to, monitoring sites students visit on the Internet, examining and copying computer files, and reviewing and copying e-mail. The District’s technology resources are the property of the District and no student shall have any expectation of privacy in any materials therein.Acceptable Use:The District will monitor the online activities of students to the extent practical, and will educate students about appropriate online behavior.The training provided will be designed to promote the District’s commitment to: The standards and acceptable use of Internet services Age appropriate training for students who use the Internet.Student safety with regard to:safety on the Internet;appropriate behavior while on online,social networking Web siteschat roomscyberbullying awareness and responsee-mail protocolCompliance with the E-rate requirements of the Children’s Internet Protection ActThis District education does not and should not take the place of parents educating their children at home about the importance of Internet and other online appropriate use and safety measures.Electronic mail addresses may be issued to students for education use. Students will use equipment and electronic resources in an appropriate and respectful manner so that no vandalism occurs.Students will be instructed on digital citizenship skills. Students will be allowed access to the Internet and digital devices unless the student’s parent or guardian provides a written notification prohibiting that student’s access. Unacceptable Network/Computer Use: Creation, transmission or intentional receipt of any inappropriate material or material in violation of law or District policy is prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to: copyrighted material; threatening material; obscene, vulgar, or lewd material; defamatory material; material protected by trade secrets; activities for private use or profit; use of product advertisement or political lobbying, including lobbying for student body office; the design or detailed information pertaining to explosive devices, criminal activities or terrorist acts; harassment or discrimination; cheating; sexism or sexual harassment; pornography; gambling; illegal solicitation; racism; and profane, vulgar or similarly inappropriate language. Illegal or inappropriate activities, including hacking, piracy, datajacking, games, or use of the network in any way that would disrupt network use by others, or activities of any kind that do not conform to the rules, regulations and policies of the District, are forbidden. No student may download or install or modify any software or programs without permission from the District.It is advised that students not reveal personal information, such as: home address, phone numbers, password, credit card numbers or social security number, etc.; this also applies to others’ personal information or that of organizations. Students shall not share user account information with other persons or attempt to use any other person’s account.In accordance with Iowa law, the District’s policy against harassment and bullying applies to electronic communications such as e-mail messages, internet-based communications, and electronic messaging. Students shall not engage in harassing or bullying behavior via the Computer. If a user encounters potentially inappropriate information, the user shall immediately terminate contact with such information and notify appropriate school personnel of the contact with inappropriate information.Service Disclaimer: The District makes no warranties of any kind, whether expressed or implied, for the service it is providing. District will not be responsible for any damages the student may suffer while on this system. These damages may include, but are not limited to: loss of data as a result of delays, non-deliveries, mis-deliveries, or service interruptions caused by any reason, including by the system or by student error or omission. Use of any information obtained via the information system is at the student’s own risk. District specifically denies any responsibility for the accuracy of information obtained through electronic information resources. Any risk, damages, and/or charges resulting from a student’s use of the District’s computers, network, and/or Internet access is assumed by and is the responsibility of the student.Definitions:Educational Purpose: Uses that are approved and supported by the District curriculum.Privilege: Access to the Internet and digital devices and equipment is a privilege, not a right. Educationally inappropriate use of these resources may result in disciplinary action (including the possibility of suspension or expulsion), and/or referral to legal authorities. The District may limit, suspend or revoke student access to electronic resources at any time.Vandalism: Vandalism is defined as any malicious attempt to harm or destroy property (including equipment or data files) of the user, another user or of any other agencies or networks or digital devices that are connected to the Network or the Internet system. Vandalism also includes, but is not limited to: intentionally abusive overloading of data on the server, or the malicious uploading, downloading or creation of computer viruses or worms. Any engagement in network or digital devices vandalism constitutes unacceptable use and will subject the student to appropriate disciplinary action.Copyright: Unauthorized duplication of software is a violation of the law and Board policy. Fair use allows an individual to reproduce copyrighted work for purposes such as teaching or research. Reproduction beyond fair use needs the permission of the copyright holder. Violation of copyright law could lead to civil liability with excessive penalties. Any violation is the liability of the student and not the District. Please refer to Board policy and administrative regulations 603.16 and 603.16R.It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals and technology coordinator, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. Approved: October 1995 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: December 2013Policy TitleUSE OF THE INTERNET AND DIGITAL DEVICESCode 602.26RBY STUDENTSAcceptable Use:Students will be able to access the Internet and digital devices under the supervision of a staff member for educational purposes. Individual student network accounts will be issued to students as needed. Electronic mail addresses may be issued to students for education use. Students will use equipment and electronic resources in an appropriate and respectful manner so that no vandalism occurs.Students will be instructed on digital citizenship skills. Age appropriate training for students who use the Internet.Student safety with regard to:safety on the Internet;appropriate behavior while on online,social networking Web siteschat roomscyberbullying awareness and responsee-mail protocolStudents will be allowed access to the Internet and digital devices as described in the policy, unless the student’s parent or guardian provides a written notification prohibiting that student’s access. Unacceptable Network/Computer Use: Creation, transmission or intentional receipt of any inappropriate material or material in violation of law or District policy is prohibited. This includes, but is not limited to: copyrighted material; threatening material; obscene, vulgar, or lewd material; defamatory material; material protected by trade secrets; activities for private use or profit; use of product advertisement or political lobbying, including lobbying for student body office; the design or detailed information pertaining to explosive devices, criminal activities or terrorist acts; harassment or discrimination; cheating; sexism or sexual harassment; pornography; gambling; illegal solicitation; racism; and profane, vulgar or similarly inappropriate language. Illegal or inappropriate activities, including hacking, piracy, datajacking, games, or use of the network in any way that would disrupt network use by others, or activities of any kind that do not conform to the rules, regulations and policies of the District, are forbidden. No student may download or install or modify any software or programs without permission from the District.It is advised that students not reveal personal information, such as: home address, phone numbers, password, credit card numbers or social security number, etc.; this also applies to others’ personal information or that of organizations. Students shall not share user account information with other persons or attempt to use any other person’s account.In accordance with Iowa law, the District’s policy against harassment and bullying applies to electronic communications such as e-mail messages, internet-based communications, and electronic messaging. Students shall not engage in harassing or bullying behavior via the Computer. If a user encounters potentially inappropriate information, the user shall immediately terminate contact with such information and notify appropriate school personnel of the contact with inappropriate information.Please refer to DCG 1-to-1 Handbook for regulations related to the 1-to-1 laptop program. All uses of the Internet or digital devices must follow Copyright laws. See Adm Reg 603.16RReviewed: December 2013 Policy TitleInstruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution Code 602.27Students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or vocational-technical credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions.? The student may receive academic or vocational-technical credits through an agreement between a post-secondary educational institution or with the board's approval on a case-by-case basis.Students in grades nine through twelve who successfully complete courses in post-secondary educational institutions under an agreement between the District and the post-secondary educational institution will receive academic and vocational-technical credits in accordance with the agreement.Students who have completed the eleventh grade but who have not completed the graduation requirements set out by the board may take up to seven semester hours of credit at a post-secondary educational institution during the summer months when school is not in session if the student pays for the courses.? Upon successful completion of these summer courses, the students will receive academic or vocational-technical credit toward the graduation requirements set out by the board.? Successful completion of the course is determined by the post-secondary educational institution.? The board will have complete discretion to determine the academic credit to be awarded to the student for the summer courses.The following factors are considered in the board's determination of whether a student will receive academic or vocational-technical credit toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for a course at a post-secondary educational institution: the course is taken from a public or accredited private post-secondary educational institution; a comparable course is not offered in the District.? A comparable course is one in which the subject matter or the purposes and objectives of the course are similar, in the judgment of the board, to a course offered in the District; the course is in the discipline areas of mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, vocational-technical education, or a course offered in the community college career options program; the course is a credit-bearing course that leads to a degree; the course is not religious or sectarian; and the course meets any other requirements set out by the board.Students who take courses at a post-secondary educational institution are responsible for transportation without reimbursement to and from the location where the course is being offered. Students that take courses at a post-secondary institution that align with Senior Year Plus expectations, (including PSEO, Career Academy, and concurrent enrollment, will not be charged tuition.Students who take courses during the summer months when school is not in session are responsible for the costs of attendance for the courses.Students who fail the course and fail to receive credit will reimburse the District for all costs directly related to the course.? Prior to registering for the course, students under age eighteen will have a parent sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit for the course.? Students who fail the course and fail to receive credit for the course for reasons beyond their control, including, but not limited to, the student's incapacity, death in the family or a move to another District, may not be responsible for the costs of the course.? The school board may waive reimbursement of costs to the District for the previously listed reasons.? Students dissatisfied with a school board's decision will appeal to the AEA for a waiver of reimbursement.A student that plans to enroll in a post-secondary school under this policy must inform the District in writing by March 15, of the preceding school year. The superintendent, on an individual basis, may approve registrations after this timeline.The superintendent is responsible for annually notifying students and parents of the opportunity to take courses at post-secondary educational institutions in accordance with this policy.? The superintendent will also be responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 261C; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2003). 281 I.A.C. 12, 22.Cross Reference:Student Scholastic Achievement Program for Talented and Gifted StudentsApproved: February 2004 Reviewed: December 2013Revised: December 2013Policy Title: PRIVATE INSTRUCTIONCode 602.28The Dallas Center-Grimes School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction. The applicable legal requirements for private instruction, including, but not limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, shall be followed.Except as otherwise exempted, in the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction. Private instruction means instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school. Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction. The Iowa Department of Education recognizes three options for delivery of this form of instruction: two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent private instruction. Competent private instruction means private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter, which results in the student making adequate progress. Competent private instruction is provided by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or by other individuals identified in law. Independent private instruction means instruction that meets the following criteria: (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students, (iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose, (v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided, or from the director of the department of education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 299, 299A.281 I.A.C. 31.Cross Reference:Student Attendance Student Rights and Responsibilities Student Activities Student Health and Immunization Certificates Dual Enrollment Approved: ___________Reviewed: February 2016 Revised: February 2016Policy Title: DUAL ENROLLMENTCode 602.29The parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district in accordance with state law and policy. The student is considered under dual enrollment. The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary no later than September 15 of the school year in which dual enrollment is sought on forms provided by the school district. On the form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating. The forms are available at the central administration office.A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district. The policies and administrative rules of the school district will apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled the school district. These policies and administrative rules will include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of applicable fees.A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the student's annual assessment will not be responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test.After the student notifies the school district which activities in which they wish to participate, the school district will provide information regarding the specific programs.The applicable legal requirements for dual enrollment including, but not limited to those related to reporting and eligibility, shall be followed. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 299A (2013).281 I.A.C. 31.Cross Reference:502Student Rights and Responsibilities503Student Discipline504Student Activities507Student Health and Well-Being604.1Private InstructionApproved February 2016Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised: ___________Policy Title Virtual/On-Line Courses Code 602.30The Board recognizes that on-line coursework may be a good alternative for students to not only meet graduation requirements but, also have the opportunity to take advanced or other courses not offered by the District.Credit from an on-line or virtual course may be earned only in the following circumstances: The course is not offered at the high school;Although the course is offered at the high school, the student will not be able to take it due to an unavoidable scheduling conflict that would keep the student from meeting graduation requirements;The course will serve as a supplement to extend homebound instruction;The student has been expelled from the regular school setting, but educational services are to be continued; orThe principal, with agreement from the student's teachers and parents, determines the student requires a differentiated or accelerated learning environment.As a credit recovery or acceleration optionStudents applying for permission to take a virtual course shall complete prerequisites and provide teacher/counselor recommendations to confirm the student possesses the maturity level needed to function effectively in an on-line learning environment. In addition, the express approval of the principal or counselor shall be obtained before a student enrolls in an on-line course. The school must receive an official record of the final grade before credit toward graduation will be recognized.Courses that are provided during the regular school year and regular school day as part of the student’s schedule shall be borne by the District. A charge may be issued for courses offered during the summer months as well as before/after the regular school day.Legal Reference: 281 I.A.C. 15Cross Reference:605.6Internet Appropriate Use501.6Student Transfers InApproved:December 2005 Reviewed: December 2013 Revised: December 2013Virtual/On-Line Courses Code 602.29RHigh school students may earn a maximum of four credits to be applied toward graduation requirements by completing on-line courses offered through agencies approved by the board, such as the Iowa On-Line Learning. A student may petition the superintendent to take more than four on-line courses to count toward graduation. The superintendent may grant permission to take additional on-line courses on a case-by-case basis.Credit from an on-line or virtual course may be earned only in the following circumstances: The course is not offered at the high school;Although the course is offered at the high school, the student will not be able to take it due to an unavoidable scheduling conflict that would keep the student from meeting graduation requirements;The course will serve as a supplement to extend homebound instruction;The student has been expelled from the regular school setting, but educational services are to be continued; orThe principal, with agreement from the student's teachers and parents, determines the student requires a differentiated or accelerated learning environment.Students applying for permission to take a virtual course shall complete prerequisites and provide teacher/counselor recommendations to confirm the student possesses the maturity level needed to function effectively in an on-line learning environment. In addition, the express approval of the principal shall be obtained before a student enrolls in an on-line course. The school must receive an official record of the final grade before credit toward graduation will be recognized.Courses that are provided during the regular school year and regular school day as part of the student’s schedule shall be borne by the District. A charge will be issued for courses offered during the summer months as well as before/after the regular school day. Policy TitleField Trips and ExcursionsCode 603.2The principal may authorize field trips and excursions when such events contribute to the achievement of education goals of the District. The District will provide transportation for field trips and excursions.In authorizing field trips and excursions, the principal shall consider the following:*financial condition of the District*educational benefit of the activity,*inherent risks or dangers of the activity*how the trip or activity relates to identified curriculum*what specific educational activities will enhance student learning*why this student learning can’t occur in the regular classroom* special value or nature of this trip*the impact on other classes the teacher or teachers attending this trip teach and how any negative impact be addressed.Written parental permission will be required prior to the student's participation in field trips and excursions. Field trips outside the state and/or overnight must have the approval of the Board of Education. Excursions outside the United States must have the recommendation of the administration and the approval of the Board of Directors.Field trips and excursions are to be arranged with the principal well in advance. A detailed schedule and budget must be submitted by the employee. The District will be responsible for obtaining a substitute teacher if one is needed. Following field trips and excursions, the teacher may be required to submit a written summary of the event.Legal Reference:390 C.F.R. Pt. 390.3(f) (1993).Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).281 I.A.C. 43.9.Cross Reference:Student ConductGood Conduct RuleInstructional CurriculumTransportationApproved: May 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: Feb. 2003 Policy TitleOBJECTION TO INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS Code 603.5Members of the District community may object to the instructional materials utilized in the District and ask for their use to be reconsidered.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3; 114; 301Related Administration Rule or Regulation: 670 Iowa Adm Code 3.5(20), (21) 281 Adm. Code 12.5(22)Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: _________Code?No.?603.5RPage 1 of 3Policy TitleOBJECTION TO INSTUCTIONAL MATERIALSA.A member of the District community may raise an objection to instructional materials used in the District's education program despite the fact that the individuals selecting such material were duly qualified to make the selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for selecting such material.1.The school official or employee receiving a complaint regarding instructional materials will try to resolve the issue informally. The materials generally will remain in use pending the outcome of the reconsideration procedure.a.The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the board's selection procedure, criteria to be met by the instructional materials, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.b.The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the role of the objected material in the education program, its intended educational purpose, and additional information regarding its use. In the alternative, the employee may refer the individual to the teacher-librarian who can identify and explain the use of the material.2.The employee receiving the initial complaint will advise the building principal of the initial contact no later than the end of the school day following the discussion with the individual, whether or not the individual has been satisfied by the initial contact. A written record of the contact is maintained by the principal in charge of the attendance center. Each building principal shall inform employees of their obligation to report complaints.3.In the event the individual making an objection to instructional materials is not satisfied with the initial explanation, the individual is referred to the principal or to the teacher-librarian of the attendance center. If, after consultation with the principal or teacher-librarian, the individual desires to file a formal complaint, the principal or teacher-librarian will assist in filling out a Reconsideration Request Form in full and filing it with the superintendent.B.Request for Reconsideration1.A member of the District community may formally challenge instructional materials on the basis of appropriateness used in the District's education program. This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the District and the community who are not directly involved in the selection process.2.Each attendance center and the District's central administrative office will keep on hand and make available Reconsideration Request Forms. Formal objections to instructional materials must be made on this form.3.The individual will state the specific reason the instructional material is being challenged. The Reconsideration Request Form is signed by the individual and filed with the superintendent. 4.The superintendent will promptly file the objection with the reconsideration committee for re-evaluation.5.Generally, access to challenged instructional material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process. However, in unusual circumstances, the instructional material may be removed temporarily by a decision of the Superintendent and the Building Principal. 6.The Reconsideration Committeea.The reconsideration committee is made up of eight members.(1)One licensed employee designated annually, as needed, by the superintendent. (2)One teacher-librarian designated annually by the superintendent.(3)One member of the administrative team designated annually by the superintendent.(4)Three members of the community appointed annually, as needed, by the board.(5)Two high school students, selected annually by the high school principal.b.The committee will select their chairperson and secretary.c.The committee will meet at the request of the superintendent.d.Notice of committee meetings is made public through appropriate publications and other communications methods.e.The committee will receive the completed Reconsideration Request Form from the superintendent.f.The committee will determine its agenda for the first meeting which may include the following:(1)Distribution of copies of the completed Reconsideration Request Form.(2)An opportunity for the individual or a group spokesperson to talk about or expand on the Reconsideration Request Form.(3)Distribution of reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the challenged instructional material if available.(4)Distribution of copies of the challenged instructional material as available.g.The committee may review the selection process for the challenged instructional material and may, to its satisfaction, determine that the challenge is without merit and dismiss the challenge. The committee will notify the individual and the superintendent of its action.h.At a subsequent meeting, if held, interested persons, including the individual filing the challenge, may have the opportunity to share their views. The committee may request that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee. i.The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the reconsideration committee secretary on the status of the Reconsideration Request Form throughout the reconsideration process. The individual filing the challenge and known interested parties is given appropriate notice of meetings.j.At the second or a subsequent meeting the committee will make its final recommendation. The committee's final recommendation may be to take no removal action, to remove the challenged material from the school environment, or to limit the educational use of the challenged material. The sole criterion for the final recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use. The written final recommendation and its justification are forwarded to the board, the individual and the appropriate attendance centers. The superintendent my also make a recommendation but if so, it should be independent from the committee’s.Following the superintendent’s decision with respect to the committee's recommendation, the individual or the chairperson of the reconsideration committee may appeal the decision to the board for review. Such appeal must be presented to the superintendent in writing within five days following the announcement of the superintendent's decision. The board will promptly determine whether to hear the appeal. k.A recommendation to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the individuals involved in the original selection or use of the material.l.Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been reconsidered by the committee must receive approval of two-thirds of the committee members before the materials will again be reconsidered. m.If necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the committee, the committee may appoint a subcommittee of members or nonmembers to consolidate challenges and to make recommendations to the full committee. The composition of this subcommittee will approximate the representation of the full committee.mittee members directly associated with the selection, use, or challenger of the challenged material are excused from the committee during the deliberation of the challenged instructional materials. The superintendent may appoint a temporary replacement for the excused committee member, but the replacement must be of the same general qualifications as the member excused.o.Persons dissatisfied with the decision of the board may appeal to the Iowa Board of Education pursuant to state law.Reviewed: March 2014REQUEST FOR RECONSIDERATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALSAuthor:Title:Publisher:Type of Material (textbook, film, paperback, etc.)Request Initiated By:Address:Telephone:Complaint Represents:Self or other Individual: (Please list names)Organization (Give Name)Group (Identify)1.To what in the material do you object? (Please be specific; cite pages)2.What do you feel might be the result of reading, viewing, or listening to this material?3.For what age group would you recommend this material?4.Is there anything good about the material?5.Did you read, listen to, or view the material in its entirety? If not, what parts?6.What would you like to have done with this material?Do not assign or make it available to my childWithdraw it from use for all studentsSignatureDatePolicy TitleINSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS SELECTION Code 603.8The Board has the sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the District. This authority is delegated to the certified staff to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by and purchased by the District.In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selection of additional instructional materials, the certified staff shall consider the current and future needs of the District as well as the changes and the trends in education and society. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to report to the Board the action taken by the certified staff.The Superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks. Textbooks shall be reviewed as needed and at least every seven (7) years.Educational materials given to the District must meet the criteria established above. The gift must be in compliance with board policy.-199390063563500All textbook series and major instructional materials purchases will be reviewed to assure there is no discrimination in its educational materials on the basis of age, race, color, national origin, religion, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity or marital status. The District will establish guidelines for equity review of all textbook series and major instructional materials purchases.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301Cross Reference:Related Administration Rule or Regulation: Iowa Adm Code 670; 3.5(20), .5(21); 281; 12.5(22)Approved: June 1989Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: Dec. 2008Code?No.?603.8RPage 1 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALSI.Responsibility for Selection of Instructional MaterialsA.The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District.B.The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system. For the purpose of this rule the term "instructional materials" includes printed and multimedia materials (not equipment), whether considered text materials or library materials. The board retains the final authority for the approval of textbooks.C.While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teacher-librarian, students, parents and community members, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees. D.Responsibility for coordinating the selection of text materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent. For the purpose of this rule the term 'text materials' includes textbooks and other printed and nonprinted material provided in multiple copies for use of a total class or major segment of a class.E.If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee is formed and appointed in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.1.The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.2.The following statement is given to the ad hoc committee members:Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual materials. Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews. The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context. The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the material as a whole.Your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the questioned material.Code?No.?603.8RPage 2 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALSII.Material selected for use in libraries and classrooms will meet the following guidelines:A.Religion - Material will represent the major religions in a factual, unbiased manner. The primary source material of the major religions is considered appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, will not be included in the school libraries or classrooms.B.Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual.C.Sexism - Material will reflect sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of men and women without preference or bias.D.Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.E.Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present. This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and is related to the maturity level of the intended audience.F.Profanity and Sex - Material is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher-librarians and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.G.Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.III.Procedure for SelectionA.Material purchased for libraries and classrooms is recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, school library staff, students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board. The material recommended for purchase is approved by the appropriate building administrator.Code?No.?603.8RPage 3 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS1.The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the District. Specifically, the goals are:a.To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;b.To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;c.To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;d.To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;e.To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;f.To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens in a pluralistic democracy;g.To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,h.To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.2.Materials selected is consistent with stated principles of selection. These principles are:a.To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the District;b.To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;c.To present the sexual, racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:1.Portraying people, both men and women, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.2.Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.3.Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.4.Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.d.To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,e.To strive for impartiality in the selection process.3.The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria. These criteria are:a.Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;b.Reliability:1.Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.Code?No.?603.8RPage 4 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS2.Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.c.Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.d.Language:1.Vocabulary:a.Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;b.Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause women to feel excluded or dehumanized.patible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.e.Format:1.Booka.Adequate and accurate index;b.Paper of good quality and color;c.Print adequate and well spaced;d.Adequate margins;e.Firmly bound; and,Cost.2.Nonbooka.Flexibility, adaptability;b.Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;c.Appropriate for audience;d.Accurate authoritative presentation;e.Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);f.Durability; and,g.Cost.3.Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:a.Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and nonsegregated social relationships.b.Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;c.Contain pertinent and effective illustrations;4.Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.f.Special Features:1.Bibliographies.2.Glossary.3.Current charts, maps, etc.4.Visual aids.5.Index.6.Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.7.Provide a variety of learning skills.g.Potential use:1.Will it meet the requirement of reference work?2.Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?3.Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?Code?No.?603.8R Page 5 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS4.Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, and sexual stereotypes?5.Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?6.Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?7.Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interest?Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?9.Will it serve the needs of students with special needs?10.Does it inspire learning?11.Is it relevant to the subject?12.Will it stimulate a student's interest?4.Gifts of library or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for library and instructional materials. The acceptance and placement of such gifts is within the discretion of the board.5.In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, teacher-librarians will ensure constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet District needs or find use. The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.Reviewed: March 2014Policy Title INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS INSPECTIONCode 603.10Parents and other members of the District community may view the instructional materials used by the students. All instructional materials, including teacher’s manuals, films, tapes or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents.The instructional materials must be viewed on District premises. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.Legal References: Iowa Code §§279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (1995)Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: March 2014INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS INSPECTIONCode 603.10RParents and other members of the District community may view the instructional materials used by the students. Such requests are to be made to the building principal. The District will produce such materials within seven business days of the request.All instructional materials must be viewed on District premises. Reviewed: March 2014Policy TitleRELIGION BASED EXCLUSION FROM SCHOOL PROGRAM Code 603.11Parents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the Superintendent. The Board authorizes the administration to allow the exclusion if it is not disruptive to the educational process and it does not infringe on a compelling state or educational interest. Further, the exclusion must not interfere with other District operations.In notifying the Superintendent, the parents shall abide by the following:The notice shall be in writing;The objection shall be based on religious beliefs;The objection shall state which activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;The objection shall state why these activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;The objection shall state a proposed alternate activity or study;The Superintendent shall have sole discretion to make this determination. The factors the Superintendent shall consider when a student requests to be excluded from a program or activity because of religious beliefs include, but are not limited to, staff available to supervise a student who wishes to be excluded, space to house the student while the student is excluded, available superintendent approved alternative course of study or activity while the student is excluded, numbers of students who wish to be excluded, whether allowing the exclusion places the school in a position that it is supporting a particular religion, and whether the program or activity is required for promotion to the next grade level or for graduation.Students who are allowed to be excluded from a program or activity which violates their religious beliefs shall be required to do an alternate supervised activity or study. The Superintendent shall approve the alternate activity or study for the student.Legal Reference:Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: March 2014Policy Title TECHNOLOGY AND INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALSCode 603.12The Board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the education program. The Board encourages District personnel to investigate efficient and effective ways to utilize instructional, multi-media computers, and other technologies as a part of the curriculum.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually. The Superintendent shall report the results of their evaluation and make a recommendation to the Board regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.17; 279.8; 282.14Related Administration Rule or Regulation: 670 Iowa Adm Code 3.5(21) 15(10); 281 12.5(10)Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: Dec. 2008Policy TitleSCHOOL LIBRARYCode 603.13The District shall maintain a school library in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.Materials for the centers will be acquired according to board policy, “Instructional Materials Selection.”It shall be the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the school library is located to oversee the use of materials in the library.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, for the weeding of library and instructional materials, and for the handling of challenges to either library or classroom materials.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (1995) 281 I.A.C. 12.5(22)Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: Dec. 2008Code?No.?603.13RPage 1 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALSI.Responsibility for Selection of Instructional MaterialsA.The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District.B.The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system. For the purpose of this rule the term "instructional materials" includes printed and multimedia materials (not equipment), whether considered text materials or library materials. The board retains the final authority for the approval of textbooks.C.While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teacher-librarian, students, parents and community members, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees. D.Responsibility for coordinating the selection of text materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent. For the purpose of this rule the term 'text materials' includes textbooks and other printed and nonprinted material provided in multiple copies for use of a total class or major segment of a class.E.If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee is formed and appointed in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.1.The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.2.The following statement is given to the ad hoc committee members:Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual materials. Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews. The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context. The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the material as a whole.Your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the questioned material.Code?No.?603.13RPage 2 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALSII.Material selected for use in libraries and classrooms will meet the following guidelines:A.Religion - Material will represent the major religions in a factual, unbiased manner. The primary source material of the major religions is considered appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, will not be included in the school libraries or classrooms.B.Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual.C.Sexism - Material will reflect sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of men and women without preference or bias.D.Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.E.Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present. This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and is related to the maturity level of the intended audience.F.Profanity and Sex - Material is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher-librarians and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.G.Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.III.Procedure for SelectionA.Material purchased for libraries and classrooms is recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, school library staff, students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board. The material recommended for purchase is approved by the appropriate building administrator.Code?No.? 603.13RPage 3 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS1.The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the District. Specifically, the goals are:a.To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;b.To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;c.To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;d.To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;e.To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;f.To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens in a pluralistic democracy;g.To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,h.To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.2.Materials selected is consistent with stated principles of selection. These principles are:a.To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the District;b.To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;c.To present the sexual, racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:1.Portraying people, both men and women, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.2.Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.3.Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.4.Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.d.To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,e.To strive for impartiality in the selection process.3. The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria. These criteria are:a.Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;b.Reliability:1.Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.Code?No.?603.13RPage 4 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS2.Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.c.Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.d.Language:1.Vocabulary:a.Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;b.Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause women to feel excluded or dehumanized.patible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.e.Format:1.Booka.Adequate and accurate index;b.Paper of good quality and color;c.Print adequate and well spaced;d.Adequate margins;e.Firmly bound; and,Cost.2.Nonbooka.Flexibility, adaptability;b.Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;c.Appropriate for audience;d.Accurate authoritative presentation;e.Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);f.Durability; and,g.Cost.3.Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:a.Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and nonsegregated social relationships.b.Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;c.Contain pertinent and effective illustrations;4.Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.f.Special Features:1.Bibliographies.2.Glossary.3.Current charts, maps, etc.4.Visual aids.5.Index.6.Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.7.Provide a variety of learning skills.g.Potential use:1.Will it meet the requirement of reference work?2.Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?3.Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?Code?No.?603.13RPage 5 of 5SELECTION OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS4.Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, and sexual stereotypes?5.Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?6.Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?7.Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interest?Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?9.Will it serve the needs of students with special needs?10.Does it inspire learning?11.Is it relevant to the subject?12.Will it stimulate a student's interest?4.Gifts of library or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for library and instructional materials. The acceptance and placement of such gifts is within the discretion of the board.5.In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, teacher-librarians will ensure constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet District needs or find use. The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.Approved: Dec 2008 Reviewed: March 2014Revised: __________Policy Title WEEDING OF INSTRUCTIONAL AND LIBRARY MATERIALS Code 603.14All collections of instructional and library materials shall be inventoried periodically to assure that materials are up-to-date and accurate. Weeding of instructional and library materials is delegated to certified staff and media specialists.The following criteria will be used as they apply to weeding materials:Materials shall not exhibit signs of physical deterioration.Materials shall meet the current needs of the school community.Yearbooks, almanacs and encyclopedias that have been superseded by newer editions shall be withdrawn from the collection.Materials no longer used or of slight utility shall be withdrawn from the collection.Materials in which any significant portion of the information is outdated shall be withdrawn from the collection.Materials shall meet high standards of quality in factual content and presentation or shall be withdrawn from the collection.Equipment that is outmoded, unused or irreparable shall be removed from use.Legal Reference:Approved: April 1993 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: __________Policy TitleACADEMIC FREEDOMCode 603.15The Board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view. Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.It shall be the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods. Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.It shall be the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .6 (1995)Approved: April 1995 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: Policy Title ACADEMIC FREEDOMCode 603.15RTEACHING CONTROVERSIAL ISSUESA “controversial issue” is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state, or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.It is the belief of this Board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom, so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.It shall be the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider, and discuss all sides of controversial issues, including but not limited to political philosophies.It shall be the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste, and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing his/her relationship with the instructor.It shall be the responsibility of the instructor to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor shall not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.It shall be the policy of this school system to encourage full discussion of controversial issues, in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others, but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.Legal Reference:Cross Reference: Revised: March 2014Policy Title Use of Information ResourcesCode 603.16In order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources. In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes. Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the "fair use" doctrine. Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met. While the District encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the District's copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law. In no circumstances shall it be necessary for District staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly. The District will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students. Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination. Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension or expulsion. Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the District received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it. Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed. The District is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the District's procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the administration who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required. It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal and/or teacher-librarian to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal References:17 U.S. Code Sec. 101 et al.281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).Cross References:Use and/or Possession of Electronic Communication Devices 502.14Approved: Dec. 2008Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: __________Code No. 603.16RUse of Information Resources RegulationEmployees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission shall be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the teacher-librarian or principal. Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research. Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document: Purpose and Character of the Use – The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.Nature of the Copyrighted Work – The type of work to be copied.Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used – Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work – If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders:Materials on the Internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures. While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented.In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of: A chapter from a book; An article from a newspaper or periodical; A short story, short essay or short poem; or,A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper. A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines. Each copy must include a notice of copyright. BrevityA complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied. “Special” works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose. Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10 percent of the work.Spontaneity – Should be at the “instance and inspiration” of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.Cumulative Effect – Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made. No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term. Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term. Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.Copying Limitations Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited. In those circumstances, the teacher-librarian or principal should be contacted. The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines: Reproduction of copyrighted material shall not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by District action, there shall be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.Employees shall not: Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material. Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission;Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in any one term;Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright. The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the LibraryA library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:An unpublished work in its collection; A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision. Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying. The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price. In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied. In any case, the copy shall contain the notice of copyright and the student or staff member shall be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research. Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement. Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic WorksTeachers may:Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction; Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song; In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available. Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted. Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist. Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting. The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment. Performances of nondramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:The performance is not for a commercial purpose; None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and, Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner. Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.Recording of Copyrighted Programs Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording. Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately. Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the teacher-librarian or principal. or the subscription database, e.g. unitedstreaming.Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period. Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests. No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast. A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers. Each additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.After the first ten consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum. Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the 10 day period. Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content. Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations. All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded. Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer SoftwareSchools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices. To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the District shall support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs. To this end, the following guidelines shall be in effect: All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the District shall be observed;Staff members shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;A back-up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged. If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the District shall make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the teacher-librarian or the technology director, .and,A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language. The adapted program may not be distributed.Fair Use Guidelines for Educational MultimediaStudents may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects. Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum-based instructional activities. These projects may be used:In face-to-face instruction;In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;In assignments to students;For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be saved on-site only; or,In their personal portfolios.Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in an educational multimedia project:Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology. For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology;Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds. No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials. Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online. The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.NOTE: For copyright notices and more information, please go to Heartland AEA website: : Dec 2008Reviewed: March 2014Revised: __________ Policy Title STUDENT HEALTH SERVICESCode 604.2Health services shall be coordinated with the health education and physical education curriculum. The program shall be designed to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being. Areas to be considered include, but are not limited to:Environmental health and safety;Emergency health procedures and responsibilities;Health promotion;Communicable disease prevention and control;Staffing for the school health program;Administering of prescription medication;Acute or chronic health problems;Health assessment and screening;Record keeping; andProgram evaluation.Nurses and other medical employees employed by or requested to conduct services for the Board shall hold and maintain a current Iowa license and meet the requirements of the Iowa Department of Education if required by the DistrictHealth screenings will be administered and immunization records reporting will take place in accordance with Iowa Code.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 139.9;43 (1995) 641 I.A.C. 7. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(9).Approved: June l989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: June 2009Policy Title SUPERVISION AFTER SCHOOL EVENTSCode 604.5To supervise the school facility, there shall be a District employee or a person designated by the District available while students wait at the school building after a school activity.It shall be the responsibility of the supervisor to ensure that the students and other individuals in the school building have valid and clear purpose for being in the facility at that time. If there is no valid and clear purpose for the student or other individual to be in the building, the supervisor shall require them to leave the school building at once.Rules and regulations to implement and enforce this policy are found in the employee handbook(s).Legal Reference:Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: March 2014Policy Title STUDENT GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING PROGRAMCode 604.6The Board shall provide a student guidance and counseling program. The Guidance Counselor and/or Dean of Students shall be certified with the Iowa Department of Education and hold the qualifications required by the Board. The guidance and counseling program will serve grades kindergarten through twelve. The program will assist students with their person, educational, and career development. The program shall be coordinated with the education program and involve licensed employees.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 622.10 (1995) 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), .5 (21).Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: March 2014Revised: March 2014Policy Title GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF PROFESSIONAL THERAPY DOGS CODE 604.11Professional School Therapy Dogs certified with their owners/handlers as Certified Assistance Dog Teams provide emotional and physical support in the educational setting. These highly trained dogs model good behavior, tolerance, and acceptance. All certified Assistance Dog Teams in the Dallas Center Grimes Community School District work to support and positively influence student achievement.1. Professional Therapy Dogs – definitionA. Professional therapy dogs are dogs trained and tested to provide specific physical or therapeutic functions under the direction and control of a qualified handler who works with the dog as a team, and as a part of the handler’s occupation or profession.A professional therapy dog has been temperament tested by a trainer affiliated with an organization recognized as qualified to do temperament training.a. Such dogs, with their handlers, perform such functions in institutional settings, community-based group settings, or when providing services to specific persons who have disabilities.b. Professional therapy dogs in the DCG CSD are not family pets that have been certified as pet therapy animals. B. Professional therapy dogs have passed a Certification Test administered by a trainer/evaluator recognized by Dallas Center-Grimes CSD for this purpose. Professional therapy dogs are owned by a professional educator in Dallas Center-Grimes CSD who wishes to use a professional therapy dog to augment his/her educational program.All costs are the responsibility of the owner and if the owner leaves the district, the dog goes with them.Policy 604.11, Page 2See attached documentation requirements (checklist of information) for Certified Assistance Dog Teams in the DCG CSD.C. Professional Therapy Dogs may be used in the school setting on a regular basis when the following documentation is in place;Administrative Approvala. The use of the animal or animals must be approved by the superintendent.Health Records and Hygiene/Animal Carea. The owner/handler must provide a record of annual vaccinations received by the dog and signed by a veterinarian; these health records should be kept on file in the school building and in the Superintendent’s office.1) The dog should receive a Bordetella vaccination annually; rabies vaccinations and five-way parvo/distemper (DHPP) shall be updated every three years. Please note: dogs less than one year of age or receiving their rabies and parvo vaccinations for the first time shall receive a follow-up vaccine in one year, with vaccinations every three years thereafter.2) The dog should be given a comprehensive wormer or fecal check for worms annually.3) The dog should be checked for external parasite control.4) All owners will give preventive parasite (fleas and ticks) control and heartworm medication year-round. Annual tests for heartworm are required. Prevention should be non-toxic in nature, which is important in a school environment.5) The dog should be groomed and bathed regularly. For dogs in a working environment, monthly to by-monthly baths are recommended as is a daily brushing. (Good judgement should be based on the dog’s hair, skin, and dander concerns.) The owner/handler must also ensure proper health care through regular (several times weekly) brushing of the dog’s teeth, regular nail trimming as needed, and weekly cleaning/checks of the dog’s ears.Policy 604.11 Page 3Public Access Test Documentationa. A copy of the certification of completion should be kept on file in the school building and in the Superintendent’s office.1) Records of advanced obedience, agility, or other training may be kept updated in the employee’s file.D. Review of Professional School Therapy Dog Guidance and Procedures:1) Professional Therapy Dog guidelines and procedures will be reviewed annually with all staff and students of the academic year.2) Review of guidelines and procedures will take place as needed (determined by the administrator and dog owner/handler) throughout the year.Policy 604.11 Proof of InsuranceII. The privilege to bring the dog into the school setting may be terminated should the handler or dog behave in a way deemed unprofessional or unsafe.IV. When an educator uses a professional therapy dog according to the above guidelines, the educator will be covered by their private insurance policy (minimum $1 million liability coverage).Adopted: July 2018 Reviewed _______________ Revised______________604.11 R.1PROFESSIONAL THERAPY DOG HANDLER ETHICS1. Handlers should evaluate their dog’s health and attitude before each working day.2. It is permissible for the dog to be off-lead while in a supervised situation where it is working, but it should not be allowed to wander through the facility unsupervised.3. Be aware and courteous of the places your dog is welcome or allowed in each facility. Students should be taught to “smile and wave” (or other quiet greeting) at the dog in the hall or other less-structured environments to alleviate disruption of students’ attention and conduct.4. Handlers will always clean up after the dog, inside or outside the facility.5. Give verbal commands firmly and calmly and praise the dog for exemplary behavior.6. Students are NEVER to be left alone with a dog; a designated handler must always be present. Dogs may be left with a non-handler adult for brief periods of time when children are not present/will not have any access to the dog. When the dog is left unattended, it should be put in a crate with the door latched or in a room or in a room or office with the door closed and locked as needed.7. If treats are used, students should be taught to give the treat with a flat hand or drop the treat on the ground.8. Always be alert to signs of stress in the dog. Some signs may be:● Excessive panting● Dog jumps or climbs on handler for security● Dog hides behind handler● Shaking or tremors, or ears and tail pressed close to body● Yawning and changes in facial expression● Dog looks for doorway or other escape route● Noticeable change in behavior and/or desire to socialize9. Be aware of small items dropped on the floor and do not allow the dog to rummage through trash containers. Use the “Leave it!” command if this situation arises.10. When working with disabled persons, the handler(s) will assist in commanding and handling the dog.11. Never knowingly put you dog in questionable or threatening situation.12. All DCGCSD handlers/trainers will follow the district guidelines to ensure the safety of their dogs and students; in addition, following these guidelines will help provide for the appropriate hygiene and veterinary care for their dogs, ensuring a long and healthy certified assistance dog team relationship.Adopted: July 2018 Reviewed _______________ Revised ________________604.11 E1PROFESSIONAL THERAPY DOGSChecklist of information in Building and District Business Office FilesProfessional Dog Owner________________________________________________Professional Dog Handlers______________________________________________Professional Therapy Dog_______________________________________________School(s) in which dog will be used_______________________________________? Health Records – A copy of annual vaccinations and exams signed by the veterinarian, including a photocopy of Rabies certificate. It is expected that all owners will use year-round preventive medication for heartworm and external parasites.● Rabies, five-way parvo/distemper, and Bordetella vaccinations● Comprehensive wormer or a fecal check for worms● Check for external parasite controlPlease note: for dogs less than one year of age or receiving their first parvo/distemper and rabies vaccinations, follow-up vaccines will take place in one year. For all other dogs, these vaccinations take place every three years.? Public Access Test Documentation – A certificate certifying that the handler and dog both passed the Public Access Test must be provided.? Current Certification – date: __________________________? Proof of Insurance______________________________ ______________________________Dog Owner’s Signature Date______________________________ ______________________________Building Administrator’s Signature Date______________________________ ______________________________Superintendent’s Signature Date______________________________ ______________________________Adopted: July 2018 Reviewed___________ Revised_______________ Code No. 606.3 ANIMALS IN THE CLASSROOM Live animals will not be allowed in school district facilities except under special circumstances and only for an educational purpose. Permission from the principal will be required of anyone wishing to bring an animal into school district facilities. Appropriate supervision of animals is required when animals are brought into the school district facilities. The person bringing the animal must furnish transportation for the animal brought to school. Animals will not be allowed to travel to and from the student's attendance center on the school bus without prior approval from the principal. It is the responsibility of the principal to determine appropriate supervision of animals in the classroom. This policy is not intended to address the use of service animals, assistive animals, therapy animals or emotional support animals on District property. Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8 Cross Reference: 105 Assistance Animals 507 Student Health and Well-Being Approved Sept. 2020 Reviewed Sept. 2020 Revised Sept. 2020 Policy TitleINSUFFICIENT CLASSROOM SPACECode 607.3Insufficient classroom space is determined on a case-by-case basis. In making its determination whether insufficient classroom space exists, the board may consider several factors, including but not limited to, the nature of the education program, the grade level, the available licensed employees, the instructional method, the physical space, student-teacher ratios, equipment and materials, facilities either being planned or under construction, facilities planned to be closed, financial condition of the school district and projected to be available, a sharing agreement in force or planned, a bargaining agreement in force, laws or rules governing special education class size, board-adopted school district goals and objectives, and other factors considered relevant by the board.This policy is reviewed by the board annually. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring this policy to the attention of the board each year.In anticipation of an overload of students due to population growth, at any grade level, the receiving District may deny entry.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 282.18Approved: December 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: March 2014Policy TitleCLASS SIZE - CLASS GROUPING Code 607.4 It shall be within the sole discretion of the Board to determine the size of classes and to determine whether class grouping shall take place. The Board shall review the class size annually.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to make a recommendation to the Board on class size based upon the financial condition of the District, the qualifications of and number of licensed personnel, and other factors deemed relevant to the Board.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (1989)Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: March 1997Policy TitleCLASS SIZE - CLASS GROUPING Code 607.4R Prior to 2009-102009-102010-112011-142014- 15Maximum Allowed in a ClassOptional Kindergarten9-1310-1510-1512-1812-1819Kindergarten2019-2119-2120-2220-22231st Grade2019-2119-2120-2220-22232nd Grade2121-2321-2322-2422-24253rd Grade2222-2422-2423-2523-25264th Grade2323-2523-2524-2624-26275th Grade2424-2624-2624-2624-2627Reviewed: March 2014Policy Title SCHOOL FOOD PROGRAM Code 701The District will operate a school lunch and breakfast program in each attendance center. The purpose of the School Food Program shall be to provide nutritional, balanced meals to the students of the District on a self-supporting, non-profit basis and to utilize the program as an instrument for the teaching of nutrition education.The school food program services will include hot lunches through participation in the National School Lunch Program and supplementary foods for students during the school day. Students may bring their lunches from home and purchase milk or juice and other incidental items.School food service facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities. They may also be used under the supervision of the Food Service Director for food service to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meeting for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with board policy.The school food program is operated on a nonprofit basis. The revenues of the school food program will be used only for paying the regular operating costs of the school food program, or as agreed to with a food management company. Supplies of the school food program shall only be used for the school food program, or for instructional purposes as allowed by state law and approved by the building principal.The Board will set, and annually review, the prices for school lunches (breakfast), and special milk programs. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of school lunch (breakfast), and milk. It shall be the responsibility of Food Service Director to administer the program and to cooperate with the Superintendent for the proper functioning of the school food program.Legal References: 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (1988). 7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (1993). Iowa Code ch. 283A (1995), 281 I.A.C. 58.Approved:August 1989 Reviewed: April-June 2009 Revised: December 2014Policy Title Nutrition Program Sales and Account BalancesCode 701.1The Dallas Center - Grimes Community School District participates in the National School Breakfast and Lunch Programs as required by law, and operates a student meal program that provides breakfast and lunch meals for students in grades K through 12. The district takes pride in serving nutritious meals and believes children learn better when adequately fed. Students may also bring their lunches from home and just purchase milk or juice and other incidental items at any time. Parents/guardians may apply for federal meal assistance (Free & Reduced Lunches) at any time throughout the year. The online application is on the district website or may be obtained at the administration office (1205 13th Street, PO BOX 512, Dallas Center, Iowa). Assistance is available with the application by contacting the Nutrition Director or administration office. Applications must be completed each year. Any charges incurred until a new application is approved, are the responsibility of the parent(s)/ guardian(s) and must be paid. Students that qualify for free/reduced meals will be charged and deemed responsible for any extra purchases made. This includes, but is not limited to, single cartons of milk purchased with a meal brought from home. All fees and charges for meals and ala carte items purchased shall be the responsibility of each students’ parent(s)/guardian(s).The district is expected to manage meal sales in a fiscally efficient and responsible manner. For this reason, the following procedures will apply: Students in Grades K-12: Students in grades K-12 shall be offered one breakfast and one lunch meal (as defined by the USDA) each day. The student’s account will be charged for each meal purchased/served. If the student’s account becomes zero or negative balance, the district will allow charging to delinquent by fifty dollars (-$50) for elementary students K – 5th grade, delinquent by thirty-five dollars (-$35) for secondary students 6th – 9th grades, and students in 10th – 12th grades delinquent by (-$20). After each respective level of account delinquency, the child must bring a lunch from home and will not be served any school meals. Standard breakfast and lunch meals may be charged as a deficit balance to specified limits. Ala carte items, extras, second entrees or meals may not be charged on a deficit balance account.Any family that has accumulated at least fifty dollars of debt when all children’s delinquent accounts are combined shall be submitted to a 3rd party collection agency to recover the total negative account balance unless payment arrangements have been made with the district. Any collection service costs will be added to any negative account balance submitted for collections. Parents/guardians are responsible to monitor their student’s lunch account balances to insure adequate funds are available to purchase meals. Parents/guardians are highly encouraged to utilize the district’s electronic access to monitor their student’s lunch account balance via the online student database, as well as access other valuable information regarding the Nutrition program provided on the web site and in the district’s newsletter. If a parent/guardian does nothave access to the Internet, they may call the Child Nutrition Director or any school attendance center to check their student’s account balance or obtain other information. Notifications will be sent once weekly for balances of +8.00 or less to help parents be aware of low balances. Building administrators will contact parents by telephone when balances reach delinquency of (-$15) and the administrative office will contact parents of students with balances of ($-20). Parents/guardians can make payments at any of the school offices or by using the electronic payment program located on the district’s website. School food service facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities. They may also be used under the supervision of the food service director to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meeting for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with board policy.The school food program is operated on a nonprofit basis. The revenues of the school food program will be used only for paying the regular operating costs of the school food program. Supplies of the school food program will only be used for the school food program.The board will set, and periodically review, the prices for school lunches, breakfast and special milk programs. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of school lunch, breakfast and milk.It is the responsibility of the Nutrition Director to administer the program and to cooperate with the superintendent, business manager, and head cooks for the proper functioning of the school food program.The district’s nutrition program operates as an Enterprise Fund, meaning the nutrition program is a self-sustaining program where revenues generated from meal sales are required to cover all of the program’s operating costs. The parent/guardian of the student is responsible to pay for a meal if they elect to have their student purchase a meal from the district. Parents/guardians are expected to deposit funds into their student’s account to ensure that their student is able to purchase a meal if requested. Negative lunch account balances are highly discouraged and may be subject to penalties including 3rd-party collections or court action. Per Iowa code, school districts are not permitted to transfer money from other funds (i.e. General, PPEL, Activity Fund, etc.) to reduce negative student account balances.Legal Reference:42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (2010).7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (2010).Iowa Code ch. 283A (2013).281 I.A.C. 58.Cross Reference:710School Food Service905Use of School District Facilities and EquipmentApproved: July 2017Reviewed: Sept 2019Revised: Sept 2019Policy Title FINANCIAL SUPPORT Code 701.3District tax funds may, upon approval of the Board of Directors, be used to provide necessary physical plant facilities, purchase the initial equipment necessary for the establishment of food service in new or existing buildings, replace major items of equipment, and to provide support to avoid a negative fund balance.Legal Reference:Approved:August 1989 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: Feb. 2004Policy Title FREE OR REDUCED COST MEALS ELIGIBILITY Code 701.4 Students enrolled and attending school in the District, who meet USDA eligibility guidelines will be provided the school nutrition program services at no cost or at a reduced cost. The District will make reasonable efforts to prevent overt identification of students who are eligible for free and reduced price meals.The District shall notify all families of the availability, eligibility criteria, and application procedures for free or reduced price meals in accordance with the state and federal law. This notification shall occur at least twice annually.It shall be the responsibility of the central administrative office to determine if a student qualifies for free or reduced cost school nutrition services, in accordance with criteria established by state or federal law. School personnel may contact the central administrative office if they have knowledge of a student who is in need of meal assistance, and the central administrative staff shall assist the family with either the application process for free and reduced priced meals or consideration for use of funds donated to the District for individual student meal costs.Employees, students who do not qualify for the free and reduced eligibility status, and others will be required to pay for meals consumed. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy. Legal References: 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (1988). 7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (1993). Iowa Code ch. 283A (1995), 281 I.A.C. 58. Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: October 2018 Revised: October 2018 Policy Title FREE OR REDUCED COST MEALS ELIGIBILITY Code 701.4RAll families will receive the annual application for free and reduce lunch as part of the registration process. Central office will review all applications and determine eligibility. Families are notified of the determination that is made.Application and qualification for free and reduced lunch must be made annually, no later than 30 days from the beginning of each school year. The application for free and reduced lunch will be made available to all families throughout the schoolyear.Reviewed: December 2014Policy Title LOCAL AND STATE TRANSPORTATION REGULATIONS Code 702.1The policy, rules and regulations for the transportation of pupils to and from school shall be in compliance with statutory provisions, State Department of Education regulations, rules and regulations established and approved by the Board of Directors.Legal References: Iowa Code Chapter 285, 321Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: March 1991 Policy Title STUDENT SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION ELIGIBILITY Code 702.2Elementary and middle school students living more than two miles from their designated school attendance center and high school students living more than three miles from their designated attendance center shall receive transportation to and from their attendance center at the expense of the District.Enrolled students requiring special education shall meet the distance requirements stated above for transportation to and from their designated attendance center at the expense of the District. Costs associated with required specialized transportation or other required transportation in the student’s individual education plan, other than to and from the child’s home, and transportation to and from a special education instructional program shall be borne by the special education program. Required unique transportation according to the student’s individualized education plan to and from the student’s home to the special education program shall be the expense of the District whether provided by the District or by the parent.Transportation of students who require special education services will generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate. Specialized transportation of a student to and from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the weighting plan.Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and is specified in the individualized education program (IEP) or the individualized family service plan (IFSP). When the IEP or IFSP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP or IFSP, the school district will provide:Transportation from the student’s residence to the location of the special education and back to the student’s residence, or child care placement that is located within the district boundaries for students below the age of six.Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, en- route to and from the special education.Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education program within the boundaries of the district.The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the designated attendance center at the expense of the District. The Board may require the parent to transport their children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the District when conditions deem it advisable. It shall be within the discretion of the Board to determine such conditions. Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the District, shall be reimbursed at the rate per mile set by the state. A student may be required at the Board’s discretion to meet a school bus vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile.The board may consider students who otherwise are not eligible for transportation services to be offered transportation on a payment basis. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.Transportation arrangements made with a neighboring District shall follow the terms of the agreement. Students, who choose to attend a school in a District other than their resident District, shall provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.Legal References:Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: April-June 2009 Revised: December 2014 Policy Title TRANSPORTATION OF NON-SCHOOL GROUPSCode 702.5The Board may make District transportation vehicles available to local nonprofit entities that promote cultural, educational, civic, community or recreational activities for transporting to and from non-school-sponsored activities in the state.In the event District transportation vehicles are made available to local nonprofit entities, it shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations for application for, use of, and payment for using the District transportation vehicles.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 285.1 (21), .10(9), (10) (1995). 281 I.A.C. 43.10.Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: December 2014Revised: June 2009 Policy Title TRANSPORTATION INSURANCE PROGRAM Code 702.6The Board of Directors shall carry insurance on all school owned, leased or borrowed motor vehicles, including buses.The automobile liability and medical payment insurance shall provide coverage for all activities and during all time periods as specified by the Board of Directors in accordance with the law.Legal References: Iowa Code Sect. 285.10(60), 285.10(9), (10); 613A.7Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: ___________ Policy Title STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION Code 702.7Students utilizing school transportation shall conduct themselves in an orderly manner fitting to their age level and maturity with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of the school vehicle driver and the other passengers. Students who fail to behave in an orderly manner will be subject to disciplinary measures.The driver shall have the authority to maintain order on the school vehicle and can impose reasonable measures, such as, but not limited to, preferred seating, etc. It shall be the responsibility of the driver to report misconduct to the building administrator.The Board would allow the use of video cameras on school buses used for transportation to and from school as well as for field trips, curricular or extracurricular events. The video cameras would be used to monitor student behavior and may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding. The video tapes are student records subject to District confidentiality, board policy and administrative regulations.After warnings for bad conduct, the building principal, in cooperation with the transportation director, shall have the authority to suspend transportation privileges of the student or impose other appropriate discipline.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, in conjunction with the building principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding student conduct and discipline when utilizing District transportation. Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321 (1995).Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: November 2011 Revised: December 2014Policy Title STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL TRANSPORTATION Code 702.7RStudent?RecordsThe content of the video archive is a student record subject to board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student records. Only those persons with a legitimate educational purpose may view the videotapes. In most instances, those individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, transportation director, bus driver and special education staffing team. A parent may view the video without consent from any student or parent also shown in the video if the other students are just bystanders.? But if there is an altercation between multiple students, than all parents must give consent in order for the video to be viewed by parents. A video recorded during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity. If the content of the video contains evidence of behavior that is unlawful or potentially unlawful, the video may also be shared with law enforcement.If the content of the video becomes the subject of a student disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.Reviewed: December 2014 Policy Title DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING PROGRAM Code 702.8Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more. For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term "employees" includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion, and post-accident drug and alcohol testing. Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol. Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations. Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the superintendent or transportation director at the District central office.Employees who violate the terms of this policy are subject to discipline up to and including termination. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law. The superintendent will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment. The superintendent will also be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy and its supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles. The superintendent will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.School Districts contracting with a private service provider must ensure the provider has a drug and alcohol testing program complying with the federal regulations.Legal Reference:American Trucking Association, Inc., v. Federal Highway Administration, 51 Fed. 3rd 405 (4th Cir. 1995).49 U.S.C. §§ 5331 et seq. (1994).42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 (1994).41 U.S.C. §§ 701-707 (1996).49 C.F.R. Pt. 40; 382; 391.81-123 (2002).34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2002).Local 301, Internat'l Assoc. of Fire Fighters, AFL-CIO, and City of Burlington, PERB No. 3876 (3-26-91).Iowa Code §§ 124; 279.8; 321.375(2); 730.5 (2003).Cross Reference:Substance-Free WorkplaceLicensed Employee Personal Illness LeaveClassified Employee Personal Illness LeaveApproved:December 1995 Reviewed: December 2014Revised: November 2009Policy Title DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING PROGRAM Code 702.8REmployees governed by the drug and alcohol testing policy are hereby notified they are subject to the District's drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion, and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law. Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand, one pounds or more. For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, "employees" also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle. The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program.It is the responsibility of the transportation director to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements. Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact the District contact person.Employees governed by the drug and alcohol testing policy are further notified that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. Employees governed by the drug and alcohol testing policy are further notified it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law. It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using. Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents or the law.Reviewed: December 2014Policy Title SPECIAL CONVENIENCE BUS STOPSCode 702.9No bus shall leave the public roadway to receive or discharge students unless doing so enhances safety and/or the private road is maintained in the same manner as the public highway.A bus shall not stop to load or unload students unless the driver has an unobstructed view of at least 300 feet in each direction, except to the extent that visibility is reduced by fog, snow, or other weather conditions. In such circumstances, the driver is expected to use his/her best judgment to ensure the safety of the children and the bus.Legal References: Iowa Code 285.11(7); 321.372 as amended; 279.8 as amendedApproved: August 1989 Reviewed: Sept-Nov. 2009Revised: December 2014 Policy Title SCHOOL BUS SAFETY INSTRUCTIONCode 702.10The District shall conduct school bus safe riding practices instruction and emergency safety drills twice a year for students who utilize District transportation, including those students who ride buses for any activity trip.Each school bus vehicle shall have, in addition to the regular emergency safety drill, a plan for helping those students who require special assistance to safety during an emergency. This shall include, but not be limited to, students with disabilities.School District vehicle drivers are required to participate in these drills twice each year.Employees shall be responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency, as well as safe riding practices. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (1995). 281 I.A.C. 43.40Approved: August 1995 Reviewed: December 2014Revised: Nov. 2009Policy Title SCHOOL BUS SAFETY INSTRUCTIONCode 702.10RIt is the responsibility of the transportation director to organize bus safety and evacuation drills twice each year at each school building in the District. All students that are present at the time of the drill will participate in the safety and evacuation drill. Students who require assistance will also participate in these drills, with specific plans developed for these students.Drivers will participate in these drills a minimum of twice each year.Reviewed: December 2014Policy TitleINCLEMENT WEATHER Code 702.11School District buses will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow, or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so. The superintendent will make the final judgment as to when conditions are unsafe to operate. When school is canceled because of weather conditions anywhere in the District, all schools will be closed.When weather conditions deteriorate during the day after school has begun, cancellation notices will be announced as soon as possible to patrons. Students will be returned to their regular drop-off sites unless weather conditions prevent it. In such cases that students cannot be returned to their regular drop-off, students will be kept at school until the parents pick them up.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).Approved: Jan. 1982 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: June 2004 Policy Title BUDGET PLANNING Code 703.1Prior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the District and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the education program within the resources projected.A budget for the District is prepared annually for the board's review. The budget will include the following:the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.It is the responsibility of the board secretary to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 15 deadline each year.Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public is apprised of the proposed budget for the District. Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, members of the District community will have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget. A public hearing for the proposed budget of the board is held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 15.The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the District. It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least 10 but no more than 20 days prior to the public hearing.The board will adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the District to the county auditor by April 15. It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file the adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and other proper authorities.The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances. The amendment procedures will follow the procedures for public review and adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 24; 257; 279.8; 297; 298; 618 (2009).Cross Reference:214Public Hearings703Budget704Revenue705ExpendituresApproved: January 1989 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: Nov 2009Policy Title: Governmental Accounting Practices and RegulationsCode 703.2 Governmental Accounting Practices and RegulationsSchool District accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the uniform financial accounting system provided by the Iowa Department of Education. As advised by the District’s auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of governmental funds and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmental accounting standards.In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of classification of fund balance - restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned - while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances can be spent. A formal board action is required to establish, modify and or rescind a committed fund balance. The resolution will state the exact dollar amount. In the event, the board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.The Board authorizes the Business Manager to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54. An ‘assigned fund balance’ should also be reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy. It is also the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations. 00Note: This policy is an optional policy. Should the board not adopt a policy implementing GASB54, the default is to reduce – committed, assigned and unassigned fund balances – in that order. Adoption of a policy gives boards the ability to have greater control over their fund balances.00Note: This policy is an optional policy. Should the board not adopt a policy implementing GASB54, the default is to reduce – committed, assigned and unassigned fund balances – in that order. Adoption of a policy gives boards the ability to have greater control over their fund balances.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2011).Cross Reference: Approved July 2011 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised ____________Policy TitleCLASSIFICATION OF ACCOUNTSCode 703.3 Revenue and expenditures of the District shall be properly classified in the accounting system per GAAP. All funds may be comprised of several sub-accounts at the discretion of the Superintendent or Board Secretary.Legal References: Iowa Code 11.23, 256.8(18), 291.13Related Administration Regulations: 281 Iowa Adm Code 12.3(1)Approved: May 1989Reviewed: Sept-Nov. 2009Revised: December 2014Policy Title FISCAL MONITORINGCode 704.1During each fiscal year the receipts are to be continually evaluated by the Secretary, Superintendent, and the Board of Directors.Monthly reports concerning the receipts of the budget shall be presented to the Board of Education.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: January 1989 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: November 2009Policy Title FISCAL MONITORINGCode 704.1RDistrict administration shall report to the Board of Directors monthly as to revenues, expenditures, and percentage of budget committed for the fiscal year in question. The report shall provide comparison to the prior fiscal year. Deviations in revenues and expenditures shall be explained to the extent possible. and estimated budget revenues and expenditures shall be provided.Reviewed: December 2014Policy TitleTuition Fees Code 704.2For nonresident students attending elementary or secondary school during the regular school year that are not approved as open enrolled into the District, the fee shall be the state cost per student or the District cost per student, whichever is lower.A pupil is a resident of the District if the student is physically living within the District and this is their permanent home, established in good faith.A temporary residence, if not taken for primary purpose of obtaining free schooling may be sufficient for school privileges.Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: January 1989 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: June 2004Policy Title SALE OF BONDSCode 704.3The board may conduct an election for the authority to issue bonded indebtedness. Revenues generated from an approved bond issue are used only for the purpose stated on the ballot. Once the purpose on the ballot is completed, any balance remaining in a capital projects fund may be retained for future capital projects in accordance with the purpose stated on the ballot or any remaining balance may be transferred by board resolution to the debt service fund or the physical plant and equipment levy fund. Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund. Revenues received from the issuing of bonded indebtedness are deposited into the capital projects fund. Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 74-76; 278.1; 298; 298A (2009).Approved: January 1989 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: Nov. 2009Policy Title SALE OF BONDSCode 704.3RPOST-ISSUANCE COMPLIANCE REGULATION FOR TAX-EXEMPT OBLIGATIONS1.Role of Compliance Coordinator/Board Treasurer The board treasurer shall: a) Be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance;b) Maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings or minutes in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations and obtain records that are necessary to meet the requirements of this regulation;c) Consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant, financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this regulation;d) Seek out training and education to be implemented upon the occurrence of new developments in the area and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this regulation.2. Financing Transcripts’ Filing and Retention The board treasurer shall confirm the proper filing of an IRS 8038 Series return and maintain a transcript of proceedings and minutes for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the District including, but not limited to, all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts. Each transcript shall be maintained until 11 years after the tax-exempt obligation documents have been retired. The transcript shall include, at a minimum:a) Form 8038;b) Minutes, resolutions and certificates;c) Certifications of issue price from the underwriter;d) Formal elections required by the IRS;e) Trustee statements;f) Records of refunded bonds, if applicable;g) Correspondence relating to bond financings; andh) Reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.3. Proper Use of Proceeds The board treasurer shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the District and the District shall:a) Obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the District's financial advisor;b) Create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;c) Review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund. d) Determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate and, if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund, if applicable);e) Maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment;f) Maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;g) Ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value; h) Identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments do not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;i) Maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds.4. Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate ComplianceThe board treasurer shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the District and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this regulation, above and shall:a) Monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;b) Monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate if the District does not meet the "small issuer" exception for said obligation;c) Not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date, confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant, if the District will fail to meet the applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate. In the event the District fails to meet a temporary period or rebate exception:1.Procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;2. Arrange for timely computation and payment of yield reduction payments (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable.5. Proper Use of Bond Financed AssetsThe board treasurer shall:a) Maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets. Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;b) Monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed bond financed assets;1. management contracts;2. service agreements;3. research contracts; 4. naming rights contracts;5. leases or sub-leases;6. joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements; 7. sale of property; or8. any other change in use of such asset.c) Maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal for at least three years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; andd) Contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12 in the event the District takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met.6. General Project RecordsFor each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the board treasurer shall maintain, until three years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:a) Appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies;b) Applications, approvals and other documentation of grants;c) Depreciation schedules;d) Contracts respecting the project.7. Advance RefundingsThe board treasurer shall be responsible for the following current, post issuance and record retention procedures with respect to advance refunding bonds. The board treasurer shall:a) Identify and select bonds to be advance refunded with advice from internal financial personnel and a financial advisor;b) Identify, with advice from the financial advisor and bond counsel, any possible federal tax compliance issues prior to structuring any advance refunding;c) Review the structure with the input of the financial advisor and bond counsel, of advance refunding issues prior to the issuance to ensure;(1) that the proposed refunding is permitted pursuant to applicable federal tax requirements if there has been a prior refunding of the original bond issue;(2) that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which might impose restrictions on the redemption date of the refunded bonds; (3) that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which allow for the proceeds and replacement proceeds of an issue to be invested temporarily in higher yielding investments without causing the advance refunding bonds to become "arbitrage bonds"; and (4) that the proposed issuance will not result in the issuer's exploitation of the difference between tax exempt and taxable interest rates to obtain an financial advantage nor overburden the tax exempt market in a way that might be considered an abusive transaction for federal tax purposes;d) Collect and review data related to arbitrage yield restriction and rebate requirements for advance refunding bonds. To ensure such compliance, the board treasurer shall engage a rebate consultant to prepare a verification report in connection with the advance refunding issuance. Said report shall ensure said requirements are satisfied;e) Whenever possible, purchase State and Local Government Series (SLGS) to size each advance refunding escrow. The financial advisor shall be included in the process of subscribing SLGS. To the extent SLGS are not available for purchase, the Board treasurer shall, in consultation with bond counsel and the financial advisor, comply with IRS regulations;f) Ensure, after input from bond counsel, compliance with any bidding requirements set forth by the IRS regulations to the extent as issuer elects to the purchase of a guaranteed investment contract;g) In determining the issue price for any advance refunding issuance, obtain and retain issue price certification by the purchasing underwriter at closing;h) After the issuance of an advance refunding issue, ensure timely identification of violations of any federal tax requirements and engage bond counsel in attempt to remediate same in accordance with IRS regulations.8. Continuing DisclosureThe board treasurer shall assure compliance with each continuing disclosure certificate and annually, per continuing disclosure agreements, file audited annual financial statements and other information required by each continuing disclosure agreement. The board treasurer will monitor material events as described in each continuing disclosure agreement and assure compliance with material event disclosure. Events to be reported shall be reported promptly, but in no event not later than 10 business days after the day of the occurrence of the event. Currently, such notice shall be given in the event of:a) Principal and interest payment delinquencies;b) Non-payment related defaults, if material;c) Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;d) Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements relating to the bonds reflecting financial difficulties;e) Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;f) Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB), or other material notices, or determinations with respect to the tax-exempt status of the bonds, or material events affecting the tax-exempt status of the bonds;g) Modifications to rights of Holders of the Bonds, if material; h) Bond calls (excluding sinking fund mandatory redemptions), if material and tender offers;i) Defeasances of the bonds;j) Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the bonds, if material;k) Rating changes on the bonds;1)Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the Issuer;m) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving the Issuer or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material; andn) Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2011).Approved July 2012Reviewed: December 2014Policy TitleINVESTMENTS Code 704.4School District funds in excess of current needs shall be invested in compliance with this policy. The goals of the District’s investment portfolio in order of priority are:To provide safety of the principal;To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; andTo obtain a reasonable rate of return.In making investments, the District shall exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.School District funds are monies of the District, including operating funds. “Operating funds” of the District are funds, which are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year within fifteen months of receipt. When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or less. When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according the need for the funds.The board authorizes the Board Secretary/Business Manager to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments.Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school District’s authorized depositories;Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT);Obligations of the United States government, its agencies and instrumentalities;Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions;Repurchase agreements in which underlying collateral consists of investments in government securities. The District must take delivery of the collateral either directly or through an authorized custodian. Repurchase agreements do not include reverse repurchase agreements;Prime bankers’ acceptances that mature within two hundred seventy days and that are eligible for purchase by the Federal Reserve Bank. At the time of the purchase no more than ten percent of the investment portfolio can be in these investments and no more than five percent of the investment portfolio can be invested in the securities of a single user;Commercial paper or other short-term corporate debt that matures within two hundred-seventy days and that is rated within the two highest classifications, as established by at least one of the standard rating services, with no more than five percent at the time of purchase placed in the second highest classification. At the time of purchase no more than ten percent of the investment portfolio can be in these investments and no more than five percent of the investment portfolio can be invested in the securities of a single issuer; and,An open-end management investment company registered with the federal securities exchange commission and commonly referred to as a money market mutual fund. The money market mutual fund shall use only the investments individually authorized by the law for Districts.It is the responsibility of the Business Manager to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.It shall be the responsibility of the Business Manager to bring a contract with an outside person to invest District funds, to advise on investments, to direct investments, to act in a fiduciary capacity or to perform other services to the board for review and approval. The Business Manager shall also provide the board with information about and verification of the outside person’s fiduciary bond. Contracts with outside persons shall include a clause requiring the outside person to notify the District within thirty days of any material weakness in internal or regulatory orders or sanctions against the outside person regarding the services being provided to the District and to provide the documents necessary for the performance of the investment portion of District audit. Contracts with outside persons shall not be based on the performance of the investment portfolio. The Business Manager shall be responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the Board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio’s performance, transaction activity and current investments including the percent of the investment portfolio by type of investment and by issuer and maturities. The report shall also include trend lines by month over the last year and year to year trend lines regarding the performance of the investment portfolio. It shall also be the responsibility of the Board Secretary/Business Manager to obtain the information necessary to ensure that the investments and the outside persons doing business with the District meet the requirements outlined in this policy.It shall be the responsibility of the Business Manager to communicate the requirements of this policy to the District’s depositories, auditor and outside persons doing business with the District.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, in conjunction with the Business Manager, to develop a system of investment practices. The investment practices shall be designed to prevent losses, to document the officers and employees responsibility for elements of the investment process and address the capability of the management.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 11.2, .6; 12.62, .13; 28E.2; 257; 279.29; 283A; 285; 452.10; 453; 502.710; 633.123 (1993)Cross Reference:Approved: August 1992 Reviewed: October 2018 Revised: October 2018 Policy TitleSTUDENT FEE WAIVER AND REDUCTION PROCEDURESCode 704.5The Board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees. The District will grant either full waivers, partial waivers or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student’s parents’ ability to meet the financial criteria.Legal References: Approved: July 1996 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: Nov. 2009Policy TitleSTUDENT FEE WAIVER AND REDUCTION PROCEDURESCode 704.5RWaivers Full Waivers – A student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the District if the student or student’s parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition Program, Family Investment Program, Supplemental Security Income guidelines, or transportation assistance under open enrollment. Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.Partial Waivers – A student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the District if the student or the student’s parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced meals under the Child Nutrition Program. (A partial waiver shall be based on the same percentage as the reduced price meals.)Temporary Waivers – A student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the District in the event the student’s parents are facing financial difficulty. Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and shall not extend beyond the end of the school year.Application – Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver shall make an application on the form provided by the District. Applications may be made at any time but must be renewed annually.Confidentiality – The District will treat the application and application process, as any other student record and student confidentiality and access provisions will be followed.Appeals – Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the Superintendent.Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.Notice - The District will annually notify parents and students of the waiver. The following information will be included in registration materials and printed in the school newsletter:Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment, or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived. Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees. Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact any of the school offices for a waiver form. This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.Reviewed: December 2014Policy TitleFunds Management (Depository) Code 704.6Each year at its annual meeting, the board will designate by resolution the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the official school district depository or depositories. The maximum deposit amount to be kept in the depository will be stated in the resolution. The amount stated in the resolution must be for all depositories and include all the district’s funds.It is the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting.Legal References:Approved: June 1981 Reviewed: Sept-Nov. 2009 Revised: December 2014Policy TitleMATERIALS FEES- STUDENTS Code 704.7Student FeesThe Board of Directors will set student fees annually.Non-payment of feesPupils whose parents or guardians are financially unable to pay the regular school fees, may apply for a fee waiver or reduction.If a student transfers out of this school, rental fees will be returned only for those semesters of the year in which the student will not be enrolled. If a student spends one day or more a semester in this school, they shall not receive a refund for that semester. A student transferring into this school will pay rental fees for the proportionate amount of the school year remaining.Legal References:Approved: June 1981 Reviewed: December 2014Revised: Nov. 2009Policy TitleSolicitation Projects By Groups or Individual Code 704.8All programs or projects requiring solicitation of funds, either by individuals or groups from within the school, or outside of the school, for which the District is to be the ultimate benefactor, shall be presented to the Superintendent for approval before said projects are undertaken.Legal References:Approved: June 1981 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: June 2004Policy TitleCASH IN SCHOOL BUILDINGS Code 704.9Cash is required to be on hand for day-to-day operations of the District. The amount of cash that may be kept in the school building for any one-day shall be sufficient for that day’s operations. Funds raised by students shall be kept in the administrative officeIt shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to determine the amount of cash necessary for each day’s operations and to comply with this policy.Legal References:Approved: September 1991 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: January 1989Policy TitleCASH IN SCHOOL BUILDINGS Code 704.9RCash and checks received for payment, with the exception of the nutrition fund, is recommended not to exceed $500.00 in the high school, $250.00 in the middle school, and $100.00 in the elementary buildings. Cash and checks shall be kept in the vault in the school office at the close of the day. Cash in excess of above amount shall be deposited in the authorized depository of the District. Nutrition fund will maintain a balance sufficient to accommodate daily transactions.Reviewed: December 2014Policy Title: STUDENT ACTIVITY FUNDS Code 704.14Revenue raised by students or from student activities is deposited and accounted for in the student activities fund. This revenue is the property of and is under the financial control of the board. Students may use this revenue for purposes approved by the Superintendent and in accordance with Iowa Code 298A.8.Whether such revenue is collected from student contributions, club dues, and special activities or result from admissions to special events or from other fund-raising activities, all funds will be under the jurisdiction of the board and under the specific control of the Superintendent. They will be deposited in a designated depository and will be disbursed and accounted for in accordance with instructions issued by the superintendent.It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep student activity accounts up-to-date and complete.Any unencumbered class or activity account balances will automatically revert to the activity fund when a class graduates or an activity is discontinued.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2013).Approved: March 2015Reviewed: ?????????????????? Revised: ??????????????????Policy Title PURCHASING – BIDDING - PROCUREMENTCode 705.1The board supports economic development in Iowa. As permitted by law, purchasing preference will be given to Iowa goods and services if other considerations are relatively equal and meet the required specifications. However, when spending federal Child Nutrition funds, geographical preference is allowed only for unprocessed agricultural food items as a part of the response evaluation. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to approve purchases, except those authorized by or requiring direct board action. The Superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks. Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.The superintendent will have the authority to authorize purchases without competitive bids for goods and services costing under $30,000 without prior board approval. For goods and services costing more than $30,000 and less than $125,000, the superintendent will receive quote(s) of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval of the board. Competitive sealed bids are required for purchases, other than emergency purchases, for goods and services that cost $125,000 or more, including school buses. The board may elect to exempt certain professional services from the thresholds and procedures outlined above by board action.The purchase will be made from the lowest responsible bidder based upon total cost considerations including, but not limited to, the cost of the goods and services being purchased, availability of service and/or repair, delivery date, the targeted small business procurement goal and other factors deemed relevant by the board.The District shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement on public improvement contracts, including the selection and evaluation of contractors. The District shall follow all requirements, timelines, and processes detailed in Iowa law related to public improvement projects. The thresholds regarding competitive bidding or competitive quotations shall be followed.In addition to the District’s standard procurement and purchasing procedures, the following procedures for vendors/contractors paid with federal funds are required.Rules for procuring with federal funds are located in Uniform Grant Guidance in Title 2 Code of Federal Regulation (C.F.R.) Grants and Agreements, Part 200 Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, also known as the “Uniform Guidance.” For procurement, all non-Federal entities must follow 2 CFR Part 200 Subsections §200.318 General procurement standards through §200.326, and Appendix II required contract provisions. Accessible online at: federal, state, and local requirements conflict, the federal requirement, or strictest requirement, will be followed.Federal cost principles are found in 2 CFR Part 200 Subpart E, accessible online at 2 CFR PART 200 SUBPART E. No District employee, officer, or agent may participate in the selection, award and administration of contracts supported by a Federal award if he or she has a real or apparent conflict of interest. Such a conflict of interest would arise when the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which employs or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from a firm considered for a contract. District officers, employees, and agents may neither solicit for accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors or parties to subcontracts. Violation of this requirement may result in disciplinary action for the District employee, officer, or agent.All vendors and/or contractors paid with federal funds shall be checked for suspension and debarment on . Documentation of this check will be retained with procurement and grant records. The District shall not enter into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities. The District shall take all necessary affirmative steps as required by federal law to assureminority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. Affirmative steps must include: (1) placing such businesses on solicitation lists; (2) soliciting such businesses whenever they are potential sources; (3) when economically feasible, dividing contracts into smaller tasks or quantities to allow participation from such businesses; (4) establishing delivery schedules that encourage participation by such businesses; (5) when appropriate, utilizing the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and (6) requiring the primary contractor, when applicable, to follow these steps with respect to subcontractors.Procurement for contracts paid with federal funds may be conducted by noncompetitive proposals when one or more of the following circumstances apply: (1) the item is only available from a single source; (2) public exigency or emergency will not permit the delay resulting from competitive bids; (3) the Federal awarding agency expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals; or (4) competition is inadequate after solicitation of a number of sources. Appendix II to Part 200—Contract Provisions for Non-Federal Entity Contracts Under Federal Awards In addition to other provisions required by the Federal agency or non-Federal entity, all contracts made by the non-Federal entity under the Federal award must contain provisions covering the following, as applicable. (A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate. (B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non-Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement. (C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.” (D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. (E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. (F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency. (G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended—Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549. (I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award. (J) See §200.322 Procurement of recovered materials.The board and the superintendent will have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to re-advertise. If it is determined that a targeted small business which bid on the project may be unable to perform the contract, the superintendent will notify the Department of Economic Development. The board will enter into such contract or contracts as the board deems in the best interests of the District.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 18.6(9); 23A; 28E.20; 72.3; 73; 73A; 285.10(3), .10(7); 301 (2005).261 I.A.C. 54.281 I.A.C. 43.25.481 I.A.C. 25.1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 115.1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 171.Cross Reference:ExpendituresSite AcquisitionMaintenance, Operation and ManagementSelling and LeasingApproved: January 1990 Reviewed: October 2020 Revised: October 2020Policy Title ADVERTISEMENTS Code 705.2Advertisements of a nature that attempt to sell a commercial product will not be posted, unless it is a school project or school related service.Such advertisements will be approved or disapproved by the administration.Legal References:Approved: June 1981 Reviewed: December 2014Revised: Nov. 2009Policy Title PAYMENT FOR GOODS AND SERVICES Code 705.3The Board authorizes the issuance of warrants for payment of claims against the District for goods and services. The Board will allow the warrants after the goods and services have been received and accepted in compliance with board policy and the claims audited by the Board.Claims for payment of freight, drayage, express, postage, printing, utilities, rents, security services, criminal background checks for employment, disposal of garbage, student contest registration fees and payment of salaries pursuant to the terms of a written contract may be paid by the board secretary prior to formal audit and approval by the Board. In addition, the secretary, upon approval of the board president may issue warrants for approved travel expenses, approved goods and services delivered C.O.D. and other verified bills filed with the secretary when the Board is not in session prior to payment of these claims and prior to audit and approval by the Board. The board secretary shall examine the claims and verify bills.The secretary shall determine to the secretary’s satisfaction that the claims presented to the Board are in order and are legitimate expenses of the District. It shall be the responsibility of the secretary to bring claims to the Board.The board president and board secretary may sign warrants by use of a signature plate or rubber stamp. If the board president is unavailable to personally sign warrants, the vice president may sign warrants on behalf of the president.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal References: Iowa Constitution, Art. III 31. Iowa Code 279.8, .29, .30, 36; 291.12, 721.2(5)(1995). 281 I.A.C. 12.3(1)Cross Reference:Approved: November 1993 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: Nov. 2009Policy Title PAYMENT FOR GOODS AND SERVICES Code 705.3RIssuance of ChecksPayment is not initiated until the invoice (bill), signed purchase order and packing slip are matched at the Business Office. All documentation must be received before the bill can be paid. Please process the packing slips and check in delivered merchandise as quickly as possible to avoid late fees from the vendor.After all documentation is received, the Business Office will enter the invoice into the computer accounting system to be paid. All bills will be presented to the School Board for approval at their next regular meeting. After approval by the School Board, the check will be prepared and sent to the vendor. All necessary documentation (requisition, purchase order, packing slip, and invoice) will be attached to the check stub and filed by vendor in the Business Office. Checks will be distributed the day following the board meeting. In emergent situations, the Board President may be contacted for approval of a check which is needed immediately. Reviewed: December 2014Policy Title REQUISITIONS/PURCHASE ORDERS Code 705.4Requisitions for equipment, supplies, and services shall be made on properly authorized forms. Forms must be signed by officially designated personnel before being processed.The procurement of all supplies, equipment, and services shall begin with the issuance of an official purchase order signed by the Superintendent of schools or by an authorized member of the staff. Only those supplies, equipment, and services procured by formal contract shall be exempt.Legal References:Approved: January 1989 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: _________Policy Title REQUISITIONS/PURCHASE ORDERS Code 705.4RRequisitions/Purchase OrdersWhen ordering merchandise from a vendor, a requisition and purchase order must be used. All orders must be approved in advance by obtaining the signature of an administrative team member on a requisition, and then further approved by the superintendent on a purchase order before the order may be pletion of the requisition form is self-explanatory. Please read it carefully. The requisition should include all pertinent ordering information such as vendor name, address, telephone number, facsimile number, item identification number, quantity, price, and item description. An estimated amount for shipping should be included. In preparing requisitions, all items to be ordered from one vendor should be put on one requisition, thus limiting the amount of paper work handled. By the same token, when purchasing several related items but from different vendors, a separate requisition should be prepared for each vendor. No personal items should ever be bought using a District requisition or purchase order. In addition, all items requisitioned must be shipped to a District location. No items should be shipped to a personal residence.After a requisition is completely filled out and signed by the staff member, it is turned in to an administrator. The administrator will approve or deny the request. If approved, he/she will sign the form, and assign an account number from the building line item budget. Processing these requisitions at the business office into the purchase order process immediately encumbers the appropriated budget for the order. The superintendent will review submitted purchase orders and approve/deny. At this juncture, the business office is responsible for actually placing the order with the vendor AFTER the purchase order has been approved. If the situation is preferable for the employee to place the order following superintendent approval, please indicate this on the requisition form. The Business Office will establish cut-off dates for purchase order issuance at the end of the year for general fund programs. If the vendor cannot guarantee delivery of goods by June 30th, DO NOT ORDER if items are to be paid with current year General Fund Allotments. Orders not received by that date will result in the charges being assessed to the new budget year.Reviewed: March 2015Revised: March 2015Policy Title PRIVATE PURCHASESCode 705.5Generally, the District shall not purchase items on behalf of employees, students, board members, or community members. The District may in unusual and unique circumstances do so. It shall be within the discretion of the Superintendent to determine when unique and unusual circumstances exist.No purchase shall be made unless the employee has paid the District prior to the order being placed and employee has agreed to be responsible for any taxes or other expenses due.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 279.8 (1995)Cross Reference: BudgetApproved: June 1989 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: January 2001Policy Title DISTRICT PROVIDED ELECTRONIC Code 705.6COMMUNICATION DEVICESThe Board believes that some District employees must have immediate and frequent communications regarding school business. To support this communication need, the District will provide a monthly stipend for those employees that meet this standard. The superintendent will be responsible for identifying and approving staff members meeting the standard for a monthly stipend for costs related to electronic communication devices.Employees meeting the standard for needing an electronic communication device for school communications may be eligible to receive a stipend monthly for his/her personal electronic communication device. The Board will determine the monthly reimbursement.Legal Reference: Cross Reference: Approved: January 2007 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: March 2015Policy TitlePayroll Periods Code 706.1The payroll period for the District shall be monthly. Employees shall be paid on the 20th day of each month. If this day is a national holiday or weekend, the payroll shall be paid on the last business day prior to the holiday or weekend.It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to issue payroll to employees in compliance with this policy.The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the Board regarding payroll periods of such employees shall be followed.Legal References: Iowa Code 20.9; 91A.2(4), .3(1995)Cross Reference: 804.9 Payroll DeductionsApproved: October 1995 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: March 2015Policy TitlePAYROLL DEDUCTIONS Code 706.2Ease of administration shall be the primary consideration for payroll deductions, other than those required by law. Payroll deductions shall be made for federal income tax withholdings, Iowa income tax withholdings, social security and the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.Employees may elect to have payments withheld for professional dues, group insurance coverage offered by the District, and/or tax sheltered annuity programs. Requests for these deductions shall be made in writing to the Superintendent or in electronic format as distributed by the business office. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to determine which additional payroll deductions will be allowed.The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the Board regarding payroll deductions of such employees shall be followed.Legal Reference: Iowa Code 91A.2(4), .3; 294.8-9, .15-.16; 422 (1995)Approved: October 1995 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: March 2015Policy Title DEBT MANAGEMENT POLICYCode 707.1The purpose of the Debt Management policy is to standardize the issuance and management of debt by the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District, and establishes procedures that minimize debt issuance costs, retain the highest practical credit rating, and maintain full and complete financial disclosure, reporting, and federal tax compliance. These policies will apply to all general obligation debt issued by Dallas Center - Grimes Community School District , including leases, debt guaranteed by the District, and any other forms of taxable and tax-exempt forms of indebtedness, including Qualified School Construction Bonds or Build America Bonds.CREDITWORTHINESS OBJECTIVESDallas Center - Grimes Community School District seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term general obligation and revenue bond debt that can be achieved. Sound fiscal management practices of all management and timely reporting to the board of directors are required in order to achieve the highest possible credit rating. FINANCIAL DISCLOSUREDallas Center - Grimes Community School District is committed to full and complete financial disclosure, and to fully cooperate with ratings agencies, institutional and individual investors, other levels of government, and the general public to share comprehensive and accurate financial information. The District is also committed to meet secondary or continuing disclosure requirements on a timely and comprehensive basis, as promulgated by the Securities Exchange Commission.The official statements accompanying debt issues, certified annual financial reports, annual fiscal audits, and continuous disclosure statements will meet the standards articulated by the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), the Securities Exchange Commission (SEC), and Internal Revenue Service (IRS). The District may hire a consultant firm to assist with continuing disclosure statements as required by the state and federal regulatory bodies. Any significant financial reports affecting or commenting upon the District will be forwarded to rating agencies and any material events will be reported as well.CAPITAL PLANNINGDallas Center - Grimes Community School District is committed to systematic capital planning in order to meet the needs of the enrollment of the District. The District maintains and annually updates a ten-year facility plan and holds regular meetings of the facility committee to keep this plan updated. DEBT LIMITSThe District complies with the State of Iowa limit for general obligation indebtedness, as set by the constitutional debt limit, which is an amount equal to 5% of the actual value of property within the corporate limits, as taken from the County Tax list. LENGTH AND STRUCTURE OF DEBTDebt will be structured for the shortest period consistent with fair allocation of costs and future facility planning needs of the District. General obligation bonds will adhere to state code as to length of debt. Debt will be structured to achieve the lowest possible net cost to the District given market conditions, the urgency of the capital project, the type of debt being issued, and the nature and type of repayment source. REFUNDINGSPeriodic reviews by the District’s Financial advisor will be undertaken to determine refunding opportunities. Refunding will be considered (within Federal Law constraints) if and when there is a net economic benefit of the refunding or the refunding is essential in order to release restrictive bond covenants, which may affect future planning or capital projects of the District. Advance refunding will be reviewed by the Board to determine the best course for the District. CREDIT ENHANCEMENTSCredit enhancements such as bond insurance may be used when the net debt service on the bonds is reduced by more than the cost of the enhancement.INVESTMENT OF BOND PROCEEDSAll bond proceeds shall be invested separate from the District’s other cash pool unless otherwise specified by the bond legislation. Investments will be consistent with those authorized by state and federal law and the District’s investment policy in order to maintain safety and liquidity of the funds.COSTS AND FEESAll costs and fees related to issuance of bond will be paid out of bond proceeds and allocated across all projects receiving bond proceeds out of the issue. COMPETITIVE SALE In general, District debt will be issued through a competitive bidding process. Bids will be awarded on the true interest cost (TIC), providing other bidding requirements are satisfied.BOND COUNSELThe District will retain external bond counsel for all debt issues and counsel will affirm that the District is authorized to issue debt. FINANCIAL ADVISORThe District will retain an external independent financial advisor. The major criteria in the selection process for a financial advisor will be comprehensive school debt experience, experience with diverse financial structuring, as well as overall cost of services.OTHER SERVICE PROVIDERSThe District may also have other service providers (e.g. trustee/escrow agents, rebate analyst, verification agents, trustees, arbitrage consultants) as necessary to meet legal requirements and minimize net debt costs. ARBITRAGE COMPLIANCEThe District will maintain a system of record-keeping, reporting, and compliance procedures, with respect to all federal tax requirements which are currently, or may become, applicable throughout the lifetime of all tax-exempt, Build America, or other tax credit bonds such as QSCB in accordance with all arbitrage rules and rebate requirements. Such issues of compliance to review should include, but are not limited toConsult with financial advisors and rebate analyst to identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and shall monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments does not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted. These investments shall meet the requirements of the District’s investment policy.Review with financial advisors that investment of bond proceeds is performed in compliance with arbitrage rules and rebates.For purposes of calculating the arbitrage yield for an issue of QSCBs the business manager shall consult with the financial advisor to ensure that the arbitrage yield is calculated by reducing the amount of the interest paid on the QSCBs by the amount of the refundable credit payments allowed to the issuer under Section 6431(f) of the Code, without regard to amounts offset for delinquent debts owed to the federal government.Consult with financial advisors to determine whether the District is subject to rebate requirements of Section 148(f) of the Code and related Treasury Regulations with respect to each issue of bonds. Consult with rebate analyst to determine rebate liability.Consult with financial advisors and rebate analyst to determine whether the District is eligible for any temporary periods for unrestricted investments and is eligible for any of the spending exceptions to the rebate requirements.Consult with the rebate analyst, and if appropriate bond counsel, prior to the fifth anniversary date of issuance of each issue of bonds of the District and each fifth anniversary thereafter to arrange for calculations and reports of rebate requirements with respect to such bonds. If a rebate payment is required to be paid by the District, the business manager shall request the Form 8038-T be prepared by bond counsel in order to be submitted to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). If the District is authorized to recover a rebate payment previously paid, the business manager shall consult with the trustee or bond counsel to prepare the appropriate form (Form 8038-R) with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).For fixed rate QSCBs, the compliance officer shall ensure the Form 8038-CP is filed by the trustee not less than forty-five (45) days prior to the applicable semiannual interest payment date at each available maturity date.Approved: January 2011 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: February 2011Policy Title DEBT MANAGEMENT POLICYCode No. 707.1RPOST-ISSUANCE COMPLIANCE REGULATION FOR TAX-EXEMPT OBLIGATIONS1.Role of Compliance Coordinator/Board Secretary/Treasurer The Board Secretary/Treasurer shall: a) Be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance;b) Maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings or minutes in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations and obtain records that are necessary to meet the requirements of this regulation;c) Consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant, financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this regulation;d) Seek out training and education to be implemented upon the occurrence of new developments in the area and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this regulation.2. Financing Transcripts’ Filing and Retention The Board Secretary/Treasurer shall confirm the proper filing of an IRS 8038 Series return and maintain a transcript of proceedings and minutes for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the school district including, but not limited to, all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts. Each transcript shall be maintained until 11 years after the tax-exempt obligation documents have been retired. The transcript shall include, at a minimum:a) Form 8038;b) Minutes, resolutions and certificates;c) Certifications of issue price from the underwriter;d) Formal elections required by the IRS;e)Trustee statements;f) Records of refunded bonds, if applicable;g) Correspondence relating to bond financings; andh) Reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.3. Proper Use of Proceeds The Board Secretary/Treasurer shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the school district shall:a) Obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the school district's financial advisor;b) Create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;c) Review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund;d) Determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate and, if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund, if applicable); e) Maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment;f) Maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund g) Ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;h) Identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments do not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;i) Maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds.4. Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate ComplianceThe Board Secretary/Treasurer shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this regulation, above and shall:a) Monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;b) Monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate if the school district does not meet the "small issuer" exception for said obligation;c) Not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date, confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant, if the school district will fail to meet the applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate. In the event the school district fails to meet a temporary period or rebate exception:1.Procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;2. Arrange for timely computation and payment of yield reduction payments (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable. 5. Proper Use of Bond Financed AssetsThe Board Secretary/Treasurer shall:a) Maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets. Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;b) Monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed bond financed assets;1. management contracts;2. service agreements;3. research contracts;4. naming rights contracts;5. leases or sub-leases;6. joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements; 7. sale of property; or8. any other change in use of such asset.c) Maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal for at least three years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; andd) Contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12 in the event the school district takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met.6. General Project RecordsFor each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the Board Secretary/Treasurer shall maintain, until three years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:a) Appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies;b) Applications, approvals and other documentation of grants;c) Depreciation schedules;d) Contracts respecting the project.7. Advance RefundingsThe Board Secretary/Treasurer shall be responsible for the following current, post issuance and record retention procedures with respect to advance refunding bonds. The Board Secretary/Treasurer shall:a) Identify and select bonds to be advance refunded with advice from internal financial personnel and a financial advisor;b) Identify, with advice from the financial advisor and bond counsel, any possible federal tax compliance issues prior to structuring any advance refunding;c) Review the structure with the input of the financial advisor and bond counsel, of advance refunding issues prior to the issuance to ensure;(1) that the proposed refunding is permitted pursuant to applicable federal tax requirements if there has been a prior refunding of the original bond issue;(2) that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which might impose restrictions on the redemption date of the refunded bonds; (3) that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which allow for the proceeds and replacement proceeds of an issue to be invested temporarily in higher yielding investments without causing the advance refunding bonds to become "arbitrage bonds"; and (4) that the proposed issuance will not result in the issuer's exploitation of the difference between tax exempt and taxable interest rates to obtain an financial advantage nor overburden the tax exempt market in a way that might be considered an abusive transaction for federal tax purposes;d) Collect and review data related to arbitrage yield restriction and rebate requirements for advance refunding bonds. To ensure such compliance, the Board Secretary/Treasurer shall engage a rebate consultant to prepare a verification report in connection with the advance refunding issuance. Said report shall ensure said requirements are satisfied;e) Whenever possible, purchase State and Local Government Series (SLGS) to size each advance refunding escrow. The financial advisor shall be included in the process of subscribing SLGS. To the extent SLGS are not available for purchase, the Board Secretary/Treasurer shall, in consultation with bond counsel and the financial advisor, comply with IRS regulations;f) Ensure, after input from bond counsel, compliance with any bidding requirements set forth by the IRS regulations to the extent as issuer elects to the purchase of a guaranteed investment contract;g) In determining the issue price for any advance refunding issuance, obtain and retain issue price certification by the purchasing underwriter at closing;h) After the issuance of an advance refunding issue, ensure timely identification of violations of any federal tax requirements and engage bond counsel in attempt to remediate same in accordance with IRS regulations.8. Continuing DisclosureThe Board Secretary/Treasurer shall assure compliance with each continuing disclosure certificate and annually, per continuing disclosure agreements, file audited annual financial statements and other information required by each continuing disclosure agreement. The Board Secretary/Treasurer will monitor material events as described in each continuing disclosure agreement and assure compliance with material event disclosure. Events to be reported shall be reported promptly, but in no event not later than 10 business days after the day of the occurrence of the event. Currently, such notice shall be given in the event of:a) Principal and interest payment delinquencies;b) Non-payment related defaults, if material;c) Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;d) Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements relating to the bonds reflecting financial difficulties;e) Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform; f) Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB), or other material notices,or determinations with respect to the tax-exempt status of the bonds, or material events affecting the tax-exempt status of the bonds;g) Modifications to rights of Holders of the Bonds, if material; h) Bond calls (excluding sinking fund mandatory redemptions), if material and tender offers;i) Defeasances of the bonds;j) Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the bonds, if material;k) Rating changes on the bonds;1)Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the Issuer;m) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving the Issuer or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material; andn) Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2013). Reference: 704Revenue707Fiscal Reports Reviewed: March 2015Policy Title INTERNAL CONTROLS Code No. 707.2The Board expects all board members, employees, volunteers, consultants, vendors, contractors, students and other parties maintaining any relationship with the District to act with integrity, due diligence, and in accordance with all laws in their duties involving the District’s resources. The board is entrusted with public dollars and no one connected with the District should do anything to erode that trust.Internal control is the responsibility of all employees of the District. The superintendent, business manager and board secretary shall be responsible for developing internal controls designed to prevent and detect fraud, financial impropriety, or fiscal irregularities within the District subject to review and approval by the board. Administrators will ensure that the internal control practices developed for the District are followed within the administrator’s areas of responsibility. Administrators shall be alert for any indication of fraud, financial impropriety, or irregularity within the administrator’s area of responsibility.Any employee who suspects fraud, impropriety, or irregularity shall report their suspicions immediately to his/her immediate supervisor, and the superintendent. The superintendent shall have primary responsibility for any necessary investigations and shall coordinate investigative efforts with the board’s legal counsel, auditing firm, and other internal or external departments and agencies, including law enforcement officials, as the superintendent may deem appropriate. Employees bringing forth a legitimate concern about a potential impropriety will not be retaliated against and those who do retaliate against such an employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to, and including, discharge.In the event the concern or complaint involves the superintendent, the concern shall be brought to the attention of the board vice-president, who shall be empowered to contact the board’s legal counsel, insurance agent, auditing firm, and any other agency to investigate the concern or complaint.Upon approval of the board, the superintendent, may contact the State Auditor or elect to employ the District’s auditing firm or State Auditor to conduct a complete or partial forensic/internal control/SAS99 audit annually or otherwise as often as deemed necessary. The superintendent is authorized to order a complete forensic audit if, in the superintendent’s judgment, such an audit would be useful and beneficial to the District. The superintendent shall ensure the State Auditor is notified of any suspected embezzlement or theft pursuant to Iowa law. In the event, there is an investigation, records will be maintained for use in the investigation. Individuals found to have altered or destroyed records will be subject to disciplinary action, up to, and including termination.Legal References:American Competitiveness and Corporate Accountability Act of 2002, Pub. L. No. 107-204.Iowa Code ch. 11, 279.8 (2005).Cross References:Approved: August 2006Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: Nov. 2009Policy TitleAUDITSCode 707.3The Board of Directors shall engage an auditing agency to perform an annual audit or the financial affairs of the District, in accordance with the laws of the State of Iowa. The contract for audits shall have a back-out clause in the event the District is audited by the State of Iowa.Annual audit reports shall remain on permanent file in the administrative offices of the District.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 11.6Approved: January 1989 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: ________Policy Title: SECRETARY'S REPORTSCode 707.4The board secretary will report to the board each month about the receipts, disbursements and balances of the various funds. This report will be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.The board secretary will annually provide the board with a Certified Annual Report as submitted to the Iowa Dept of Education for review and approval. Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.7 (2013).Approved: March 2015Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy Title: TREASURER'S ANNUAL REPORTCode 707.5At the annual meeting, the treasurer will give the annual report stating the amount held over, received, paid out, and on hand in the general and schoolhouse funds. This report is in written form as a portion of the Certified Annual Report and reviewed annually by the Board. The treasurer will also furnish the District’s auditor with a sworn statement from each depository showing the balance then on deposit for inclusion in the annual audit.It is the responsibility of the treasurer to submit Certified Annual Report to the board annually.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.31, .33 (2013).Approved: March 2015?Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy Title: PUBLICATION OF FINANCIAL REPORTSCode 707.6Each month the schedule of bills allowed by the board is published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication. Annually, the total salaries paid to employees regularly employed by the school district will also be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish these reports in a timely manner.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 279.35, .36; 618 (2013).1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.Approved: March 2015Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy Title: FRAUD REPORTING Code 707.7In compliance with Uniform Grant Guidance, in Title 2 Code of Federal Regulation (C.F.R.) Grants and Agreements, Part 200 Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, this policy is adopted.A non-Federal entity or applicant for a Federal award must disclose, in a timely manner, in writing to the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations potentially affecting the Federal award. Non-Federal entities that have received a Federal award including the term and condition outlined in Appendix XII—Award Term and Condition for Recipient Integrity and Performance Matters are required to report certain civil, criminal, or administrative proceedings to SAM. Failure to make required disclosures can result in any of the remedies described in §200.338 Remedies for noncompliance, including suspension or debarment. (See also 2 CFR part 180, 31 U.S.C. 3321, and 41 U.S.C. 2313.)If an employee, elected official, board or commission member, volunteer, agent, etc. learns of a violation of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity potentially affecting a Federal grant, they will report the violation to:Designee: Superintendent of Schools and School Board PresidentThe above named is/are responsible for reporting the violation to the relevant federal agency, or pass-through agency in writing, and in a timely manner.Legal Reference: Title 2 Code of Federal Regulation (C.F.R.) Grants and Agreements, Part 200 Uniform Administrative Requirements 2 CFR part 180, 31 U.S.C. 3321, and 41 U.S.C. 2313.)Approved: Oct 2020Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Code 707.8Policy Title: Personally Identifiable Information and Protected Personally Identifiable Information Requirements Applicable to all Federal AwardsIn compliance with Uniform Grant Guidance in Title 2 Code of Federal Regulation (C.F.R.) Grants and Agreements, Part 200 Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards, it is the policy of: Dallas Center – Grimes Community School District to protect Personally Identifiable Information (PII) of employees, customers, vendors, contractors, volunteers, etc. The electronic restrictions and safeguards outlined in 2 C.F.R. 200.79 Personally Identifiable Information, and 200.82 Protected Personally Identifiable Information (PPII), along with 2 C.F.R 200.303 Internal Controls, this policy provides guidance for employees, volunteers, agents, etc. with access to PII and PPII.Personally Identifiable Information (2 C.F.R. 200.79) is any information pertaining to an individual that can be used to distinguish or trace a person's identity. Some information that is considered PII is available in public sources such as telephone books, public websites, etc. This type of information is considered to be Public PII and includes:1. First and Last name2. Address3. Work telephone number4. Work e-mail address5. Home telephone number6. General educational credentials7. Photos and videoThe definition of PII is not anchored to any single category of information or technology. Rather, it requires a case-by-case assessment of the specific risk that an individual can be identified. Non-PII can become PII whenever additional information is made publicly available, in any medium and from any source, that, when combined with other available information, could be used to identify an individual.Protected PII (2 C.F.R. 200.82) means an individual's first name or first initial and last name in combination with any one or more of types of information, including, but not limited to:1. Social security number2. Username and password3. Passport number4. Credit card number5. Clearances6. Banking information7. Biometrics8. Data and place of birth9. Mother's maiden name10. Criminal, medical and financial records11. Educational transcripts12. Photos and video including any of the aboveThis does not include PII that is required by law, statute, or regulation to be disclosed, such as a law enforcement or court order right to know.Internal controls (2 C.F.R. 200.303)The non-Federal entity must:(e) Take reasonable measures to safeguard protected personally identifiable information and other information the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity designates as sensitive or the non-Federal entity considers sensitive consistent with applicable Federal, state, local, and tribal laws regarding privacy and obligations of confidentiality. [78 FR 78608, Dec. 26, 2013, as amended at 79 FR 75883, Dec. 19, 2014]Procedures Guidelines on how to maintain and discard PII. All electronic files that contain Protected PII will reside within a protected information system location. All physical files that contain Protected PII will reside within a locked/secured/monitored location when not being actively viewed or modified. Protected PII is not to be downloaded, without prior approval, to personal or organization owned employee workstations or mobile devices (such as laptops, personal digital assistants, mobile phones, tablets or removable media). PII will also not be sent through any form of insecure electronic communication e.g. e-mail or instant messaging systems. Significant security risks emerge when PII is transferred from a secure location to a less secure location or is disposed of improperly. When disposing of PII the physical or electronic file should be shredded, securely deleted, or disposed of by a means that renders the information unrecognizable and beyond reconstruction.Incident Reporting The Superintendent of Schools must be informed of a real or suspected disclosure or breach of Protected PII data within 24 hours after discovery. Examples: misplacing a paper report, loss of a laptop, mobile device, or removable media containing PII, accidental email of PII, possible virus, or malware infection or a computer containing PII. Audits Periodic audits of organization owned equipment and physical locations may be performed to ensure that protected PII is stored in approved information systems or locations. The purpose of the audit is to ensure compliance with this policy and to provide information necessary to continuously improve practices.Enforcement Anyone found to be in violation of this policy may be subject to disciplinary action as deemed appropriate based on the facts and circumstances giving rise to the violation. Records Disposal Records containing personal data are to be disposed of so as to prevent inadvertent compromise of data and will use a disposal method that will render all personal data unrecognizable and beyond reconstruction.Legal Reference:Title 2 Code of Federal Regulation (C.F.R.) Grants and Agreements, Part 200 Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.Personally Identifiable Information (2 C.F.R. 200.79) Protected Personally Identifiable Information (PPII) (2 C.F.R 200.82) Internal Controls (2 C.F.R 200.303)Approved: Oct. 2020______Reviewed ?????????????????? Revised ??????????????????Policy TitleCARE, MAINTENANCE AND DISPOSAL OFCode 708.1SCHOOL DISTRICT RECORDSSchool District records shall be housed in the central administration office of the District. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records. The following records shall be kept and preserved according to the schedule below:Secretary’s financial recordsPermanentlyTreasurer’s financial recordsPermanentlyMinutes of the Board of DirectorsPermanentlyAnnual audit reportsPermanentlyAnnual budgetPermanentlyPermanent record of individual pupilPermanentlyCumulative record of individual pupil3 years beyond scheduled graduation dateRecords of payment of judgments againstthe District20 yearsBonds and bond coupons10 yearsWritten contracts10 yearsCancelled warrants, check stubs, bankstatements, bills, invoices and related records 5 yearsRecordings of closed meetings 1 yearProgram grantsAs determined by the grantNon-payroll personnel records7 yearsPayroll records3 yearsMedicaid records6 yearsEmployees’ records shall be housed in the central administration office of the District. The employees’ records shall be maintained by the Superintendent, the building administrator, the employee’s immediate supervisor, and the board secretary.An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other non-consumable items other than real property of the District shall be conducted annually under the supervision of the Superintendent. This report shall be filed with the board secretary.A perpetual inventory shall be maintained on consumable property of the District.The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the District shall be housed in the central administration office of the attendance center where the student attends. Permanent records must be housed in a fireproof vault. The building administrator shall be responsible for keeping these records current. Records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the District shall be housed in each educational building. These records will be maintained by the Superintendent.The Superintendent may microfilm or microfiche District records and may destroy paper copies of the records if they are more than three years old. A properly authenticated reproduction of a microfilmed record meets the same legal requirements as the original record.Legal References: City of Sioux City v. Greater Sioux City Press Club, 421 N.W. 2d 895 (Iowa 1988) City of Dubuque v. Telegraph Herald, Inc. , 297 N.W.2d 523 (Iowa 1980)Iowa Code 22.3, .7; 279.8,.15, .16; 304 (1995) 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).Approved: June 1989 Reviewed: June 2016 Revised: June 2016Policy TitleFIXED ASSETS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Code 708.2To improve the District’s oversight of fixed assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities arid programs and to provide’ for proof loss of fixed assets for insurance purposes, the District shall establish arid maintain a fixed assets management system for reporting capitalized fixed assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the District in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law.A separate fixed assets listing shall be prepared for fixed assets in the general fixed assets account group (GFAAG) arid for the fixed assets of each proprietary and fiduciary fund. “Fixed assets” in the GFAAG shall include District buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment. “Fixed assets” in the proprietary funds shall include District buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites; capitalized interest, infrastructure, land and machinery and equipment. Fixed assets reported in the financial reports shall include individual fixed assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $2,500. Fixed assets accounted for and reported in the proprietary funds shall be depreciated over the useful life of each fixed asset.The fixed assets management system shall be updated annually to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfers of fixed assets. It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to count and reconcile the fixed assets listing for the general fixed assets account group and for each proprietary and fiduciary fund with the fixed assets management system on June 30 each year.It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines implementing this policy. It shall also be the responsibility of the superintendent to educate employees about this policy and, its guidelines.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-25; 298A (1997).Cross Reference:Insurance Program Financial Accounting SystemApproved: January 1989 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: October 2003Policy TitleFIXED ASSETS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Code 708.2RThe District shall maintain oversight of capitalized fixed assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities through an annual capital asset inventory process.The District office shall produce a listing of assets annually to be provided to building principals for verification. The minimum level of an asset to be included on this inventory shall be $250. Principals should assign each room’s asset inventory appropriately to staff within the area for verification that the asset remains in the assigned place and remains of value. Items shall be recorded at purchase price/historical cost, and donated items shall be recorded at estimated fair market value at the time of donation.Once verified, the principal shall submit the inventory verification listing to the administration office for annual update.A textbook inventory shall be maintained in a separate database.The District office shall review the updated asset listing, and select areas to be physically reviewed for accuracy. The physical verification of selected areas should be determined by the business manager.The updated asset listing shall be further categorized into assets of value of $250 to $2,499 for standard asset listing, and $2,500+ for capitalized assets, with the exception of equipment in the nutrition program shall be capitalized at a value of $500.Capital assets shall be categorized in the following categories:LandBuildingsImprovements other than buildingsFurniture and equipmentVehicles including busesCapital assets shall be depreciated using the straight line method over the following estimated useful life:Buildings50 yearsBuildings (portable)25 yearsEx: Concession stands, greenhousesImprovements other than buildings 20 yearsFurniture and equipment5 -15 yearsVehicles (not buses)5 yearsBuses10 yearsThe capitalized asset listing shall be reviewed in the annual District audit.A listing of assets and value shall be provided to the District’s insurance carrier at the time of comprehensive insurance program review which is performed at least every three years.The insurance carrier’s agent shall be required to assist in a physical audit of items to be insured in addition to items recorded on the asset listing. Specific care shall be taken to review all items in the open and outdoor facilities of the District.Examples of items held in a typical classroom/school area shall be recorded by video for use in case of catastrophic loss, but not record every area of the school. A rotation of six years shall be used for recording specific areas as determined by the business manager. These recordings shall be maintained in a fire-safe location in the business office. Reviewed: March 2015Revised: March 2015Policy TitleINSURANCE PROGRAMCode 709The board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability. The board will purchase insurance at replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance. The comprehensive insurance program is reviewed at least once every three years. Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.The District will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss does not significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the District.The board may retain a private organization for fixed assets management services. Administration of the insurance program, making recommendations for additional insurance coverage, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities is the responsibility of the superintendent. Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85.2; 279.12, .28; 285.5(6), .10(6); 296.7; 298A; 517A.1; 670.7 (2009).1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 171.1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 676.Cross Reference:205Board Member Liability804Safety ProgramApproved: January 1989 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: February 2010 Policy Title STATEMENT OF GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR BUILDINGSCode 801.1AND SITESThe primary purpose of the school building program is to provide the best environment in which to achieve the educational objectives of the District.The Board of Directors has full and final responsibility for the selection of sites, employment of personnel, contracting for services, approval of plans, authorization and acceptance of bids, and payment for work performed on contractual agreements; the Board also has the responsibility for final acceptance or rejection of work done. All related actions should be taken only on the basis of official board resolutions, passed upon formal recommendations from District administrators at legal board meetings.The Superintendent shall be responsible for organizing and coordinating the efforts of the various individuals and groups to best achieve the established educational objectives of the building program, and for making recommendations to the Board of Directors.Legal References:Approved: August 1989Reviewed: March 2015Revised: __________Policy Title SCHOOL FACILITIES SURVEYSCode 801.2It shall be the policy of the Board of Directors to contract, upon the recommendation of the Superintendent of Schools, for the services of consultants or other resource personnel to study particular needs of the District. The need for such special studies shall be recognized well in advance, so that budgetary provisions can be made.Legal References:Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: February 2010Policy Title EDUCATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUILDINGSCode 801.3& SITESBuildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the Board or currently owned by the District and used for the education program must meet, or upon improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the Board. The Board shall make this determination.Prior to remodeling or other construction of buildings and sites, the Board may appoint a committee of consultants, employees, citizens, or others to assist the Board in developing the specifications for the new or improved buildings and sites. These specifications shall be consistent with the education program, and they shall provide the architect with the information necessary to determine what is expected from the facility. It shall be within the discretion of the Board to determine whether a committee shall be appointed.The education specifications shall include, but not be limited to, the financial resources available for the project, the definition and character of classrooms, the functional use to be made of the rooms, description of specialized needs, and other pertinent information as the Board deems necessary.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to make a recommendation to the Board regarding the specifications of buildings and sites.Legal References: Cedar Rapids Community School District, Linn County v. City of Cedar Rapids, 252 Iowa 205, 106 N.W. 2d 655 (1960) Iowa Code §§ 73A.2, .18; 280.3, .14; 297; 544A (1995) 1984 Op. Att’y Gen. 529Approved: November 2003 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: February 2010Policy Title SITE ACQUISITION Code 801.4Sites acquired by the board will meet or, upon improvement, be able to meet the specifications set out by the board prior to using the site for the education program. The board may meet in closed session to discuss potential purchases of sites.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist the board and to make recommendations concerning the acquisition of sites.Legal References: Iowa Code Sect 297.1; 297.6; 297.16, .17, .18Related Administration Rule or Regulation: Iowa Adm Code 670-5.9(2)Approved: August 1989Reviewed: March 2015Revised: March 2015Policy Title SELECTION OF AN ARCHITECT Code 801.5Architects shall be interviewed by the Superintendent and any other relevant personnel they may designate. The Superintendent’s recommendation shall be presented to the Board of Directors for its consideration and official approval before any architect is hired for a specific project under consideration.Legal References: Iowa Code Section 118.16; 118.19; 197.7Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: __________ Policy Title PRELIMINARY BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS Code 801.6The architect shall proceed with preparation of the preliminary plans and specifications after receiving authorization from the Board of Directors.The Superintendent shall provide the architect with educational specifications, financial data, and other pertinent information necessary to the architect’s planning.The architect shall make revisions to the plans until a consensus of opinion is reached and approval is given by the Board of Directors.Legal References:Related Administration Rule or Regulations: Iowa Adm Code 670-5.9(3)Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: __________Policy Title BIDS AND AWARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS Code 801.7The Board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the District community. Construction contracts shall be made in the District community or in Iowa from Iowa-based companies if the bids submitted are comparable in quality and can be received without additional cost in comparison to those submitted by other bidders. The Board shall have the authority to approve or retain construction contracts.Public, competitive sealed bids are required for construction projects, including renovation and repair, with a cost exceeding the statutory minimums required by law. The public, competitive sealed bid requirement is waived in the case of emergency repairs when the repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school. The AEA administrator shall certify that the emergency repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school. The superintendent will comply with the competitive quote process for those projects subject to the competitive quote law. The superintendent will determine the process for obtaining quotes for projects below the competitive quote limit.The award of construction contracts will, generally, be made to the lowest responsible bidder. The Board, in its discretion, after considering factors relating to the construction, including, but not limited to, the cost of the construction, availability of service and/or repair, completion date, and any other factors deemed relevant by the Board, may choose a bid other than the lowest bid. The Board shall have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, to waive informalities, and to enter into the contract or contracts deemed to be in the best interests of the District.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to make a recommendation and the reason for it to the Board for construction contract bids.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 72; 73; 73A.2, .28; 297.7-.8 (1995)Approved: November 1995 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: February 2010Policy Title FINAL BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS Code 801.8The architect and/or engineer will present the final construction specifications to the Board for its approval prior to advertisement for bids. The specifications shall include a life cycle cost analysis. These specifications shall have the endorsement of the State Fire Marshal, City/County Engineer, the State Health Department. Legal References: Iowa Code Section 118; 297.7; 407.3Related Administration Rules or Regulations: Iowa Adm Code 670-5.9(4)Approved: August l989 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: February 2010Policy Title MAINTENANCE SCHEDULECode 802.1The District buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair. Employees should notify the building principal when something is in need of repair or removal, including graffiti.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to maintain the District buildings and sites. As part of this responsibility, a maintenance schedule shall be created and adhered to in compliance with this policy.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (1995)Approved: November 1995 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: ___________Policy Title REQUESTS FOR IMPROVEMENTSCode 802.2Generally, except for emergency situations, requests for improvements or repairs shall be made to the Superintendent by building principals and the head custodian. Requirements for requests outlined in the maintenance schedule shall be followed.Minor improvements, not exceeding a cost of $30,000 may be approved by the Superintendent. Improvements exceeding $30,000 must be approved by the Board. Routine maintenance and repairs outlined in the maintenance schedule shall be followed.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (1995)Approved: November 1995 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: March 2015Policy Title EMERGENCY REPAIRSCode 802.3In the event an emergency requiring repairs in excess of the state limit to a District facility are necessary to correct or control the situation and to prevent the closing of school, the provisions relating to bidding shall not apply.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to obtain certification from the area education agency administrator stating such repairs in excess of the state limit were necessary to prevent the closing of school.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to notify the Board as soon as possible considering the circumstances of the emergency.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 280.3; .14; 297.8 (1995)Approved: November 1995 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: February 2010Policy Title BUILDINGS & SITES ADAPTATION FOR PERSONS Code 802.4 WITH DISABILITIESThe Board recognizes the need for access to its buildings and sites by persons with disabilities. School District buildings and sites currently in use will be altered to be accessible to persons with disabilities unless the alteration would cause an undue hardship for the District. Renovated and new buildings and sites shall be accessible to persons with disabilities.It is the responsibility of the Superintendent, upon board approval, to take the necessary action to ensure District buildings and sites are accessible to persons with disabilities.Legal References: 29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1988) 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (Supp. 1990) Iowa Code chs. 104A; 216 (1995) 281 I.A.C. 41.47.Approved: November 1995 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: ____________Policy Title VANDALISMCode 802.5The Board believes everyone should treat District buildings, sites and property with respect for the benefit of the education program. Users of District property shall treat it with care. Employees discovering vandalism should report it to the building principal as soon as possible.Persons suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed District property may be subject to discipline by the District, if the person is under the jurisdiction of the District, and may be reported to local law enforcement officials. Persons who are not under the jurisdiction of the District and who are suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed District property shall be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.Legal References: Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995)Approved: November 1995 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: __________Policy Title ENERGY CONSERVATION Code 802.6In concert with the Board’s goal to utilize public funds in an effective and efficient manner, employees and students shall practice energy conservation methods when utilizing the District’s buildings and sites. These methods include, but are not limited to, turning off lights and equipment when not in use, reducing the temperature of the facility, particularly when it is not in use, and keeping windows and doors properly closed or open, depending upon the weather.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop energy conservation guidelines for employees and students. Employees and students shall abide by these guidelines that are located in the District handbook.Legal References: §§ 279.44; 473.19, .20 (1995)Approved: November 1995 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: February 2010:Policy Title LEASE, SALE OR DISPOSAL OF SCHOOL DISTRICTCode 803.1 BUILDINGS & SITESDecisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of District real property shall be made by the Board. In making its decision the Board will consider the needs of the education program and the efficient use of public funds.Prior to the board's final decision regarding real property, a public hearing will be held. The board will adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale which will contain notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property or locally known address. Notice of the time and place of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date. Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the property. If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a schoolhouse site, the property may revert to the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in IOWA CODE §§ 297.15-.25. In the case of a sale or lease of District real property not being used for the education program, unless otherwise exempted, advertisements for bids shall be taken. If the bids received by the Board are deemed inadequate, the Board may decline to sell or lease the property and re-advertise.In the case of the razing of a District facility, in an amount in excess of the statutory minimum required by law, the Board will advertise and take bids for the purpose of awarding the contract for the project.The Superintendent shall be responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the Board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of District real property, including student-constructed buildings. It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent to make a recommendation to the Board regarding the use of District real property not being utilized for the education program.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25 (2009).Approved: August 1989 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: February 2010Policy TitleSALES & DISPOSAL OF BOOKS, EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIESCode 803.2School property, such as equipment, furnishings, equipment and/or supplies (hereafter equipment), will be disposed of when it is determined to be of no further use to the District. It shall be the objective of the District in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.Obsolete equipment having a value of less than $5000 shall be disposed of at the discretion of the superintendent, which may include sealed bid, donation to nonprofit group, auction, on-line access, garage sale, or preset asking price. The sale of equipment, furnishings, or supplies disposed of in this manner shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation. The publication of the sale shall be published with at least one insertion each week for two consecutive weeks.A public hearing shall be held regarding the disposal of the equipment with a value of $5,000 or more prior to the board’s final decision. The board shall adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale and shall publish notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property shall be in the resolution. Notice of the public hearing shall be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date. Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the equipment.In all cases in which equipment is sold, the board may set a reserved minimum price and decline to sell the equipment or re-advertise.Equipment purchased with federal funds, such as Carl Perkins funds, that has a fair market value of $5000 or more, requires a Disposition of Funds form be completed and retained (see 802.11R) with the proceeds to be reinvested in Career and Technical Education.It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the method for disposing of equipment of no further use to the District.Legal References:Cross Reference:Iowa Code 297.22-.25 (1995) Approved: June 1981 Reviewed: July 2012 Revised: December 2014Policy Title PUBLIC CONDUCT ON SCHOOL PREMISESCode 803.3The board expects that students, employees and visitors will treat each other with respect, engage in responsible behavior, exercise self-discipline and model fairness, equity and respect. Individuals violating this policy will be subject to discipline. Students will be disciplined consistent with the student conduct policies. Employees will be disciplined consistent with employee discipline policies and laws. Others will be subject to discipline according to this policy.Individuals are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities or visit school premises only as guests of the District, and, as a condition, they must comply with the District's rules and policies. Individuals will not be allowed to interfere with or disrupt the education program or activity. Visitors, like the participants, are expected to display mature, responsible behavior. The failure of individuals to do so is not only disruptive but also embarrassing to the students, the District and the entire community. To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program or activities without fear of interference or disruption and to permit the school officials, employees and activity sponsors and officials to perform their duties without interference or disruption, the following provisions are in effect:? Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will not be tolerated.? Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.? The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other individuals will not be tolerated.If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event. Law enforcement may be contacted for assistance. Individuals removed from school premises have the ability to follow the board’s chain of command and complaint policies should they choose to do so. The exclusion is in effect should the individual choose to appeal the decision of the superintendent. The term “individual” as used in the policy also includes students and employees. If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends a sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution. The District may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school sponsored or approved activities.Approved: January 2000 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised:October 2007Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .66; 716.7 (2007). Cross Reference:Board Member LiabilityStudent ActivitiesVandalism Public Participation in the School DistrictPolicy Title FACILITIES INSPECTIONS Code 804.1A program for annual inspection, in addition to those conducted by authorized agencies, of the equipment, facilities, and grounds shall be conducted as part of the maintenance schedule for District buildings and sites. The results of this inspection shall be reported to the Board at its annual meeting. Further, the Board may conduct its own inspection of the District buildings and sites annually.Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8 (a995)Approved: November 1995 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: ___________Policy TitleWARNING SYSTEM AND EMERGENCY PLANS Code 804.2 The District shall maintain a warning system designed to inform students, employees, and visitors in the facilities of an emergency. This system shall be maintained on a regular basis under the maintenance plan for District buildings and sites.Students shall be informed of this system according to board policy. Each classroom and office shall have a plan for helping those in need of assistance to safety during an emergency. This shall include, but not be limited to, students and employees with disabilities.Licensed employees shall be responsible for instructing students on the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal References: Iowa Code 100.31 (1995)Approved: June 1981 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: October 1995Policy TitleWARNING SYSTEM AND EMERGENCY PLANS Code 804.2R All buildings will use the approved templates for all emergency plans: evacuation, shelter, medical and lockdown. The templates allow for some flexibility at each building and all required aspects must be addressed in the plans. The content of these templates need to be reviewed and updated annually. The templates can be found in First Class.All emergency plans are to be posted beside each classroom and office door and in public gathering areas. The emergency plans are to be reviewed with staff at the beginning of each school year and through out the year on an as needed basis. The building response team will receive training annually for emergency responding duties.Reviewed: March 2015Code No. 804.21DISTRICT OPERATION DURING PUBLIC EMERGENCIESThe district believes that student learning is the heart of its core mission. While traditional in-person teaching continues to provide the greatest learning opportunity to all students, there may be rare and unusual circumstances that prevent the school community from convening in traditional in-person settings. At times of a public emergency declared by federal, state or local officials, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies to assist in determining the safety of convening traditional in-person learning.During a declared public emergency, the school board delegates to the Superintendent the authority to determine whether to close school buildings to traditional in-person learning if the Superintendent determines in-person learning would hinder the health and safety of the school community. The district will instead utilize remote or hybrid learning opportunities permitted by law.Following guidance and recommendations from federal, state, and local agencies when reasonably possible, the administration will create regulations related to district operations during a public emergency, including, but not limited to, student, employee and visitor safety and security; the use and safeguarding of district property; public meetings and events, and when applicable, measures to prevent or slow the spread of infectious disease.These measures will be enforced for the period of time of the public emergency, or until the superintendent, in consultation with federal, state and local agencies determine it is appropriate for the safety measures to end.Legal Reference:Senate File 2310Iowa Code ch. 279.8Cross Reference:403.3Communicable Diseases - Employees506Student Records507Student Health and Well-BeingApproved Aug 2020Reviewed Revised Code No. 804.22DISTRICT OPERATIONS DURING A PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCY REGULATIONDuring a public health emergency, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies that monitor and respond to the emergency. The district will follow any mandatory closures or other mandatory measures imposed by such agencies.The superintendent, in conjunction with relevant government agencies and/or athletic and activity associations, will determine under what circumstances the district will restrict or cancel in-person learning, student events or activities including sporting events, extracurricular clubs or meetings for students, and the use of district facilities by outside organizations.The district will promote and follow other recommended measures and guidance from federal, state and local agencies to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances. These measures may include, but are not limited to the following:On-line learning, hybrid models of learning, or modified in-person learning may occur dependent on the circumstances and in accordance with applicable law.Due to the increased cost to the district of providing additional cleaning and disinfecting measures and in order to preserve cleaning supplies for school use during the time of a public health emergency, the superintendent has discretion to require, as a condition of using district facilities, non-school groups to provide the school district with EPA-approved cleaning and disinfecting supplies to properly clean and disinfect the space used after each event. The district may also require non-school groups to reimburse the district the actual cost of school personnel time needed to clean and disinfect school facilities after the event.Approved Aug 2020Policy Title ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALCode 804.3Friable and non-friable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed. If there is a need to replace asbestos it will be replaced with non-asbestos containing materials. Each school building will maintain a copy of the asbestos management plan.The District will appoint and train appropriate employees as necessary.Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. §§ 3601 et seq. (1988). 40 C.F.R. Pt. 763 (1993) Iowa Code §§ 279.52-.54Approved: November 1995 Reviewed: March 2015 Revised: ___________Policy TitleBOMB THREATS Code 804.4When a bomb threat is reported to the administration, they should determine the threat to students and staff and the best course of action to deal with the threat. If the administration determines there is a threat to students and/or staff, the District facility should be cleared immediately.A thorough search will be made by the appropriate District or law enforcement officials. Employees and students shall remain outside the District facility until it is determined that danger no longer exists.It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to file a report of each incident for the District records.Legal Reference:Iowa Code 279.8 (1995)Cross Reference:Approved: March 1995 Reviewed: December 2014 Revised: Feb. 2003 Policy TitleRESPONSIBILITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORSCode 1001.1The Board and the administration shall seek and welcome individual and group opinions, suggestions and questions regarding school affairs.All school personnel and board members shall seek to maintain relationships with pupils, parents, organizations, and information media which help implement the above policy.Legal Reference:Approved: Jan. 1989Reviewed: Dec. 09 –Feb. 2010 Revised: April 2005 Policy Title EXAMINATION OF SCHOOL DISTRICT PUBLIC RECORDS Code 1001.6Public records of the District may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administration offices of the District. These hours are 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.Persons wishing to view the District's public records will contact the board secretary and make arrangements for the viewing. The board secretary will make arrangements for viewing the records as soon as practical, depending on the nature of the request.Persons may request copies of public records by telephone or in writing, including electronically. The District may require pre-payment of the costs prior to copy and mailing. Persons wanting copies may be assessed a fee for the copy. Persons wanting compilation of information may be assessed a fee for the time of the employee to compile the requested information. Printing of materials for the public at the expense of the District will only occur when the event is sponsored by the District.Pursuant to Iowa law, the board has determined certain records need to be confidential as their disclosure could jeopardize the safety of persons or property and include, but are not limited to, the following: · Security procedures · Emergency preparedness procedures · Evacuation procedures · Security codes and passwords Records defined by law as confidential records are viewed or copied upon receipt of written permission by the board secretary or superintendent from the person or entity whose confidential records are being requested.It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain accurate and current records of the District. It is the responsibility of the board secretary to respond in a timely manner to requests for viewing and receiving public information of the District.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 291.6 (2005).1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 88.1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.1968 Op. Att'y Gen. 656.Cross Reference:Board of Directors' RecordsEmployee RecordsStudent RecordsCare, Maintenance, and Disposal of School District RecordsNews Media RelationsApproved: May 1989 Reviewed: Dec. 09 –Feb. 2010 Revised: February 2010Policy TitleCITIZENS ADVISORY COMMITTEESCode 1002.1Development of OrganizationApproval must be given by the Board of Directors of the development of any advisory group before it can work with school officials in an advisory capacity.PurposesThe one function of any advisory group shall be to promote better education through improvement of the local school system by studying elements of our school and/or District and comparing to accepted practices in other schools and/or District.Procedure for ActionThe group so organized shall make suggestions only to the Board of Directors.Disbandment of the GroupGroups that have completed the purpose for which it was organized shall be dissolved by action of the Board.Legal References: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.13 (1995)Approved: April 1981 Reviewed: Dec. 09 –Feb. 2010 Revised: February 2010Policy Title CITIZENS’ CONCERNSCode 1003.3The Board recognizes that situations may arise in the operation of the system which are of concern to parents or the public. The Board believes strongly that all concerns should be resolved at the lowest possible level of decision making by the individuals closest to the concern. The concerns are best dealt with through communication with appropriate staff members and officers of the system, such as the faculty, the principals, the central office, and the Board.The following guidelines are suggested as the proper procedure to be followed by persons with questions or concerns:Matters concerning an individual student, a teacher, or other employee should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.Unsettled matters from (1) above or problems and questions concerning individual schools should be directed to the building principal, or employees’ immediate supervisor.Unsettled matters from (2) above or problems and questions concerning the school system should be directed to the Superintendent. If the matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the Superintendent, it may be brought to the Board of Directors. Questions and comments submitted to the chairperson of the Board in letter form will be brought to the attention of the entire Board. The concern may be brought up at a board meeting by following the procedures to have an item placed on the agenda or may be brought up as an item of information during the open forum portion of the agenda, time permitting.The Board considers it the obligation of employees of the District to entertain the questions of parents or the public.Legal Reference:Approved: January 1989 Reviewed: Dec. 09 –Feb. 2010 Revised: February 2010Policy Title PUBLIC CONDUCT ON SCHOOL PREMISESCode 1003.4The board expects that students, employees and visitors will treat each other with respect, engage in responsible behavior, exercise self-discipline and model fairness, equity and respect. Individuals violating this policy will be subject to discipline. Students will be disciplined consistent with the student conduct policies. Employees will be disciplined consistent with employee discipline policies and laws. Others will be subject to discipline according to this policy.Individuals are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities or visit school premises only as guests of the District, and, as a condition, they must comply with the District's rules and policies. Individuals will not be allowed to interfere with or disrupt the education program or activity. Visitors, like the participants, are expected to display mature, responsible behavior. The failure of individuals to do so is not only disruptive but also embarrassing to the students, the District and the entire community. To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program or activities without fear of interference or disruption and to permit the school officials, employees and activity sponsors and officials to perform their duties without interference or disruption, the following provisions are in effect:? Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will not be tolerated.? Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.? The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other individuals will not be tolerated.If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event. Law enforcement may be contacted for assistance. The Superintendent may recommend the exclusion of the spectator at future extracurricular activities.Individuals removed from school premises have the ability to follow the board’s chain of command and complaint policies should they choose to do so. The exclusion is in effect should the individual choose to appeal the decision of the superintendent. The term “individual” as used in the policy also includes students and employees. If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends a sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution. The District may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school sponsored or approved activities.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .66; 716.7 (2007). Approved: January 2000 Reviewed: Dec. 09 –Feb. 2010 Revised: February 2010Policy Title SCHOOL -COMMUNITY GROUPS Code 1003.5The board values the participation and the support of District-community groups, including, but not limited to, the booster club and parent-teacher organizations, which strive for the betterment of the District and the education program. The board will work closely with these groups. Prior to any purchase of, or fund raising for the purchase of goods or services for the District, the group will confer with the superintendent to assist the group in purchasing goods or services to meet the District's needs. Funds raised by these groups for the District may be kept as part of the accounts of the District. It is the responsibility of the building principal to be the liaison with the District-community groups affiliated with the building principal's attendance center. Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.13 (2009).Approved: January 1989 Reviewed: Dec. 09-Feb. 2010 Revised: February 2010Policy Title VISITORS TO SCHOOL DISTRICT BUILDINGS & SITES Code 1003.6The Board welcomes the interest of parents and other members of the District community and invites them to visit the school buildings and sites. Visitors, which include persons other than employees or students, must notify the principal of their presence in the facility upon arrival.Persons who wish to visit a classroom while school is in session are asked to notify the principal and obtain approval from the principal prior to the visit so appropriate arrangements can be made and so class disruption can be minimized. Teachers and other employees shall not take time from their duties to discuss matters with visitors.Children and recent graduates are discouraged of visiting school during school hours without a specific educational purpose due to the potential disruption of the educational environment. All visits must be approved by the building principal in advance.Visitors shall conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of others while attending school events. Visitors failing to conduct themselves accordingly may be asked to leave the premises. Children who wish to visit school must be accompanied by a parent or responsible adult.It shall be the responsibility of employees to report inappropriate conduct. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent and principals to take the action necessary to cease the inappropriate conduct. If the Superintendent or principals are not available, a District employee shall act to cease the inappropriate conduct.Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7 (1995)Approved: April 1981 Reviewed: Dec. 09-Feb. 2010 Revised: February 2010Policy Title PASSES FOR SENIOR CITIZENSCode 1003.8Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District residents who have reached age 65 are eligible to receive a pass for all in-District activities. These passes will be issued by the superintendent’s secretary and are lifetime passes as long as their residence is in the District.For non-district residents that have reached age 65 are eligible to purchase a pass at ? price for all in-district activities.(All passes exclude state tournament series events, e.g., sectional or district tournaments.)Legal Reference:Approved: November 1977 Reviewed: July 2012 Revised: July 2012 Policy Title GIFTS/GRANTS/BEQUESTS/MEMORIALS TO SCHOOL Code 1003.9The Board believes gifts, grants, bequests, and memorials to the District may be accepted if they will further the interests of the educational program. The Board shall have sole authority to determine whether the gift, grant, bequest, or memorial furthers the interests of the District. Individuals or groups are requested to obtain approval from the Board prior to presenting a gift, grant, bequest, or memorial.If a gift, grant, bequest, or memorial is restricted to one of four areas as designated by the Board: 1) Support of elementary academic needs, 2) support of secondary academic needs, 3) support of athletic programs, 4) support of fine arts. Gifts, grants, bequests, or memorials will be honored for one of these four purposes if the Board accepts the gift, grant, bequest, or memorial. Specific restricted purpose requests for larger gifts / grants / or memorial bequests will be considered by the administration and school board on an individual basis. Gift, grant, bequest, or memorial without restrictions will be utilized at the Board’s discretion.Once the Board has approved a gift, grant, bequest, or memorial, a board member or member of the administration may accept the gift on behalf of the District. Once accepted on behalf of the District, the gift, grant, bequest, or memorial becomes the property of the District.Any gift, grant, bequest, or memorial that has a permanent engraving or placard recognizing an individual(s) can only be accepted by the Board and must be approved at the time the gift, grant, bequest, or memorial is approved.Legal Reference:Approved: September 2018 Reviewed: August 2018 Revised: August 2018Policy Title POSTING ANNOUNCEMENTSCode 1003.10NoticesAny notice that is detrimental to the normal functioning of the school, or which will be detrimental to school spirit, and student cooperation, will not be posted.Any notice shall be approved by building principal.Legal Reference:Approved: April 1981 Reviewed: August 2010Revised: August 2010Policy Title PUBLIC PERFORMANCE BY STUDENTSCode 1003.11Students, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program. Performance at such events is a privilege.Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the District and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day. Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures. Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other District operations. The events must be approved by the superintendent or designee, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the performance.The Drama/Musical selections for public performances are to be approved by the administration.It is within the discretion of the superintendent or designee, to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students. Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent or designee, are the responsibility of the parent and the student.Legal Reference:Hazelwood?School?District?v.?Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).Iowa Code §§ 280.13-.14 (2009).281 I.A.C. 12.6.Cross Reference:502Student Rights and Responsibilities503.4Good Conduct Rule504Student Activities904Community Activities Involving StudentsApproved: October 1982Reviewed March 2014Revised March 2014Policy TitlePUBLIC PERFORMANCE BY STUDENTSCode 1003.11RPlay Approval ProcessAll plays selected for a DCG Drama production will be required to go through the following approval process:A variety of styles should be performed over a four – five year rotation.Plays should be age appropriate – and have a message that supports school’s missionFor high school: very limited use of obscenities, limited to very mild sexual innuendos and should be considered.Two to three plays should be reviewed for possible selection with samples provided one month prior to auditions. Drama instructor and two other teachers who have experience with productions will read through the play. The three will reach consensus on the play to be performed.For all levels:Sample scripts ordered through requisition process for review. Synopsis of the play will be provided to the activities director and principal for approval.Play will be ordered through the requisition process.All copyright and contractual conditions must be followed.Reviewed: March 2014Policy TitleDISTRIBUTION OF MATERIALSCode 1003.12The board recognizes that students, employees, parents or citizens may want to distribute materials within the District that are non-curricular. Non-curricular materials to be distributed must be approved by the building principal and meet certain standards prior to their distribution.It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, in conjunction with the building principals to draft administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference: U.S. const. Amend. I.Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier 484 U.S. 260 (1988).Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986)New Jersey v. T.L.O. 469 U.S. 325 (1985).Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969)Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F. 2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).Iowa Code – 279.8; 280.22 (1995).Cross Reference: Freedom of ExpressionStudent ConductStudent ActivitiesAcademic FreedomApproved: __________ Reviewed: August 2010 Revised: April 2002Policy TitleDISTRIBUTION OF MATERIALSCode 1003.12RNon-school related materials will not be distributed to all students. Students will be informed of the availability of any materials and will be made available for pick up in the school offices and/or classroom. Reviewed: August 2010Policy TitleOUTSIDE RESOURCE PEOPLECode 1003.13The Board of Directors recognizes that the people of the community are one of the greatest resources of the school system, and that they have special knowledge and particular talents to contribute to the school program. The Board of Directors therefore encourages the use of community resources and citizens to assist in furthering the educational program. Use of outside personnel and resources shall be under regulations approved by the Superintendent of Schools.As a matter of courtesy, the classroom teacher shall notify the building principal of a visiting speaker at least one week before the expected visit takes place.Legal Reference:Approved: May 1989 Reviewed: March 2014 Revised: _________Policy Title Use Of Facilities And Equipment Code 1004.1 School District facilities and equipment will be made available to local nonprofit entities, which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities.? "Entity(ies)" will include organizations, groups and individuals and their agents.? Such use will be permitted only when the use does not interfere with or disrupt the education program or a school-related activity, the use is consistent with state law, and will end no later than midnight.? The board reserves the right to deny use of the facilities and equipment to an entity.? It is within the discretion of the superintendent to allow use of District facilities and equipment on Sundays, or other special requests.Entities who wish to use District facilities or equipment must apply with the Activities Director.? It is the responsibility of the Activities Director to determine whether the District facility or equipment requested is available and whether the application for use meets board policy and administrative regulations.? It is the responsibility of the Activities Director to provide the appropriate request forms, obtain proof of insurance, and draw up the contract for use of District facilities and equipment. These items will be placed on file with the Board Secretary.All out-of-District entities, all groups that do not have a majority of participants from within the DC-G District, and all for-profit entities must apply to the board for facility use. The board will have the discretion of approving use and setting rental fees.A District employee will supervise use of District facilities and equipment by entities unless special prior arrangements are made with the Activities Director.? The District employee will not accept a fee from the entity using District facilities and equipment.? If appropriate, the District employee may be paid by the District.Entities that?use District buildings or sites must leave the building or site in the same condition it was in prior to its use.? Entities that?use District equipment must return the equipment in the same working condition it was in prior to its use.? Inappropriate use of District facilities and equipment may result in additional fees charged to, or the inability of, the entity to use District facilities or equipment in the future.? The board may allow entities, such as the Boy and Girl Scouts, 4-H, and in-District youth leagues, to use the District facilities and equipment without charge.? While such entities may use the facilities and equipment without charge, they may be required to pay a custodial fee.School facilities will not be available for Student group use on Wednesday nights during the school year. Exceptions will be at the discretion of the Superintendent.It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a fee schedule for the board's approval and to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.Legal Reference:Iowa Code §§ 8D; 276; 278.1(4); 279.8; 288; 297.9-.11 (2003). 751 I.A.C. 14. 1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 561. 1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 232. 1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 196.Cross Reference:Approved: 1989 Reviewed:August 2016 Revised: August 2016Policy Title USE OF FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT Code 1004.1RFACILITY USE GUIDELINESThe Dallas Center Grimes Community School District facilities and buildings are owned maintained and supported by the public. The Board of Education actively seeks to respond to the educational, recreational and cultural needs of its total community through the total resources of the community schools. However, all school facilities have been primarily erected and maintained for the use of the students of Dallas Center Grimes Schools and shall not be used for another purpose that will conflict with that use.Administrative GuidelinesAll facility usage requests must meet the guidelines as set out in board policy 1004.1 and 1004.1R.It is within the discretion of the Superintendent to grant special requests to allow the use of school district facilities and equipment for any needs deemed appropriate outside of these Facility Use Guidelines. This policy is not intended to create a limited open forum pursuant to the Equal Access Act, 20 U.S.C. §4071-74. All student-initiated groups wishing to meet on District property during non-instructional time must be approved by the District and the subject of the group is to be related to the curriculum of the District. Any school activity, regardless of when the activity is placed on the calendar, has priority over any outside organization.School District facilities and equipment will be made available to local nonprofit entities, which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities.? "Entity(ies)" will include organizations, groups and individuals and their agents.? Such use will be permitted only when the use does not interfere with or disrupt the education program or a school-related activity, the use is consistent with state law, and will end no later than midnight.? The board reserves the right to deny use of the facilities and equipment to an entity. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to allow use of District facilities and equipment on Sundays, or other special requests.The board may allow entities, such as the Boy and Girl Scouts, 4-H, and in-District youth leagues, to use the District facilities and equipment without charge. While such entities may use the facilities and equipment without charge, they may be required to pay a building supervisor on/or a custodial fee. As shown in the DCG facility usage group document.Entities who wish to use District facilities or equipment must complete a Facility/Auditorium Request Form & apply with the Activities Director.? It is the responsibility of the Activities Director to determine whether the District facility or equipment requested is available and whether the application for use meets board policy and administrative regulations. It is the responsibility of the Activities Director to provide the appropriate request forms, obtain proof of insurance, and draw up the contract for use of District facilities and equipment. These items will be placed on file with the Board Secretary. School facilities will not be available for student group’s use on Wednesday nights during the school year. Exceptions will be at the discretion of the Superintendent. Approval of a request does not imply the endorsement or sponsorship by the Administration, the Board of Education or the Dallas Center Grimes Community School District.All out-of-District entities, all groups that do not have a majority of participants from within the DC-G District, and all for-profit entities must apply to the board for facility use. The groups are outlined in the DCG facility usage groups document. The board will have the discretion of approving use and rental fees. Any misuse, use of areas not approved, or failure to follow guidelines may result in immediate termination of rental agreement.A facility use fee structure will be approved every July by the Board.All users of District facilities must also comply with Board policies and these Facility Use Guidelines.All groups must schedule use of school facilities, regardless if there is a rental fee. All groups must pay the additional custodial cost, if needed. (School support groups may be granted an exception.) Custodial and Building Supervisor fees are applicable if DC-G employees are required to open or close, and/or to be at the event. There is a 2 hour minimum for a Building Supervisor or Custodial Fees. The District will determine if there is a need for a custodian or Building Supervisor. Groups that are primarily student groups, with the majority of students from the DC-G district, are not required to pay a rental fee, but may be required to pay a custodial fee. AS SHOWN IN DCG FACILITY USAGE GROUPS DOCUMENT Groups that are primarily adult groups, with the majority of adults from the DC-G district, may arrange to schedule an open gym. Rental fees may not be required for open gyms. Custodial fees are applicable if DC-G employees are required to open or close, and/or to be at the event. A minimum of one hour to open and one hour to close is needed. Local organizations or groups that have prolonged or regularly schedule activities must have Board approval.Staff members that are providing services as an extension of the District’s curriculum may use District facilities to provide those learning experiences. Staff members using school facilities will not be employees of the District, unless specifically contracted by the District. The superintendent shall decide if activities offered are an extension of the District’s curriculum and/or learning activities, and shall approve any fees charged in connection with these activities, even if fees are to be paid directly to the employee by the participants. All District facilities will be closed and not available for use on legal holidays observed by District Staff. If a holiday falls on a Saturday, the District observance of that holiday will be on the preceding Friday. If a holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday will be day of observance. The following is a list of the legal holiday observed by the Dallas Center Grimes School District on which all facilities will be closed. Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday immediately following Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, Christmas Day, New Year’s Eve Day and New Year’s Day.District facilities will also be unavailable for use by the public during regular school breaks observed by the District. This would include winter break, spring break and summer break.The District requires at least two –week notice on extraordinary requests and reserves the right to cancel or postpone any activity, including school and school related activities, due to conflict, disregard of policies, or other uncontrollable circumstances. Administrative Rules for Community Use1. The Activities Director (hereafter referred to as AD) will schedule meetings, as needed, with appropriate District personnel and community users to coordinate use of the District's facilities. The extent of supervision needed by outside groups renting school facilities will be determined by the AD.2. Permission granted for facility usage by the AD shall be made in writing through the signing of a Contract with the representative of the group making the request.It is the responsibility of the representative to read this manual and be aware of all guidelines for usage, as well as any specific guidelines set forth by the AD.Two copies of the signed Contract shall be required. DCG Central office will retain one copy and the representative of the group will retain the second copy.A signed Hold Harmless Agreement must be submitted to the AD prior to rental.The District reserves the right to cancel or postpone any activity due to conflict, disregard of policies, or other uncontrollable circumstances. If approval has been given to a group to use facilities and it is later determined that the facilities will not be available, notice of cancellation shall be given to the applicant as soon as possible with reasons for the cancellation. District administrators, the designated building supervisor or the Director of Operations have the right to terminate any activity at any time. This termination shall be made if, in his/her judgment, there are violations of Board policies and rules, or federal, state or municipal laws, or if the activity/facility conditions is/are deemed to be hazardous to people, buildings or equipment.e. A District employee will supervise use of District facilities and equipment by entities unless special prior arrangements are made with the superintendent.? The District employee will not accept a fee from the entity using District facilities and equipment.? If appropriate, the District employee may be paid by the District.Special EventsThe District welcomes local, state and national groups hosting special events which enrich our community and provide a variety of lifelong learning opportunities for community members.In scheduling such events, we must ensure that the learning environment for students is preserved and the upkeep of the facilities is maintained. In that light, the following guidelines were developed. Guidelines for giving access to local, state, and national groups hosting special events in district facilities:People (adults and children) in our district are participating in the events, as well as being observers..The group can provide references from previous hosts attesting to reasonable group behavior, lack of damage, and prompt payment of costs incurred.Additional workload incurred for district staff (custodians, technicians, athletic personnel, etc.) is not so excessive that it conflicts with regular job responsibilities.The facilities are able to sustain the additional usage (i.e. a field seeded for fall cannot sustain a major summer soccer event; a school being prepared for an open house could not sustain a week of national basketball playoffs the week before).Summer usage does not prohibit major cleaning and repair projects from being accomplished.f. The nature of the event does not conflict with previously scheduled groups (e.g., a statewide band play-off disturbs previously scheduled classes held in the same building).NOTE: The Superintendent and/or Board may, in its discretion, approve other uses and set fees accordingly. Fee StructureThe Superintendent will determine the appropriate charges for the use of District facilities based on classification, activity, personnel costs, equipment, fee schedule, and deposits, if required.When necessary, additional fees may include such things as cleaning fees, failure to cancel charges, replacement or repair for damage or theft, other pertinent administrative costs. All or a percentage of the estimated usage and personnel fees for a group's activity may be required to be paid prior to the usage.The district reserves the right to require police or school appointed security supervision at any event as deemed necessary by the administration or the AD. This police or school appointed security supervision will be paid by the group.50% of all fees for facility rentals and usage must be paid in advance, unless other arrangements have been made. Upon payment, the requester will be issued a receipt of payment which will serve as approval to use the facility. The remaining 50% will be payable net 30 days after invoiced to group for the event.IV. Application ProcessA person requesting use of District facilities will complete a Facility Request Form. The request must include the exact description of the rooms, required personnel, equipment or other materials needed. Request for facility usage forms are available on the District web site.The Facility Request Form will be reviewed toa. determine availability and appropriateness of facility to meet the request (including personnel and equipment, if applicable)b. determine estimated cost of requested facilities and personnelWhen the above has been determined, the request will be scheduled and a Contract will be issued. V. Liability Insurance The District requires a signed Certificate of Liability Insurance from all requesters that includes at least $1,000,000 of liability coverage, the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School District named as an additional insured on that policy, and waiver of subrogation authorized on the certificate. The District also requires a signed Contract and Hold Harmless Agreement from all requestors. The renter shall be liable for any and all loss, damage or injury sustained by any person that by reason of negligence of the renter. All community groups are responsible for their own insurance coverage and the District shall require a certificate of insurance to demonstrate liability insurance of at least $1,000,000 of coverage, with Dallas Center Grimes Community School District named as an additional name insured on the policy, and waiver of subrogation authorized on the certificate. This certificate of insurance is not required from District employees or District volunteers when the activity is a District event VI. Notification of Change or CancellationThe requester is responsible for notifying the AD when his/her group wants to change or cancel a confirmed request or the group is not using the facility at the scheduled time. Cancellation requests are due to the AD no later than 48 hours prior to the scheduled time of use.There will be a cancellation fee of 20% or a minimum of $10, if notification is given between 24 and 48 hours prior to the scheduled use. Failure to make the proper notification within 24 hours will result in a forfeiture of all fees paid in advance. VII. SupervisionBuilding Supervisors assigned by the AD will supervise the use of facilities and will serve as a resource person for group representatives.The District reserves the right to require police or school appointed security supervision at any event as deemed necessary by the administration. The police or school appointed security supervision costs will be paid by the requester. VIII. Overnight UseOvernight stays by local groups are not permitted by the District.IX. Seating CapacityThe maximum number of people permitted in any school facility shall be restricted to the seating capacity indicated appropriate by the Fire Marshall. X.Food, Beverages and SmokingFood and beverages are permitted in designated areas only.The Board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol, tobacco, other controlled substances, or “look alike” substances that appear to be tobacco, beer, wine, alcohol or controlled substances or drug paraphernalia or apparatus used with a controlled substance by students while on District property or on property within the jurisdiction of the District; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the District.” (DCG Board Policy 502.6)XI. Emergency Procedures The Superintendent shall have the authority to close or delay the opening of schools because of extreme weather or other emergency conditions for the length of time the emergency exists. He/She shall make provisions to publicly announce such closings or delayed opening via available mass communication media as soon as possible after the decision. Weather related closings/cancellationsA. If school is canceled for the day, all community use of the buildings is canceled.B. If home evening activities are canceled all community use of the buildings will be canceled. The District reserves the right to conduct fire and tornado drills in all facilities without notice to participants. Note: Groups are responsible to follow all fire & tornado procedures.XII. Damages and MaintenanceEntities that?use District buildings or sites must leave the building or site in the same condition it was in prior to its use.? Entities that?use District equipment must return the equipment in the same working condition it was in prior to its use.? Inappropriate use of District facilities and equipment may result in additional fees charged to, or the inability of, the entity to use District facilities or equipment in the future. Groups that misuse school facilities and cause damage will be responsible for the cost of repair or replacement.It is possible that criminal charges may be filed against the offender. If the individual offender is not known, the group/requester is liable for damage costs. If the group refuses or fails to make payment in full, the group will not be allowed to use District facilities again. If damage or theft is not reported by the group, an administrative fee will be charged to the group for the labor involved in tracking the responsible group. This charge is in addition to the cost for replacement/repair and any labor costs incurred. A damage deposit may be required if the group has the potential to incur excessive wear and/or cause excessive damage to the facility. Photographs should be taken by the Director of Operations, Activities Director or Building Supervisor of any damages resulting from the use of a building and notations made detailing the date, time, location and the amount of repair. The building administrator and maintenance department should be notified. XIII. Regulations Concerning the Use of School Facilities The group representative must be an adult and present during the time the facilities are being used.The group representative is responsible for knowing fire and tornado procedures and for directing the group in the event of an emergency.The group representative will be responsible for the following of all regulations for facility usage by his/her group.a. The group representative will be the first inside the facility and the last to leave; making sure the facility is left in the same condition as it was before entering.b. The facility must be used only for the purpose that it was originally intended as set forth on the facility request form.c. The group representative is responsible for communicating to the group members and for ensuring that group members understand and follow those guidelines and communications.d. The group representative is responsible for reporting any personal injuries received by any group member while using district facilities. The group representative should contact Steve Watson, Activities Director, at 515-986-9747 ext. 251 within 24 hours. If it is on a Saturday or Sunday and there is no answer at the number above, a message should be left and the group representative is to call again first thing Monday morning.e. The group representative is responsible for reporting any damage or theft to the building or equipment following the same guidelines. Custodians/building supervisors on duty should also be notified.f. If a supervisor is on duty, the group representative should make himself /herself known to that person. If no supervisor is on duty, then the representative should make himself /herself known to the custodian on duty. The group representative is responsible for seeing that all debris is picked up from the area and that all is returned to the way it was prior to use.The group representative should make a preliminary-use check of the facility prior to their use. If anything that will be used is damaged, contact the custodian/supervisor on duty.All equipment used or moved must be returned to the proper place in original condition. XIV. Special Facilities, Areas and Equipment A. AUDITORIUMThe District auditorium may be used for purposes and activities appropriate to the facility. Groups requesting use of an auditorium will need to list in detail their equipment requests for auditorium use. District personnel are required to operate all audio/visual equipment and the cost of such personnel will be at the user’s expense. The maximum number of people permitted in any school facility shall be restricted to the seating capacity indicated appropriate by the Fire Marshall. Absolutely no food or beverages are allowed in the auditorium or lobby. All auditorium requests must be received one month in advance.Use of the auditorium:Use of the District’s auditorium will be limited to two occasions per year, unless the activity is school related or approved by the DC-G Board.Any group using the auditorium must pay for the following services, if used:Groups larger than 50, one staff supervisor in addition to custodian.One staff supervisor for every 100 participants, in addition to custodian.Use of sound and/or lighting system, one technology support person.Use of pianoCLASSROOMS in elementary and secondary schools may be scheduled for use by the public for purposes and activities appropriate to the facility. Users will be expected to respect teachers’ and students’ belongings as well as the District’s equipment, supplies and materials. Users also will be expected to leave the classroom in the same, or better condition than they found it. GYMNASIUMSUse of school gymnasiums may require floor protection as required by the District administration. District employees will be responsible for setting up and removing floor protection. The group using the facility will be responsible for this additional cost.The group representative must be an adult and be present during the time the facilities are being used. On weekends or at time when the building is not staffed by janitors, a contracted school staff member must open and close the building and be present the entire time. The group’s representative will be responsible for all regulations for facility usage by his/her group as outlined under XIII Regulations Concerning the Use of School Facilities.The group representative should make a preliminary-use check of the facility prior to their use. All equipment used or moved must be returned to the proper place in original condition. The group representative is responsible for knowing fire and tornado procedures and for directing the group in the event of an emergency.The following gym guidelines should be adhered to:Gym shoes are required for all participants. NO Shoes that mark the floor.No Slam Dunking or hanging on rims.No bouncing balls in halls, off ceilings or walls.No gym equipment should be taken or used outside the gym.No Roller Blades or shoes with wheels on them.No climbing on or playing on the bleachers. The custodians will take care of moving the bleachers in and out.No baseballs or softballs unless especially made for indoor use.No propping open doors. (Fire Code)No use of any type of tape on the gym floors unless you have prior approval.No pushing, pulling of tables, chairs or other equipment across the floors.No food or beverages are allowed in or around the gym, this includes gum chewing.No tape or markers on floor or walls.All trash, papers or other litter should be cleaned up and the group representative should make a post use inspection of the areas used. OUTSIDE AREASThe use of the Dallas Center football/soccer stadium will require the regular Facility Request Form to be completed. Organizations using outside areas will be expected to clean up all trash, papers, cups, or anything littering the fields or areas surrounding the fields. The AD will outline rules and regulations about use of field for practices, games and tournaments. Users are required to allow a minimum of one hour between the end of school activities and the beginning of community user activities, practices and games. The District reserves the right to limit the number of games or teams which may play or practice on District ground and also reserves the right to limit the days and hours of use of grounds. The Dallas Center Grimes Community School District Activities Director shall have sole discretion to determine if any reserved outdoor facility is unusable. It shall be the responsibility of the AD, or his designee, to notify the appropriate parties if weather has rendered the outdoor spaces unusable.The District may require the rotation of fields for aerating, draining, reseeding and maintaining, thus removing select fields from use. The maintenance department may fence off fields to prevent use. Violation of fenced off areas will be considered trespassing and City Police Department will be notified. Prosecution may be pursued. Portable rest rooms or “Kybos” at the expense of the user may be required for activities and tournaments. Water and electricity may not be available from District sources. Special arrangements must then be made for both. KITCHEN USE POLICIES/PROCEDURESOutside Organizations Renting Facility:1. At time of request, all kitchen needs will be identified.2. The AD will work with the food service manager as to the particular needs in the kitchen. It will be at the discretion of the District to determine first right to prepare food for any event with District kitchen staff. 3. When using a DC-G kitchen, a DC-G food service employee must be present. Fees will be assigned at the same rate as custodians. 4. Renter will be notified that no food or paper items that belong to the school can be used. Renter will need to bring in all of that type of materials.5. Each school kitchen supervisor will make up a check list for the renter kitchen supervisor to follow to see that all procedures are completed.District Related Groups:1. Request to reserve kitchen must be made to AD so that it can be added to calendar (to avoid conflicts).2. School representative MUST speak to the kitchen manager at least one month in advance to identify needs and to set up time for basic training/information on any specific usage. The kitchen managers will type up general information items that will be available to staff in charge of kitchen use. (i.e. high school steam table doesn't require water, just plug in)3. For larger group use (i.e. boosters, PTO, Barbecues) the food service department may be required to pay for a kitchen staff member to be present for usage of kitchen. This should be only occasionally and with Director of Food Service permission. CPR/AED/FIRST AID TRAINING EQUIPMENT will be able to be used for governmental agencies at no charge other than reimbursement for consumable supplies. Updated 9/18/13Updated 10/24/13Updated 8/22/16Approved August 2016Policy TitleCamps, Clinics, and Tournaments Code 1004.2Camps/Clinics will be allowed for the benefit of DC-G students in DC-G facilities, although the Dallas Center-Grimes School District does not sponsor Camps/Clinics.District Staff Camps/Clinics: All activities camps, clinic, and tournaments held in Dallas Center-Grimes facilities under this section will adhere to the following guidelines:All Camps/Clinics under this section must have a majority of the participants from the DC-G School District.Camps/Clinics can be held by any Head Coach/Director of an Activity in the field in which he/she is currently contracted as a coach/director within the District, or District employees approved by the superintendent. Camp directorship is given first choice to head coach, then to assistants in order of what grade level they coach.All Camps/Clinics held within the Dallas Center-Grimes School District and by DC-G staff must be scheduled through the Activities Director.The Camp Director will collect all Registrations and Monies and not deposit any of funds in the Student Activity Fund.Any salaries paid will be the responsibility of the Camp/Clinic director. Also, all tax and tax laws will be the responsibility of the Camp/Clinic director.Payment made to employees of the Camp/Clinic will be made by the individual who applies to hold a Camp/Clinic and are therefore responsible for any/all legal requirements for payment to said employees of the Camp/Clinic.A reasonable charge for Camp/Clinic is set at $6.00 per contact hour. A request to charge more can be made if there is sound reason to do so. (Bringing in a "big name" person, giving additional incentives that have cost to them, etc.) The Activities Director must approve any charge greater than $6.00 per hour.Rental Fees will be determined by FACLITY FEE STRUCTURE AND FACILITY USAGE GROUP.A signed Facility Usage Contract must be on file with the Activities Office prior to the start of camp. In addition each camp director must provide a copy of a valid Liability Insurance Contract meeting the districts requirements and also a signed Hold Harmless Agreement. Payment for Rent of the Facilities should be made to Central Office within 15 days of the completion of the Camp. No District workers’ compensation insurance will apply to any directors or employees for the Camp/Clinic. The Camp Director will be responsible for any damages to equipment or facilities incurred during the contracted camp.The Camp Director should verify that all participants have valid health insurance. Non-District Staff Camps/Clinics: If individuals or groups does not meet the requirements as a school employee and/or does not wish to administer Camp/Clinic as identified in Section 1 of this policy, board policy for rental and insurance requirements will apply.Approved: April 2008 Reviewed: August 2016 Revised: August 2016Policy Title : NAMING SCHOOL FACILITIESCode 1004.3The Board of Education shall have sole authority to name or rename District facilities, which include but not limited to buildings, athletic fields, stadiums, gymnasiums, libraries, fields, tracks, and multipurpose rooms. The following guidelines shall apply to requests for naming facilities:The Board will consider requests from school and community groups to name a portion of a building, a single building on a campus with multiple buildings, or a specific area on the campus for a person, provided the proposed name has special significance and/or the person has made an outstanding contribution to the school or the school system. If a request is to name a school facility after an individual, a request cannot be made for at least one year after the person’s death.Once a request has been advanced to the Board, the Board has two options:1.Decide the facility should not be named. The process stops. (or)2.Seek input from community members and take action through normal Board meeting activities.The Board shall consider the following when deciding on a naming request:A.What is the individual's/corporation's moral character and contribution to education?What is the individual's/corporation's connection to the facility? In order to be meaningful for all, there should be a real or symbolic connection between the individual and the facility.A person, for whom a public school facility may be named must have made significant contributions to education of the youth of Dallas Center-Grimes Community School. Evidence of such contributions may include, but are not limited to the following:Unusually effective and dedicated service to or on behalf of the youth in Dallas Center-Grimes Community School.Persistent efforts to sustain a high quality system of public education for all youth and to improve programs and services for these young people.Demonstrated understanding of the essential nature of public education in the furthering of our democratic form of government and the free enterprise system.The nominee must otherwise be worthy of the honor of having a school facility named for her/him. Evidence of such attributes could include, but may not be limited to the following:Superior levels of performance in strengthening and supporting the Dallas Center-Grimes Community School. Unusually effective and dedicated service to our state or munity serviceEffective citizenshipSeminal ideas or researchExcellent character and general reputationWhat is the reaction of the District community, based on input from community members, including school staff, PTA members, and other sources?Legal Reference:Cross Reference:Approved: July 2008Reviewed:August 2010Revised: August 2010Updated 3-20-13PolicyTOBACCO/NICOTINE-FREE ENVIRONMENT Code 1004.4To provide a healthy, safe, and productive environment in which to work and learn, all District buildings and vehicles are to be tobacco free.1. Research continues to show smoking and the use of tobacco poses a significant health risk;2. Scientific evidence indicates that there is no risk-free level of exposure to secondhand smoke;3. Adults serve as role models for students and each other, particularly in an educational setting.All District facilities and property, including school buildings, vehicles, and land, shall be off limits to the use of any tobacco products, nicotine use including the use of look-a-likes where the original would include tobacco or nicotine and the use of nicotine products that are not FDA (Food and Drug Administration) approved for tobacco cessation. This requirement extends to students, employees and visitors. This policy applies at all times, including school sponsored and non-school sponsored events. Persons failing to abide by this request are required to extinguish their smoking material, dispose of the tobacco, nicotine or other product or leave the school district premises immediately. It is the responsibility of the administration to enforce this policy. Passes to leave an activity will not be given for the purpose of tobacco use. Standing outside of facilities to use tobacco will be considered a violation. District personnel failing to abide by this policy may be subject to disciplinary action.It shall be the responsibility of all school personnel to enforce this policy.Legal References: Iowa Code 142B; 279.8, .9; 297(1995) Goals 2000: Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 106 Stat. 125 (1994)Approved: May 1980 Reviewed: March 2015Revised: September 2014Policy TitleRETIRING ATHLETIC JERSEYSCode 1004.5Purpose: The purpose of this policy is to establish a district standard for recognizing student athletes for extraordinary athletic performance while enrolled in Dallas Center-Grimes Schools, and while competing in athletics at the collegiate, military and/or professional levels after graduating from Dallas Center-Grimes.Procedures and Eligibility Criteria: Any person may nominate a former Dallas Center-Grimes student athlete whom they believe meets eligibility criteria and are worthy of the honor. To be considered for athletic jersey nomination, the former student athlete will be evaluated on the following criteria:Required to meet each criterion:Graduated from Dallas Center-Grimes Schools, or left the district in good standing at least six (6) years prior to the date of nominationPlayed for Dallas Center-Grimes for at least two (2) consecutive years in high schoolExhibited good citizenship, sportsmanship and character while competing for Dallas Center-Grimes and after graduationAttained 1st team recognition at the conference/district level for at least two (2) years; and state recognition (1st or 2nd team) for at least one (1) year during career at Dallas Center-GrimesAttained recognition at the national level (nationally recognized All-American team, member of national or Olympic team) during career at Dallas Center-Grimes, or after graduating from Dallas Center-Grimes Must meet one of the following criteria:Was a school record-holder or a conference/district or state season statistical leader during career at Dallas Center-GrimesAttained recognition for outstanding accomplishments in collegiate, military or professional athleticsOther special circumstances may be considered by the school’s Jersey Retirement CommitteeCompleted nomination forms may be mailed or delivered in person to the Dallas Center-Grimes High School Principal. When a nomination is received, the principal will verify that it qualifies for consideration. If the nomination is recommended to move forward, a seven-member Jersey Retirement Committee will be selected by the principal, along with input form the staff and community. The committee will consist of the principal, DCG Activities Director, DCG Superintendent (or designee), a former school coach/former activities director, two community representatives, and a parent who is an active member of DCG Booster Club and/or FOFA.A jersey retirement ceremony will be held and the jersey shall be appropriately displayed with the necessary descriptive information in the trophy area, and/or in the appropriate athletic venue.A district standard for the format of the award (plaque, jersey, signage, etc) will be established. The person/group submitting the nomination will be responsible for the costs associated with the jersey retirement and ceremony.The jersey number, if applicable, will continue to be used in the future. For those sports whose participants don’t historically wear athletic jerseys and/or season-long assigned numbers (golf, swimming, track, etc.) the school’s warm-up top or competition top for that sport, along with the appropriate identification and markings, will be used.Approved:January 2016Reviewed:Revised:Policy TitleRETIRING ATHLETIC JERSEYSCode 1004.5RJersey Retirement Nomination FormDirections: Please complete all three sections of this form. Provide as much specific information as you can about your nominee and his/her achievements, as well as why you believe he/she should be selected.Applications should be typed in 12-point font size or neatly written. Attach no more than five additional sheets of supporting documents. It is vital that you submit documentation that supports and validates the nomination, particularly when you cite statistics and awards. Be sure to include your name, address and telephone number should the Jersey Retirement Committee need to contact you for additional pleted nomination forms may be mailed or delivered in person to the Dallas Center-Grimes High School Principal. Section INominee InformationName of nominee: _________________________________________________________________Years played: ______________________Sports played: ______________________________________________________________________Section IIYour Contact InformationNominator’s name: _________________________________________________________________Address: _____________________________________________________________________________Phone number: _____________________________________________Email address: ______________________________________________Section IIIJersey Retirement Nomination FormWhy do you recommend this person for jersey retirement? Please review the Eligibility Criteria.Attach no more than five additional sheets of supporting documents. It is vital that you submit documentation that supports and validates the nomination, particularly when you cite statistics and awards.I certify that the information provided in this nomination is complete and accurate to the best of my knowledge. I have notified the nominee (or his/her family) of the nomination.Nominator’s Signature: ________________________Date: ________________Reviewed: January 2016 ................
................

In order to avoid copyright disputes, this page is only a partial summary.

Google Online Preview   Download